TEXTRON CESSNA 208 - GARMIN G1000 NXI PHASE 2 UPDATE - Ourpdf

GARMIN G1000 NXI PHASE 2 UPDATE
TEXTRON CARAVAN C208

LINE MAINTENANCE
ICA - Instructions for Continued Airworthiness

SUPPLEMENT NO: ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1 of 10
Jan 31/2019
ICA-208-34-00003
FOR TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY
intentionally blank
IMPORTANT
NOTICE
THIS MANUAL IS FOR TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY

The material contained in this training manual is based on
the “ICA (Instructions for Continued Airworthiness) Supplement Nº
ICA-208-34-00003”, with the purpose to train and provide the
maintenance technician with the information necessary to ensure
the correct functionality and performance of the GARMIN G1000
NXI PHASE 2 UPDATE on the Cessna Model 208/208B.
THIS INFORMATION’S IT IS TO BE USED FOR

FAMILIARIZATION AND TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY.
Page 3 of 10
Jan 31/2019
ICA-208-34-00003
intentionally blank
GARMIN G1000 NXI PHASE 2 UPDATE
ICA Supplement
MODEL NO: 208
SUPPLEMENT NO: ICA-208-34-00003

SUPPLEMENT DATE: 1/31/2019
Page 5 of 10
Jan 31/2019
ICA-208-34-00003
REVISIONS
ICA-208-34-00003 Rev: - Date: Jan 31/2019

ICA Summary Pages 1-10
Manuals Affected Description Title
Introduction Supplier Publications List - General
Maintenance Manual
Pages 1-11
• Added Specific Garmin Manual part numbers to publications list.
23-10-00 Pages Garmin G1000 VHF Communication System –
1-4 Description and Operation
101-104 Troubleshooting
501-503 Adjustment/Test
23-10-07 Pages Honeywell KHF-1050 HF Communication System –
23-10-07 Pages Honeywell KHF-1050 HF Communication System –
23-30-00 Page Garmin GSR 56 – Description and Operation
1
23-30-00 Pages Garmin GSR 56 – Troubleshooting
101-102
23-30-05 Pages Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio –
401-402 Removal/Installation
23-30-10 Page Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Antenna – Removal/Installation
Maintenance Manual 401-402
23-51-00 Pages Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System - Description
1-6 and Operation
23-51-00 Pages Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System -
23-51-00 Pages Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System -
23-51-05 Pages Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel -
401-404 Removal/Installation
23-70-00 Pages L3 Communications FA2100 Cockpit Voice Recorder -
25-00-20 Page Flight Stream Infotainment – Description and Operation
1
31-31-00 Pages L-3 Communications FA2100 Cockpit Voice and Data
501-508 Recorder System – Adjustment/Test
34-30-00 Pages Landing Aids – Adjustment/Test
501-502
Page 7 of 10
Jan 31/2019
ICA-208-34-00003
34-41-00 Pages Garmin GWX-68/70 Weather Radar System –
34-54-20 Pages Garmin GTX Series Transponder System – Description
1-4 and Operation
34-54-20 Pages Garmin GTX Series Transponder System –
34-54-20 Pages Garmin GTX Series Transponder System –
34-60-00 Pages Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System – Description
1-15 and Operation
Maintenance Manual
34-60-00 Pages Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System –
34-60-00 Pages Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System –
77-00-00 Pages Engine Indicating – General
1-2
77-40-00 Pages GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit – Troubleshooting
101-102
77-40-00 Pages GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit – Maintenance
201-204 Practices
• The sections above have updates to LRU part numbers, system software versions and NXi Phase 2
functionality updates and new LRUs GMA 1360D, GIA 64W and GEA71B.
Appendix A: Illustrated See Appendix A
Parts Catalog
23-10-01 Pages KHF 1050 HF Transceiver Figure 02
0-3
23-20-01 Pages GDL 69 XM Data Link Figure 04
0-1
23-20-03 Pages Garmin Satellite Radio (GSR 56) Figure 01
0-1
23-50-01 Pages Dual Audio (GMA 1360D) Figure 01
0-9
23-70-00 Pages L-3 Communications FA2100 Cockpit Voice Recorder -
501- Adjustment/Test
26-10-01 Pages Fire Detection Figure 03 and Figure 05
0-1 (Fig 03),
Pages 0-1 (Fig
05)
31-31-01 Pages FA2100 Cockpit Voice/Data Recorder System Figure 04
0-1
Appendix B: Wiring Diagram
Manual 34-10-06 Pages ADC/AHRS #1 Figure 04
0-1
34-10-07 Pages ADC/AHRS #2 Figure 05
0-1
34-50-01 Pages KR87 ADF Figure 02
0-1
34-50-02 Pages KN63 DME Figure 04
0-1
34-50-03 Pages GTX Transponder #1 Figure 03
0-1
34-60-01 Pages Garmin Integrated Avionics System Figure 04
0-1
34-60-02 Pages PFD #1, PFD#2, & MFD Figure 04
0-3
77-40-01 Pages Engine Airframe Monitor Figure 04
0-7
• These sections provide the wiring updates to accommodate the G1000 NXi Phase 2 changes.
Appendix C: Electrical 24-52-01 Pages Electrical Load Analysis Tables
Load Analysis 0-1
• This section provides the electrical load analysis tables for the 208/208B with G1000 NXi Phase
2 software and component updates.
1. Export Compliance
A. This publication contains technical data and is subject to U.S. export regulations. This information has
been exported from the United States in accordance with export administration regulations. Diversion
contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
ECCN: 9E991
Page 9 of 10
Jan 31/2019
ICA-208-34-00003
2. Revision Bars
A. Revision bars in this ICA supplement identify new ICAs and/or changes to the current ICAs in the
released maintenance manual.
• New ICAs that are not in the current maintenance manual will have a revision bar from top to
bottom along the left margin.
• ICAs that are in the current maintenance manual and have information added, deleted or revised
will have a revision bar(s) in the left margin adjacent to the added, deleted or revised information.
• New or changed illustrations will have a change bar for the entire length of the page.
3. Page Numbering
A. The page number system for ICA included in this supplement have three-element numbers that are
separated by dashes. The three-element number is found at the bottom right corner of the page, left
of the page number. The date is found below the page number.
Figure 1
B. When the chapter/system element number is followed with zeros in the section/subsystem and
subject/unit element number (28-00-00), the information is applicable to the entire system.
C. When the section/subsystem element number is followed with zeros in the subject/unit element
number (28-21-00), the information is applicable to the subsystems in the system.
D. The subject/unit element number is used to identify information applicable to units in the subsystems.
The subject/unit element number continues in sequence from the number -01- with the number of
subsystem units in which maintenance information is necessary.
E. All system/subsystem/unit (chapter/section/subject) maintenance data is separated into specified
types of information: Description and Operation, Troubleshooting, Maintenance Practices, etc. Blocks
of page numbers that are in sequence are used to identify the type of information:
(1) Description and Operation or Troubleshooting information may not be included if the procedure
is easy. When subtopics are short, they may be put together into the Maintenance Practices
section. Maintenance Practices can have a mix of subtopics that includes information to service,
remove, install, adjust, test, clean, paint or do approved repairs.
(2) Longer procedures that are not as easy to do may be included in a specified section.
Page 1 through 99 - Description and Operation
Page 101 through 199 - Troubleshooting
Page 201 through 299 - Maintenance Practices
Page 301 through 399 - Servicing
Page 401 through 499 - Removal/Installation
Page 501 through 599 - Adjustment/Test
Page 601 through 699 - Inspection/Check
Page 701 through 799 - Cleaning/Painting
Page 801 through 899 - Approved Repairs
F. A typical page number:
Figure 2
G. Illustrations use the same figure numbers as the page block in which they appear. For example, Figure
202 would be the second figure in a Maintenance Practices section.
4. Supplement Revisions
A. Revisions to this supplement may be accomplished if changes to this supplement are required after
release of the original issue and prior to incorporation into the manuals listed in the REVISIONS table.
B. All revisions to this supplement will have changes identified in detail in the revision block(s) above.
C. All pages in this ICA supplement will have the same date and are valid as of the date shown.
5. ICA Incorporation into Applicable Manuals
NOTE: Most ICA supplements will be incorporated in the next available revision to the manuals
listed above and should be used in conjunction with those manuals until the next available
revision is released.
A. The ICA Supplement List located in the Introduction section of each manual listed in the REVISIONS
table will indicate the incorporation status as of the release date of the published revision.
B. The manual revision level of the supplement incorporation will be listed in the "Manual Incorporation
Status" column in the ICA Supplement List, when those ICAs associated with that manual have been
incorporated. After ICAs are incorporated, the manual that they are incorporated in must now be used
for those ICAs instead of the supplement.
• Based on revision cycle times for the affected manuals, MM ICAs, WDM ICAs, etc. in this
supplement may be incorporated in the manuals at different times.
• There will not be a revision to this supplement to indicate incorporation in the manuals. Users are
required to check the ICA Supplement List for each manual affected to determine incorporation
status.
C. This supplement will be completely superseded by the manuals listed in the REVISIONS table when
it has been incorporated in all of the manuals.
Page 11 of
10Jan
ICA-208-34-00003
INTRODUCTION
1. Purpose
A. The purpose of this Supplement is to provide the maintenance technician with the information
necessary to ensure the correct functionality and performance of the GARMIN G1000 NXI PHASE
2 UPDATE on the Cessna Model 208/208B until this information gets incorporated into the next
revision to the manuals listed in the "REVISIONS" section of this supplement.
B. This ICA supplement is designed to satisfy the requirements of 14 CFR 23.1529 "Instructions for
Continued Airworthiness" associated with this installation. This document is a supplement to the
Model 208/208B Wiring Diagram Manual and will be incorporated in the next revision to the manual.
C. When this information is incorporated in the next revision to the manuals listed in the "REVISIONS"
section, those manuals shall take precedence over this supplemental document. Refer to the "ICA
Supplement List" in the "Introduction" section of the respective manual for the status of all applicable
ICA Supplements.
D. Revisions to this supplement may occur if there is a change to any of the ICAs in this supplement
prior to incorporation into all of the affected manuals.
NOTE: This document must be placed with the aircraft operator's Technical Library CD-ROM
or Model 208/208B Maintenance Manual and 208/208B Wiring Diagram Manual and
incorporated into the operator's scheduled maintenance program.
2. Effectivity
A. These Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICA) are effective for the following aircraft model and
serialization.
Model Beginning Effectivity Ending Effectivity

208 000651 and On
208B 002197, 005501 and On
3. Complete ICA Documents

A. The following document(s), in conjunction with this supplement, constitute the Instructions for
Continued Airworthiness for the GARMIN G1000 NXI PHASE 2 UPDATE on the Cessna Model
208/208B. All items must be available to the operator at initial delivery.
(1) Model 208/208B Maintenance Manual.
(2) Model 208/208B Wiring Diagram Manual.
4. System Components
A. Refer to Appendix B: Wiring Diagram Manual.
B. Refer to Appendix C: Electrical Load Analysis
LIST OF INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTINUED AIRWORTHINESS
1. Model 208/208B Maintenance Manual Revision

A. Chapter 23, Communication
(1) ATA 23-10-00, Garmin G1000 VHF Communication System - Description and Operation,
Troubleshooting and Adjustment/Test.
(2) ATA 23-10-07, Honeywell KHF 1050 HF Communication System - Description and Operation
and Adjustment/Test.
(3) ATA 23-30-00, Garmin GSR 56 - Description and Operation and Troubleshooting.
(4) ATA 23-30-05, Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio - Removal/Installation.
(5) ATA 23-30-10, Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Antenna - Removal/Installation.
(6) ATA 23-51-00, Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System - Description and Operation,
(7) ATA 23-51-05, Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel - Removal/Installation.
(8) ATA 23-70-00, L-3 Communications FA2100 Cockpit Voice Recorder - Adjustment/Test.
B. Chapter 25, Equipment/Furnishings
(1) 25-00-20, Flight Stream Infotainment - Description and Operation.
C. Chapter 31, Indicating/Recording Systems.
(1) 31-31-00, L-3 Communications FA2100 Cockpit Voice and Data Recorder System - Adjustment/
Test.
D. Chapter 34, Navigation
(1) ATA 34-30-00, Landing Aids – Adjustment/Test.
(2) ATA 34-41-00, Garmin GWX-68/70 Weather Radar System – Description and Operation.
(3) ATA 34-54-20, Garmin GTX Series Transponder System – Description and Operation,
(4) ATA 34-60-00, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System – Description and Operation,
E. Chapter 77, Engine Indicating
(1) ATA 77-00-00, Engine Indicating – General.
(2) ATA 77-40-00, GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit – General, Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Practices.
2. Model 208/208B Wiring Diagram Manual

A. Chapter 23, Communication
(1) ATA 23-10-01, KHF 1050 HF Transceiver, Figure 02.
(2) ATA 23-20-01, GDL69 XM Data Link, Figure 04.
(3) ATA 23-20-03, Garmin Satellite Radio (GSR 56), Figure 01.
(4) ATA 23-50-01, Dual Audio (GMA 1360D), Figure 01.
B. Chapter 26, Fire Protection
(1) ATA 26-10-01, Fire Detection, Figure 03 and Figure 05.
C. Chapter 31, Indicating/Recording Systems
(1) ATA 31-31-01, FA2100 Cockpit Voice/Data Recorder System, Figure 04.
D. Chapter 34, Navigation
(1) ATA 34-10-06, ADC/ AHRS #1, Figure 04.
(2) ATA 34-10-07, ADC/ AHRS #2, Figure 05.
(3) ATA 34-50-01, KR87 ADF, Figure 02.
(4) ATA 34-50-02, KN63 DME, Figure 04.
(5) ATA 34-50-03, GTX Transponder #1, Figure 03.
(6) ATA 34-60-01, Garmin Integrated Avionics System, Figure 04.
(7) ATA 34-60-02, PFD #1, PFD#2 and MFD, Figure 04.
Page 13 of
10Jan
ICA-208-34-00003
E. Chapter 77, Engine Indicating
(1) ATA 77-40-01, Engine Airframe Monitor, Figure 04.
INSPECTION PROGRAM AND AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS
1. Continuous Inspection Program

A. This ICA Supplement does not affect the current inspection program.
2. Airworthiness Limitations
A. Cessna Aircraft Company Model 208/208B Maintenance Manual, Chapter 4, Airworthiness
Limitations, contains the system and airframe limitations for the Model 208/208B.
NOTE: The Airworthiness Limitations section is FAA-approved and specifies maintenance

required under Section 43.16 and 91.403 of Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations, unless
an alternative program has been FAA approved.
(1) There are no new (or additional) airworthiness limitations associated with this equipment and/or
installation.
Page 15 of
10Jan
ICA-208-34-00003
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST
1. List of Manufacturers Technical Publications Available Through Cessna

A. The following listed publications are necessary for the support of your Model 208. Contact the
appropriate manufacturer to order the publications that are necessary for the support of your Model
208.
NOTE: The publications made by King Radio and Sigmatek Inc./ARC Avionics must be ordered
directly from the manufacturer. The publication names, numbers and addresses are
listed after this section.
Table 1. Chapter 22 - Auto Flight
Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

Part urers Part tion Part
Number Number Number
GFC -700 190- G1000 Caravan Line Garmin International,
Autopilot 00869-00 Maintenance Manual Inc.
(With 1200 E. 151st Street
System Olathe, Kansas 66062
Software
v.7.67.XX)
GFC -700 190- G1000 NXi Avionics Garmin International,
Autopilot 02135-00 System Line Inc.
(With Maintenance Manual
System NXi Cessna 208/208B
Software) Caravan
Autopilot GSA 190- Installation Manual Garmin International,
Servo 8X/GSM 85 00303-72 Inc.
Autopilot GSM 86 190- Installation Manual Garmin International,
Servo Gear 00303-83 Inc.
box
Table 2. Chapter 23 - Communications

Garmin 190- Garmin GMA Garmin International,
GMA 1347/ 00303-21 1347/1360D Audio Panel Inc.
1360D Installation Manual 1200 E. 151st Street
Olathe, Kansas 66062
Garmin 011- 190- Garmin GDL 69/69A Garmin International
GDL 00987-00 00355-02 Installation Manual
69/69A
SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST Page 01

© TEXTRON AVIATION INC. Jan 31/2019
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 3. Chapter 24 - Electrical Power

DC to DC RG40 83706C Removal/Installation KGS Electronics, Inc.
Power Manual Model RG40 418A E. Live Oak Ave.
Converter Regulated DC to Arcadia, CA 91006-5690
DC Converter (FAA
TSO-C71 Approved)
Battery G6381E GSM682- Gill Battery Service Teledyne Battery
13 Manual Products
840 W. Brockton Ave.
P.O. Box 431
Redlands, CA 92373
Battery 30994-001 BA89-9/ Battery Instruction Marathon Power
92-13 Manual (NICAD) Technologies Co.
Marathon Battery 8301 Imperial Dr.
Service Manual Waco, TX 76712-6588
Table 4. Chapter 27 - Flight Controls

Rudder AT-RL- Rudder Gust Lock Kit Aero Twin Inc.

Gust Lock 1001-ICA Maintenance Manual 2404 Merrill Field Dr.
Kit with Illustrations Anchorage, AK 99501

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 5. Chapter 30 - Deice

Propeller 3E2090-1 68-04- Propeller Deice System BF Goodrich
De-Ice 714K13 Brush Block Assembly Aerospace Div.
Brush Overhaul Manual and Engineered Polymer
Block Illustrated Parts Catalog Products
150 Division Dr.
Wilmington, NC 28401
Propeller 3E2205-4 68-04- Propeller Deice System BF Goodrich
De-Ice 712D-13 Maintenance Manual Aerospace Div.
Engineered Polymer
Products
150 Division Dr.
Wilmington, NC 28401
Propeller 183 Propeller Anti-icing Boot Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Anti-icing 61-12-83 Removal and Installation One Propeller Place
Boot Manual Piqua, OH
U.S.A 45356-
2634, Web: http://
www.hartzellprop.com/
service_support.php
Propeller 180 Propeller Ice Protection Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Ice 30-61-80 System Manual One Propeller Place
Protection Piqua, OH
U.S.A 45356-
2634, Web: http://
service_support.php
Propeller 9910587- P7036368- 830415- McCauley McCauley Propeller
De-Ice 202 0154 1-13 Electrothermal Deice Systems
Systems Service Parts P.O. Box 7704
Manual Wichita, KS 67277-7704
Pnuematic BFG Pneumatic De-Icer Goodrich Corporation
De-Ice 30-10-31 Installation, Maintenance Aerospace Div.
Boots and Repair Manual Ice Protection Systems
1555 Corporate Woods
Parkway
Uniontown, OH 44685
Pnuematic BFG Fastboot Pneumatic Goodrich Corporation
De-Ice 30-10-70 De-Icer Installation Aerospace Div.
Boots Instructions Ice Protection Systems
1555 Corporate Woods
Parkway
Uniontown, OH 44685

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 6. Chapter 31 - Indicating/Recording Systems

L-3 FA2100 165E184 L-3 Communications L-3 Communications
CVDR 7-01 FA2100 CVDR Aviation Recorders P.O.
Installation and Box 3041 Sarasota, FL
Operation Manual 34230
L-3 FA2100 165E163 Lao Communications L-3 Communications
CVDR 0-00 Portable Interface (PI) Aviation Recorders P.O.
Operators Manual Box 3041 Sarasota, FL
34230
L-3 FA2100 165E1696- L-3 Communications L-3 Communications
CVDR 002 (rev 3 ROSE / PI Software Aviation Recorders P.O.
or higher) Version 3.0 Operators Box 3041 Sarasota, FL
Manual 34230
Table 7. Chapter 32 - Landing Gear

Brake AWBCMM- Component Parker-Hannifin Corp.

Assemblies 0001-X Maintenance Manual Aircraft Wheel and Brake
for External Design Division
Wheels & Brakes 1160 Center Road
Avon, OH 44011
Brake Brake Lining Parker-Hannifin Corp.
Linings Identification Guide Aircraft Wheel and Brake
Division
1160 Center Road
Avon, OH 44011

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 8. Chapter 34 - Navigation

Bendix/King 006-10609- KHM 880/KTA 870 Technical Publications,
TAS 870 0005 Multi-Hazard Awareness Honeywell
Traffic Advisory System One Technology Center
23500 West 105th
Olathe, KS 66061
Bendix/King 006-00184- KR 87 Technical Publications,
KR 87 0005 Automatic Direction Honeywell
Finder One Technology Center
23500 West 105th
Olathe, KS 66061
Bendix/King 006-00176- KN 63 Technical Publications,
KN 63 0004 Distance Measuring Honeywell
Equipment One Technology Center
23500 West 105th
Olathe, KS 66061
G1000 190- G1000 Line Maintenance Garmin International,
system 00869-00 Manual (Cessna Inc.
components Caravan) (With System 1200 E. 151st St.
(With System Software Version Olathe, KS 66062
Software v.767.XX)
Version
v.767.XX)
G1000 190- G1000 NXi Avionics Garmin International,
system 02135-00 System Line Inc.
components Maintenance Manual
(With NXi Cessna 208/208B
System Caravan
Software
Version
2499.XX)
Transponder/ 1002- Transponder/TIS/ Garmin International,
TIS/TCAS/ 5800-200 TCAS/DME IFR 6000 Inc.
DME IFR Operation Manual
6000
Operation
Manual
85 Servo 011- 190- GSA 8X/GSM 85(A) Garmin International,
Mount 00878-00 00303-72 Installation Manual Inc.
GSM 86 Supplier 190- GSM 86 Servo Gear Box Garmin International,
Servo Mount PN: GSM 00303-83 Installation Manual Inc.
86
G1000 190- G1000 Pilot's Guide Garmin International,
Integrated 00749-05 Cessna Caravan Inc.
Flight Deck

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 8. Chapter 34 - Navigation (continued)

G1000 190- G1000 Caravan NXi Garmin International,
Caravan 02139-00 Cockpit Reference Inc.
NXi Cockpit Guide
Reference
Guide
G1000 190- G1000 Caravan NXi Garmin International,
Caravan NXi 02138-00 Pilots Guide Inc.
Pilots Guide
NAV/COMM Supplier PN Aeroflex AC0823 Aeroflex Wichita Division
Test Set (IFR IFR 4000 NAV/COMM CD 10200 West York
4000) Test Set Wichita, KS 67215
IFR 4000
Operation
Manual
Stormscope WX-500 009- Stormscope Series L-3 Communications
Series II 11500-001 II Weather Mapping Avionics Systems
Weather Systems WX-500 5353 52ND Street, S.E.
Mapping Installation Manual Grand Rapids, MI
Systems 49512-9704
WX-500
Stormscope WX-1000 78-8051- Stormscope Series L-3 Communications
Series II 9150-0 II Weather Mapping Avionics Systems
Weather Systems WX-1000 5353 52ND Street, S.E.
Mapping Installation Manual Grand Rapids, MI
Systems 49512-9704
Table 9. Chapter 35 - Oxygen

Portable 5500AGW- AVOX Component AVOX Systems Inc.

Oxygen FF23A Maintenace Manual 225 Erie St.
Bottle Lancaster, NY 14086
Table 10. Chapter 36 - Pneumatic

Pressure 1H75-14 CM200-1 Airborne Component Parker-Hannifin Corp.

Regulator Overhaul Manual with 711 Taylor St.
Illustrated Parts List P.O. Box 4032
Elyria, OH 44036

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 11. Chapter 61 - Propellers

Propeller HC-B3MN3/ 135C-13 Composite Blade TRW Hartzell Propeller
M10083 Inspection, Repair, and Division of TRW Inc.
Overhaul Instructions 1800 Covington Ave.
Piqua, OH 45356
Propeller HC-B3N211 139 Propeller Owner's Hartzell Propeller Inc.
00S 61-00-39 Manual and Logbook One Propeller Place
(Steel Hub Turbine Piqua, OH
Propellers with U.S.A 45356- 2634
Aluminum Blades) , Web: http://
service_support.php
Propeller HC-B3N210 146 Propeller Owner's Hartzell Propeller Inc.
50S 61-00-46 Manual and Logbook One Propeller Place
Models: HC-B3MN-3 Piqua, OH
HC-B4MN-5AL U.S.A 45356- 2634
HC-B4MP-3A
Propeller D4898P 127-13 Spinner Assembly TRW Hartzell Propeller
Spinner D4899 Maintenance Instruction Division of TRW Inc.
Guide 1800 Covington Ave.
Piqua, OH 45356
Propeller 9910587- P7036368-0 8103012- McCauley C700 McCauley Propeller
201 1 13 Propeller Service Manual Systems
P.O. Box 7704
Wichita, KS 67277-7704
Table 12. Chapter 71 - Engine

Engine 991057 PT6A-114 3043512 Pratt & Whitney Pratt & Whitney Canada
600SHP 9-1 PT6A-114/116/135/135A Inc.
Maintenance Manual 100 Marie-Victorin Blvd.
Longueuil, Quebec
Canada J4G 1A1
600SHP 9-1 PT6A-114/116/135/135A Inc.
Illustrated Parts Catalog 100 Marie-Victorin Blvd.
Longueuil, Quebec
Canada J4G 1A1
Engine 991058 PT6A-114A 3043512 Pratt & Whitney PT6A- Pratt & Whitney Canada
675SHP 9-1 114/114A/116/135/135A Inc.
Maintenance Manual 100 Marie-Victorin Blvd.
Longueuil, Quebec
Canada J4G 1A1

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 12. Chapter 71 - Engine (continued)

Engine 991058 PT6A-114A 3043514 Pratt & Whitney PT6A- Pratt & Whitney Canada
675SHP 9-1 114/114A/116/135/135A Inc.
Illustrated Parts Catalog 100 Marie-Victorin Blvd.
Longueuil, Quebec
Canada J4G 1A1
867SHP 1-2 PT6A-140 Illustrated Inc.
Parts Catalog 100 Marie-Victorin Blvd.
Longueuil, Quebec
Canada J4G 1A1
867SHP 1-2 PT6A-140 Maintenance Inc.
Manual 100 Marie-Victorin Blvd.
Longueuil, Quebec
Canada J4G 1A1
Table 13. Chapter 77 - Engine Indicating

FAST 2618507 FAST-A- 3077188 Abbreviated Component Pratt & Whitney Canada
Engine 010-4 Maintenance Manual Inc.
Trend (ACMM) 100 Marie-Victorin Blvd.
Monitor Longueuil, Quebec
Canada J4G 1A1
FAST 2618507 Monitor Transfer Module Pratt & Whitney Canada
Engine Help Manual and Inc.
Trend Reference Manual 100 Marie-Victorin Blvd.
Monitor Longueuil, Quebec
Canada J4G 1A1
FAST 2618507 FAST Configuration and Pratt & Whitney Engine
Engine Test Services.
Trend 249 Vanderbilt, Ave.
Monitor Blvd.
Norwood, MA 02062

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 14. Chapter 80 - Starter/Generator

200SGL119
Q-2
Skurka Aerospace Inc.

200SGL119 Overhaul Instructions
4600 Calle Bolero
Q-2RX with Illustrated
Starter/ P.0. Box 2869
TM105A Parts Breakdown
Generator 200SGL153 Camarillo, CA
- Starter-Generator
Q 93011 , Web:
Models 200SGL-XXXX
www.skurka-aero.com
200SGL153
QRX
300SGL145 TM109 Overhaul Instructions Skurka Aerospace Inc.
Q with Illustrated
Starter/ Parts Breakdown
Generator - Starter-Generator
Models 300SGL-XXXX
23081-22 23081- Lear Siegler 23081 Lucas Aerospace
Starter/ 023-3-13 DC Starter/ Generator Power Equipment Corp.
Generator Overhaul Manual with 777 Lena Drive
Illustrated Parts List Aurora, OH 44202
23081-22 23700- Lucas Aerospace Lucas Aerospace
Starter/ 6-13 DC Generators and Power Equipment Corp.
Generator Starter-Generators 777 Lena Drive
Maintenance Manual Aurora , OH 44202
51539- 51539- Lear Siegler 51539-012 Lucas Aerospace
Generator 012N 012-13 DC Generator Control Power Equipment Corp.
Control Unit Unit Overhaul Manual 777 Lena Drive
Assembly with Illustrated Parts List Aurora, OH 44202
2. Radio Manufacturer Manuals

A. The following publications must be ordered directly from Honeywell. Refer to the following list for
address and telephone numbers:
UNITED STATES OPERATIONS

Honeywell International, Inc.,
Aerospace Electronics Systems
1 Technology Center
23500 W. 105th Street
Olathe, KS 66061
800-257-0726 - Direct line to the Product Support Operator for assistance from Customer Service,
Product Specialists, Warranty, Field Engineering and Training.
913-782-0600 - 24 hour emergency service during nonworking hours.
Telex: WUD (0) 4-229
Cable: KINGRAD

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EUROPEAN MARKETING OFFICE:

Telephone: Switzerland 22 98 58 80
Telex: Switzerland 289445. Answer back: King CHGeneva, Switzerland
Telephone: France 4 422 1747
Telex: France 150952. Answer back: KINGRAD
Ivry-Le Temple
MANUAL MANUAL TITLE

NUMBER
006-0180-01 Audio Panel/Marker Beacon Receiver Installation Manual (Type KMA-24)
006-5180-01 Audio Panel/Marker Beacon Receiver Overhaul/Maintenance Manual (Type
KMA-24)
006-0179-03 VHF NAV/COMM Transceiver Installation Manual (Type KX-155/KX-165)
006-5179-03 Weather Radar Installation Manual (Type KX-155/KX-165)
006-0191-01 Weather Radar Installation Manual (Type KWX-56, KI- 244, KA-126)
006-5193-01 Weather Radar Overhaul/Maintenance Manual (Type KWX-56, KI-244, KA-126)
006-0184-02 Automatic Direction Finder Installation Manual (Type KR-87, KI-227, KA-44B)
006-0534-01 Transponder Installation Manual (Type KT-79)
006-5534-00 Transponder Overhaul/Maintenance Manual (Type KT-79)
006-0176-03 DME/Master Indicator/Slave Indicator Installation Manual (Type
KN-63/KDI-572/KDI-573/KDI-574)
006-5176-01 DME Overhaul/Maintenance Manual (Type KN-63)
006-5178-00 DME Indicator Overhaul/Maintenance Manual (Type KDI-572/KDI-573/KDI-574)
006-0193-01 Radio Magnetic Indicator Installation Manual (Type KNI-582)
006-5193-00 Radio Magnetic Indicator Installation Manual (Type KNI-582)
006-0137-03 VOR/LOC/GS Indicator Installation Manual (Type KI-202, KI-203, KI-204, KI-206,
KI-207)
006-5137-03 VOR/LOC/GS Indicator Overhaul/Maintenance Manual (Type KI-202, KI-203,
KI-204, KI-206, KI-207)
006-0185-00 Digital Area Navigation System Installation Manual (Type KNS-81)
006-5185-00 Digital Area Navigation System Overhaul/Maintenance Manual (Type KNS-81)
006-0152-02 Radar Altimeter Installation Manual (Type KRA-10A) (KI-250 Included)
006-5152-02 Radar Altimeter Overhaul/Maintenance Manual (Type KRA-10A) (KI-250 Included)
006-10536-02 Radar Altimeter Installation Manual (Type KRA-405B) (KNI-415/416 Included)
006-10557-0006 Autopilot Installation Manual (Type KFC225)
006-00702-0000 Flight Control and Avionics System Installation Maintenance Manual
006-0169-03 VHF Comm Transceiver Installation Manual (Type KY-196)
006-5169-03 VHF Comm Transceiver Overhaul/Maintenance Manual (Type KY-196)
006-0192-02 Radio Magnetic Indicator Installation Manual (Type KI-229)
006-5192-00 Radio Magnetic Indicator Overhaul/Maintenance Manual Type KI-229)

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Sigmatek Inc./ARC Avionics Manufacturer Manuals
NOTE: Following listed Sigmatek Inc./ARC publications must be ordered directly from Sigmatek
Inc./ARC Avionics, Attn: ARC Order Entry, 1001 Industrial Rd., Augusta, Kansas 67010,
USA. Telephone No. 316-775-1178.
MANUAL NUMBER MANUAL TITLE

RP0070104-320 300/400 Series Navigation Indicators
RP0070104-310 400 Nav/Com (Type RT-485B) Service/Parts Manual
RP0070104-370 400 Marker Beacon (Type R-402) Service/Parts Manual
RP0070103-580 400 Glide Slope Receiver (Type R-443B) Service/Parts Manual
RP0070104-140 400 RMI (Type IN-404A) Service/Parts Manual
RP0070103-610 400 ADF (Type R-546E) Service/Parts Manual
RP0070103-780 400 ADF (Type R446A) Service/Parts Manual
RP0070104-280 400/1000 DME (Type RN-477A) Service/Parts Manual
RP0070104-290 400/1000 RNAV (Type RN-479A) Service/Parts Manual
RP0070104-341 400B Autopilot/IFCS Vol. I (Type AF-550A & IF-550A)
RP0070104-342 400B Autopilot/IFCS Vol. II (Type AF-550A & IF-550A)
RP0070104-343 400B Autopilot/IFCS Vol. III (Type AF-550A & IF-550A)
RP0070104-344 400B Autopilot/IFCS Vol. IV (Type AF-550A & IF-550A)
RP0070104-440 400 Audio Amplifier (Type SDM-490A) Service/Parts Manual
RP0070104-447 300 DME (Type SDM-77A) Service/Parts Manual
RP0070104-330 300/400/800 Transponder (Type RT-359A & RT-459A) Service/Parts Manual
7010429 400 RNAV (Type RN-479A) Service/Parts Manual
D4551-13 400 Encoding Altimeter (Type EA-401A) Service/Parts Manual
D4551-13 800 Encoding Altimeter (Type EA-801A) Service/Parts Manual
D4556-13 800 Alerter (Type AA-801A) Service/Parts Manual

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN G1000 VHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
A. This section gives a general description and operation of the Garmin G1000 VHF Communication
System. The line replaceable units (LRU's) in the VHF Communication System are the Garmin GIA
63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit No. 1 and No. 2, the VHF 1 and VHF 2 (COM 1 and COM 2
respectively) antennas.
B. The VHF COM 1, VHF COM 2 receiver/transmitter functions are found in the Garmin GIA 63W/64W
Integrated Avionics Units No.1 and No. 2, respectively. For a general overview of the GIA 63W/64W
unit refer to Garmin GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit - Description and Operation.
C. Refer to Figure 1 for G1000 System Software versions up to (v.2499.03) and Figure 2 for G1000
System Software versions (v.2499.08 and On) for a general view of the VHF Communication System.
2. Description
A. Primary very high frequency (VHF) voice communication is provided by a dual independent system.
The VHF radio units are located in the Garmin integrated avionics units (GIA 63W/64W). Each GIA
63W/64W has a VHF communication transceiver that tunes from 118.000 to 136.992 MHz, giving 760
channels at 25 kHz spacing or 2280 channels at 8.33 kHz spacing. The GIA 63W/64W communicates
with other LRU's using the high-speed data bus (HSDB), RS-232, RS-485/422 or ARINC-429 data
busses.
B. VHF 1 and VHF 2 Antennas.
(1) The Comant VHF 1 and VHF 2 antennas are connected to the GIA 63W/64W No. 1 and No. 2
, respectively, with a coaxial cable.
(2) The antennas are installed above the cockpit for the Model 208B as follows:
(a) At FS 198.28, between BL 16.20 and LBL 19.85 (left antenna), between RBL 19.85 and
BL 28.85 (right antenna).
(3) The antennas are installed above the cockpit for the Model 208 as follows:
(a) At FS 174.75 between BL 16.20 and LBL 19.85 (left antenna), between RBL 19.85 and BL
28.85 (right antenna).
C. The Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel is the primary control for the VHF 1 and VHF 2 radio
transmission and reception selection. The primary flight displays (PFD's) and the multifunction display
(MFD) also shows COM radio status and frequency selection at the top of the display.
D. The VHF radios have an automatic squelch function to quiet unwanted static noise when no audio
signal is received, while still providing sensitivity to weak COM signals. When the automatic squelch
is disabled, COM audio reception is always on and continuous static noise will be heard over the
headsets and speaker (if selected). Volume/Squelch knobs and Frequency Select knobs are found
on the MFD. The COM SETUP page on the MFD can be used to setup COM squelch.
E. There is a hand-held microphone installed on right side of the aft panel of the center pedestal. The
hand-held microphone can be used for VHF transmission as well as other voice communications. The
hand-held microphone installation includes the microphone, cable, microphone jack, and microphone
bracket that holds the microphone in place when not in use.
3. Operation
A. VHF Communication System.
(1) To transmit on the active communication frequency, a push-to-talk (PTT) button is installed on
the outboard sides of the pilots and copilot's control wheels. The PTT button is installed to be
used with the index finger (left pilot's, right copilot's). Push and hold the PTT button for the period of
time that you want to transmit. A TX indication will come on the pilots and copilot'sPFD's nextto
the active transmission frequency. If a headset is connected, the transmission and receptionof
messages will be heard through the headset microphone and earphones. If the SPKR buttonon
the audio panel is pushed, the communication audio will be heard on the speakers in the cockpit
and through the earphones on the headset.
23-10-00 Page 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
VHF Communication System for G1000 System Software versions up to (v.2499.03)

Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
23-10-00 Page 2
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
VHF Communication System for G1000 System Software versions (v.2499.08 and On)
Figure 2 (Sheet 1)
23-10-00 Page 3
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) To transmit through the hand-held microphone, remove the microphone from the bracket, hold
the microphone close to your mouth, and push and hold the button on the unit for the period of
time that you want to transmit. A TX indication will come on the pilots and copilot's primary flight
displays (PFD's) next to the active transmission frequency. To use the hand-held microphone
without headsets, the SPKR button on the audio panel must be on to listen to the transmissions.
23-10-00 Page 4
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN G1000 VHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - TROUBLESHOOTING
1. General
A. This section gives the troubleshooting procedures for the Garmin G1000 VHF Communication
System. For a general overview of the Garmin Communication System refer to Garmin G1000 VHF
Communication System - Description and Operation.
2. Tools and Equipment
NOTE: For the supplier publication part number and manufacturer data, refer to the Introduction -
Supplier Publication List.
• None.
• Multimeter.
3. Reference Material
• Chapter 21, Cowl Deck Cooling Fans Post-Maintenance Checks
• Chapter 23, Garmin G1000 VHF Communication System - Description and Operation
• Chapter 23, Garmin G1000 VHF Communication System - Adjustment/Test
• Chapter 23, Comant VHF Antenna - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Troubleshooting
• Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test
• Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics Unit - Removal/Installation
• Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual.
4. Garmin VHF Communication System Troubleshooting

A. Do the Garmin VHF Communication System Troubleshooting.
(1) Connect external electrical power to the airplane.
(2) Make sure that the circuit breakers given in Table 101 are engaged.
Table 101. Circuit Breakers
Component Location Circuit Breaker Name Circuit Breaker Location

Left (No.1) Garmin GIA 63W/64W COM 1 Avionics Circuit Breaker Panel
Integrated Avionics Unit
NAV 1 Avionics Circuit Breaker Panel
Right (No.2) Garmin GIA 63W/64W COM 2 Avionics Circuit Breaker Panel
NAV 2 Avionics Circuit Breaker Panel
(3) Refer to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test G1000
Architecture Verification Check and make sure that:
(a) The correct software and configuration has been installed.
(b) All related systems are serviceable.
(c) The LRU serial number or a version number is not dashed.
(4) Make sure the COM1, COM2, GIA1 and GIA2 have check marks (green) next to their
nomenclature on the list.
(a) This indicates the LRU is serviceable.
(5) Make sure that on the System Status List the COM1 and/or COM 2 do not show a red X .
(6) If the Garmin GIA shows an red X on the Avionics Status page, make sure that the electrical
power and ground connections to the GIA is serviceable. Refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram
Manual, Chapter 20, Wiring - Maintenance Practices.
(7) Remove electrical power from the airplane.
(a) Do a visual check and make sure that:
1 There is no physical damage to the applicable wire bundles.
2 There are no bent, broken or pushed back pins at the wire bundle connectors.
23-10-00 Page 101

© TEXTRON AVIATION INC. 1Jan
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) When you did the Architecture Verification check, if a serial number or a version number is
dashed on the Avionics Status page do the steps that follow:
NOTE: Serial number is not reported for the following equipment: COM1, COM2, GS1,
GS2, GTX1, GTX 2 (OPT), NAV1, NAV2, AND WX500.
CAUTION: Do not touch bus wiring to each other or to shield grounds.

Damage to equipment or circuits can result.
(a) Do a visual check of the GIA data busses and make sure that:
1 There is no physical damage to the buses.
2 There are no bent, broken or pushed back pins at the data bus connectors.
(b) Use a multimeter to do a continuity check of the bus wires.
NOTE: Check the HSDB and the ARINC 429 bus wiring.
1 Make sure that there is continuity only from each wires' related pin end to end and to
no other wires, airplanes grounds, or shields.
(9) If the GIA is incapable of transmitting or receiving communications, do as follows:
(a) Visually inspect the antenna coaxial cables and connectors.
1 Make sure that the coaxial cables have no nicks, kinks or other visible physical
damage.
2 Make sure that all connectors are properly secured and connected in their correct
places.
(b) Make sure that the VHF navigation antennas are properly grounded.
(c) Interchange the left and the right Garmin GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit. Refer to
Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit - Removal/Installation.
NOTE: The VHF receiver functionality is in the left and the right Garmin GIA 63W/64W
Integrated Avionics Units.
NOTE: When redundant line replaceable units (LRUs) are interchanged in the airplane
and are kept in the new position, they must be configured again. Refer to
Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
1 Do the VHF operational check. Refer to Garmin G1000 VHF Communication System
- Adjustment/Test.
a If the problem follows the Garmin GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit, replace
it. Refer to Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit -
Removal/Installation.
(d) Replace the applicable VHF Comant antenna. Refer to Comant VHF Antenna - Removal/
Installation.
1 Do the GPS antenna check again. Refer to Garmin G1000 VHF Communication System
- Adjustment/Test
(e) If the problem does not follow the Garmin GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit, or
replaced antenna does not correct the anomaly, there is a wiring bundle, coaxial, or
configuration/software fault. Continue troubleshooting the system fault. Refer to the Model
208 Wiring Diagram Manual, Chapter 20, Wiring - Maintenance Practices.
B. VHF 1 and 2 Communication System Error Message Troubleshooting.
(1) For GIA 63W/64W error message troubleshooting refer to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System - Troubleshooting
(2) Check the primary flight display crew alert system (CAS) alert window for messages to aid in
troubleshooting the anomaly.
(3) Push the rightmost softkey on the PFD and make sure that no Alert messages show in the Alerts
window.
(a) For VHF (COM1, COM2) Alert message troubleshooting refer to Table 102.
23-10-00 Page 102

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 102. VHF CAS Alert Message Troubleshooting
CAS Alert Message Potential Cause Correction Action

COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs The G1000 has determined COM 1. Replace GIA 1. Refer to
service. Return unit for repair. 1 needs service. Chapter 34 Garmin G1000 GIA
63W/34W Integrated Avionics Unit
- Removal/Installation.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs The G1000 has determined COM 1. Replace GIA 2. Refer to
service. Return unit for repair. 2 needs service. Chapter 34 Garmin G1000 GIA
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk The COM 1 external push-to-talk 1. Push the PTT switch
key is stuck. is stuck in the enabled (or pushed) again to cycle its operation.
state. Refer to Garmin G1000 VHF
Communication System -
Adjustment/Test.
2. Check the PTT Switch and
wiring. Refer to the Model 208
Wiring Diagram Manual.
3. Replace GIA 1. Refer to
Chapter 34 Garmin G1000 GIA
4. Replace the GMA Garmin GMA
1347/1360D Audio Panel System
Components.
23-10-00 Page 103

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 102. VHF CAS Alert Message Troubleshooting (continued)

CAS Alert Message Potential Cause Correction Action
COM2 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk The COM 2 external push-to-talk 1. Push the PTT switch
key is stuck. is stuck in the enabled (or pushed) again to cycle its operation.
state Refer to Garmin G1000 VHF
Communication System -
Adjustment/Test.
2. Check the PTT Switch and
wiring. Refer to the Model 208
4. Replace the GMA. Garmin GMA
1347/1360D Audio Panel System
Components.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp. COM 1 temperature is too 1. Make sure that the Cowl Deck
Reducing transmitter power. high. Power consumption is Fans are serviceable. Refer to
being reduced by reducing the Chapter 21, Cowl Deck Cooling
transmitter power. Fans Post-Maintenance Checks.
COM2 TEMP – COM1 over temp. COM 2 temperature is too 1. Refer to Chapter 21 Cowl Deck
Reducing transmitter power. high. Power consumption is Cooling Fans Post-Maintenance
being reduced by reducing the Checks.
transmitter power. 2. Replace GIA 2. Refer to
C. Put the Airplane Back to its Initial Condition.

(1) If necessary, disconnect the external electrical power from the airplane.
23-10-00 Page 104

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN G1000 VHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
1. General
A. This page block gives the operational test procedures for the Garmin G1000 VHF Communication
System. There is a VHF 1 system (COM 1) and a VHF 2 system (COM 2) installed on the airplane.
For a general overview of the Garmin G1000 VHF Communications System refer to Garmin G1000
VHF Communications System - Description and Operation.
B. The VHF COM 1, VHF COM 2 receiver/transmitter functions are found in the Garmin GIA 63W/64W
Integrated Avionics Units No.1 and No. 2, respectively. For a general overview of the GIA 63W/64W
unit refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation.
2. Garmin VHF Communications System Operational Check

A. Tools and Equipment.
(1) Tools and Equipment

• Headsets (2).
(2) Special Consumables
• None.
(3) Reference Material
• Chapter 23, Garmin G1000 VHF Communications System - Description and Operation
• Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation
• Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
B. Prepare the Airplane.
(1) Make sure that the switches that follow are in the OFF position:
(a) BATTERY switch.
(b) EXTERNAL POWER switch.
(c) AVIONICS 1 and 2 switches.
(a) Adjust the ground power unit (GPU) to 28Vdc, +0.5 or -0.5 Vdc.
(3) Make sure that all the circuit breakers on the Avionics section of the left circuit breaker panel are
engaged.
(4) Put the switches that follow in the positions given:
(a) External POWER switch to the BUS position.
(b) BATTERY switch to the ON position.
(c) Avionics 1 and 2 switches to the ON position.
(5) After the Garmin G1000 system is fully initiated refer to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System - Adjustment/Test and do the steps that follow:
(a) Do the G1000 Architecture Verification Check and make sure all systems are serviceable.
(b) Make sure that the correct software and configuration has been installed.
C. Garmin VHF Communications System COM 1 and COM 2 Tuning Check.
NOTE: When you do the COM 1 check, make sure that COM 2 is not tuned to the frequency as
COM 1, or turn the volume down so it does not interfere with the check.
(1) On PFD 1, tune COM 1 to an ATIS, ASOS, or AWOS station.

(a) Toggle to the active frequency field.
(b) On the GMA 1347/1360D audio panel, use the VOL knob to set the COM 1 volume to a
necessary level.
(2) On the GMA 1347/1360D audio panel:
(a) Push the COM 1 button to select COM 1 as the audio source.
(b) Push the SPKR to turn the overhead speakers on.
23-10-00 Page 501

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) If necessary, on PFD 1 and PFD 2, push the COM VOL/PUSH SQ knob to disable automatic
squelch to provide maximum sensitivity to weaker signals.
(4) Make sure that the station selected is heard on the overhead speakers.
(5) On PFD 2, tune COM 2 to an ATIS, ASOS, or AWOS station.
(a) Toggle to the active frequency field.
(b) On the GMA 1347/1360D audio panel, use the VOL knob to set the COM 2 volume to a
necessary level.
(6) On the GMA 1347/1360D audio panel:
(a) Push the COM 2 button to select COM 2 as the audio source.
(7) Make sure that the station selected is heard on the overhead speakers.
D. Garmin VHF Communications System COM 1 and COM 2 Audio Transmission and Antenna
Operational Check
(1) On PFD 1 or PFD 2, tune COM 1 to a known good local two-way communication frequency.
(a) Toggle the standby frequency to the active frequency.
(2) On the GMA 1347/1360D audio panel, push the COM 1 button to select COM 1 as the audio
transmission source.
(3) On the Pilot's control wheel, push the PTT button and call the previously selected, known good
two-way communication station.
(a) Use the pilots headset MIC and request a signal strength and audio quality report.
1 Make sure that the transmitted signal is strong and the audio is crisp and clear with
no evidence of clipping from either headset.
(4) On the copilot's control wheel, push the PTT button and call the previously selected, known good
(a) Use the copilot's headset MIC and request a signal strength and audio quality report.
(6) On the Pilot's control wheel, push the PTT button and call the previously selected, known good
(a) Use the pilots headset MIC and request a signal strength and audio quality report.
(7) On the copilot's control wheel, push the PTT button and call the previously selected, known good
(a) Use the copilot's headset MIC and request a signal strength and audio quality report.
E. Hand Microphone Operational Check
(1) Make sure that the frequency of the known good two-way communication station is the active
frequency on COM 1.
(3) Key the hand microphone and make sure that the transmitted signal is strong and the audio is
crisp and clear with no signs of clipping.
F. Put the Airplane Back to its Initial Condition.
(1) Put the switches that follow to the OFF position:
(a) BATTERY switch.
(2) Disconnect external electrical power from the airplane.
23-10-00 Page 502

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Garmin G1000 GPS 1 and GPS 2 Operational Test

A. Do the Garmin G1000 GPS 1 and GPS 2 Operational Test
NOTE: Make sure that the airplane is in a position that is receiving a GPS signal (either by
using a GPS repeater in the hangar, or parked outside away from the hangar) before
beginning the test.
(1) On the MFD, turn the FMS knobs until the AUX-GPS STATUS page is displayed.
(2) Push the GPS 2 Soft key to highlight that function and make sure that it is showing either 3D
NAV or 3d DIFF NAV in the GPS Solution field and that the satellites shown in the constellation
view are all showing their signal strengths.
(3) Push the GPS 2 Soft key to highlight that function and make sure that it is showing either 3D
NAV or 3D DIFF NAV in the solution field and that the satellites shown in the constellation view
are all showing signal strengths.
(4) Make sure the present position and altitude for the GPS 1 and GPS 2 are accurate to two tenths
of a minute in location and 100 feet (30.48 meters) for altitude.
(5) See Table 501 for GPS Positions
Table 501. GPS Positions
Location Latitude Longitude Altitude Feet

Pawnee N 37°38.86' W 97°14.86' 1397
Wichita (W-2) N 37°38.52' W 97°25.08' 1340
Wichita (W-7) N 37°38.50' W 97°24.90' 1326
NOTE: Allow at least ten (10) minutes after start up for the system to fully acquire its GPS
solution.
23-10-00 Page 503

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
HONEYWELL KHF-1050 HF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
A. The Model 208/208B airplane has the optional Honeywell KHF-1050 HF communication system
installed to supply long distance communications. This section gives a description and operation
of the HF antenna, KAC-1052 antenna coupler, HF remote control circuit breaker, KRX-1053
receiver/exciter, KPA-1052 power amplifier, and PS-440 controller.
B. The HF and HF PA RESET circuit breakers, found on the copilot's circuit breaker panel, supply the
electrical power to the HF communication system.
C. To see the location of the optional HF antenna, refer to Figure 1 in Communication Antenna Locations
- Description and Operation.
2. Description
A. KHF-1050 HF Communication System (Refer to Figure 1 G1000 System Software versions up to
(v.2499.03) and Figure 2 for G1000 System Software (v.2499.08 and On).
(1) The KHF-1050 HF communication system is a solid-state design with 200 watts of peak envelope
power (PEP) output. The KHF-1050 system operates in a frequency range from 2.0 to 29.9999
MHz, with 100 Hertz channel spacing. The system can be strapped to set the upper frequency
limit to 22.9999 MHz.
B. HF Antenna.
(1) The HF antenna on the Model 208/208B is a short, steel-core copper-clad wire that goes
from the fuselage near the left engine inlet to the vertical fin, near the leading edge of the
horizontal stabilizer. The antenna goes through the fuselage and is connected to the antenna
feed-thru assembly. The opposite end of the antenna connects to the antenna tension unit and
is connected to airframe ground.
C. KAC-1052 Antenna Coupler.
(1) The antenna coupler is installed in the tailcone, above the baggage compartment. When the
antenna coupler is in the receive mode, the antenna signals transmit through the antenna coupler to
the KRX-1053 receiver/exciter and through the KPA-1052 power amplifier.
D. HF Remote Control Circuit Breaker.
(1) The HF remote control circuit breaker is installed in the tailcone, aft of the baggage compartment.
The circuit breaker is a 35 amp, single pole single throw remote controlled circuit breaker. The
circuit breaker supplies 28 VDC to the KPA-1052 power amplifier.
E. KRX-1053 Receiver/Exciter.
(1) The receiver/exciter is installed in the tailcone, aft of the baggage compartment. The receiver/
exciter is a high frequency receiver and a low level transmitter. The receiver/exciter supplies the
KPA-1052 power amplifier a low power signal.
F. KPA-1052 Power Amplifier.
(1) The power amp is installed in the tailcone, aft of the baggage compartment. The power amplifier
amplifies the transmitter signal from the KRX-1053 receiver/exciter.
G. PS-440 Controller.
(1) The controller is installed in the lower left area of the instrument panel, adjacent to the oxygen
control valve. The controller controls the HF communication system through an ARINC 429 bus.
The HF data is shown on the controller LCD display.
3. Operation
A. KHF-1050 HF Communication System (Refer to Figure 1).
(1) The KPA-1052 power amplifier amplifies the excitation signal from the KRX-1053 receiver/exciter
to 200 watts PEP, or 50 watts of carrier power in the AM mode. The amplified signal goes to
the KAC-1052 antenna coupler. The antenna coupler makes the different impedances of the
antenna equal to the 50 ohm output of the transmitter. In the receive mode, signals from the
antenna go through the antenna coupler to the receiver/exciter through the power amplifier.
23-10-07 Page 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
KHF-1050 HF Communication System G1000 System Software versions up to (v.2499.03)

Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
23-10-07 Page 2
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
KHF-1050 HF Communication System G1000 System Software versions (v.2499.08 and On)
Figure 2 (Sheet 1)
23-10-07 Page 3
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) The PS-440 controller has an inner knob to control the power for system operation and volume.
Push the inner knob to supply power to the system. Push and hold the inner knob for three
seconds to stop power to the system.
(3) A built-in test occurs when power is applied to the system. The test can also be done when the
TEST button is pushed on the controller for three seconds. The test will continue for 30 seconds.
If any problems are found, the system will enter the fail mode.
(4) The KHF-1050 HF Communication system has four different types of squelch with related values
as shown below:
(a) Syllabic Squelch High (SBH) - SBH is the default squelch, and is usually best for normal
voice communication. A syllabic squelch opens when a signal is received that has voice-
like qualities, and ignores other signals. With syllabic squelch, there is the possibility that
the first syllable of the voice reception is squelched. The possible adjustment levels are
OPN (open) with no squelching action, MIN (minimum), MED (medium), and MAX
(maximum).
(b) Syllabic Squelch Low (SBL) - SBL is also a syllabic squelch, and is used for voice
communications where the necessary signal is very weak and noisy. This squelch is more
likely to open on noise than the SBH squelch. The possible adjustment levels are OPN
(open) with no squelching action, MIN (minimum), MED (medium), and MAX (maximum).
(c) Signal Strength Squelch High (SQH) - SQH is the traditional signal-to-noise squelch best
used for listening to non-voice signals, or voice signals that do not respond well to one of
the syllabic squelches. The possible adjustment levels are from 1 to 32, with 1 being open.
(d) Signal Strength Squelch Low (SQL) - SQL is a signal strength squelch that opens on any
strong input signal. The squelch opens quickly on strong signals and also opens on strong
noise or static. This squelch is recommended for use only on necessary signals that are
strong and under low noise conditions. This squelch is useful for music broadcasts. The
possible adjustment levels are from 1 to 32, with 1 being open.
(e) Set the squelch with the left knob. Turn it to the SQL position. The value of the active
squelch is shown on the right bottom row. Push the FUNC button to cycle through the
different types of squelches.
(5) To tune a frequency, turn the left outer knobs to FREQ. The frequency will be shown on the
controller and the RX annunciator will also show a receive frequency. Turn the right inner and
outer knob to change the frequency. The inner right knob changes the frequency in 0.001 MHz
(1 KHz) increments. The outer knob changes the frequency in 0.1 MHZ increments.
(6) The controller also has 100 programmable channels available. Channel 00 is always tuned to
2.182 MHz. There are also six emergency channels (EMR 1 thru EMR 6) that are available, five
of which can be programmed. EMR 1 is always tuned to 2.182 as default, and cannot be
changed. A mode can also be assigned.
(a) To select frequencies that are already programmed in a channel:
1 Turn the left outer knob to CHAN. The last selected channel will be shown.
2 Turn the right inner or outer knob to select the necessary channel number.
3 Momentarily push the push-to-talk button on the microphone to tune the antenna to
the new channel frequency.
(b) To program frequencies to a channel:
1 Turn the left outer knob to CHAN.
2 Push and hold the FUNC button for approximately three seconds. The channel
window will flash to show that it is in the programming mode.
3 Turn the right inner or outer knob to select the necessary channel number.
4 Push the ENT button on the end of the right knob. The selected channel is stored
and the receive frequency will start to flash.
5 Turn the right inner or outer knob to set the necessary emission mode.
6 Push the ENT button. The selected mode is stored and the transmit frequency will
flash.
7 Push the ENT button to store the frequency. The next available channel number is
shown in the display.
8 Push and hold the FUNC button for three seconds to exit the programming mode.
(c) To program the Emergency Channels:
1 Push and hold the EMER button for two seconds.
23-10-07 Page 4
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2 Push and hold the FUNC button for approximately three seconds. The channel
window will flash to show the system is in the programming mode.
3 Turn the right inner or outer knob to set the necessary channel number.
4 Push the ENT button on the end of the right knob. The selected channel is stored
and the receive frequency will flash.
5 Use the right inner and outer knobs to set the necessary receive frequency.
6 Push the ENT button. The receive frequency is stored and the MODE will flash. Only
USB V is available when programming an emergency channel.
7 Push the ENT button again. The selected Mode is stored and the transmit frequency
will flash.
8 Push the ENT button again to store the transmit frequency. The channel window will
show the next available channel.
23-10-07 Page 5
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
HONEYWELL KHF-1050 HF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
1. General
A. This section gives the procedures to check the optional Honeywell KHF-1050 Communication
System. For a general description of the HF communication system, refer to Honeywell KHF-1050
HF Communication System - Description and Operation.

A. For a list of tools and equipment, refer to Communications - General.
3. HF Antenna Operational Check

A. Prepare to do the HF Antenna Operational Check.
(1) Make sure that the battery is installed.
(2) Connect external power to the airplane.
(3) Make sure that the HF and the HF PA RESET circuit breakers on the copilot's circuit breaker
panel are engaged.
(4) Set the POWER switch, on the left switch panel, to the ON position.
(5) Set the AVIONICS POWER switch, on the left switch panel, to the ON position.
B. Do the HF Antenna Operational Check (Refer to Figure 501 for G1000 System Software versions up
to (v.2499.03) and Figure 502 for G1000 System Software version (v.2499.08 and On).
WARNING: Make sure that no personnel touch the airplane or on the ground
adjacent to the airplane during the check. You can possibly receive
an electrical shock if you touch the airplane or if you go into or out
of the airplane during an HF transmission. Do not operate the HF
system while you refuel the airplane.
(1) Push the COM3 MIC button on the pilot's and the copilot's GMA 1347, or push the AUX MIC
button on the pilot's and the copilot's GMA/1360D audio panels.
(a) Make sure that the lights above the COM3 (GMA 1347) or AUX (GMA 1360D) and the
COM3 MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX MIC (GMA 1360D) buttons are illuminated.
(2) Turn the function selector knob (left outer knob) on the HF control unit to the OPT position.
(a) Make sure that the clarifier offset frequency shows.
(b) Push and release the FUNC button again and again as necessary to select P MIN (50
watts), P MED (100 watts), and P MAX (200 watts).
(c) Select P MIN and turn the function selector knob to the CHAN position.
(3) With the HF control unit, refer to Table 501 and do the steps that follow:
Table 501. Preset Frequencies
CHANNEL NUMBER FREQUENCY (MHz) TX ENABLE MODE

01 8.8220 Yes USB V
02 13.3120 Yes USB V
03 17.9640 Yes USB V
04 21.9310 Yes USB V
(a) Push and hold the FUNC button until the channel number flashes (approximately three
seconds).
(b) Use one of the TUNE knobs and select the necessary channel to be set.
23-10-07 Page 501

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
KHF-1050 HF Communication System Adjustment G1000 System Software up to (v.2499.03)

Figure 501 (Sheet 1)
23-10-07 Page 502

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
KHF-1050 HF Communication System Adjustment G1000 System Software (v.2499.08 and On)
23-10-07 Page 503

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Push the ENT button (right TUNE inner knob). The channel is stored and the frequency
display starts to flash.
1 Select the receive frequency and make sure that RX is illuminated on the right side
of the display.
NOTE: This sets the receive frequency.
(d) Push the ENT button. The frequency is stored and the mode starts to flash.
1 Select the modulation type.
(e) Press ENT button. The mode is stored and the frequency starts to flash, TX comes on,
and RX goes off.
1 Select the transmit frequency, if it is different from the receive frequency.
(f) Push the ENT button. The data is updated and the next channel number will show.
(g) Do the above steps again to set the frequencies for channels 02 thru 04.
(h) When the four channels and frequencies are set, push and hold the FUNC button for
approximately three seconds to exit the channel programming mode.
(4) Refer to Table 501 and select CH 01 (8822.0 kHz).
(a) Make sure that the HF receiver squelch is open.
(b) Listen to the HF audio to make sure that CH 01 is open.
WARNING: Make sure that no personnel touch the airplane or on the

ground adjacent to the airplane during the check. You can
possibly receive an electrical shock if you touch the
airplane or if you go into or out of the airplane during an
HF transmission. Do not operate the HF system while you
refuel the airplane.
(c) Push and release the push-to-talk (PTT) button on the pilot’s control wheel for
approximately one second. While the HF antenna coupler tunes, monitor the items that
follow:
• The green light below the TEST button on the HF control unit flashes
• A tone is heard in the audio
• The frequency digits go out.
(d) Make sure that the HF antenna coupler can tune the antenna system in approximately 30
seconds or less.
NOTE: The system is tuned when the green light goes out, audio tone stops, and
frequency digits show and do not flash.
(5) Set the AVIONICS POWER switch to the OFF position.

(6) Set the POWER switch to the OFF position.
CAUTION: Disconnect external power when not in use to prevent an accidental

discharge of the battery.
(7) Remove external power from the airplane.
4. KHF-1050 HF Communication System Functional Test
NOTE: Do the KHF-1050 HF Communication System Functional Test when a new or repaired unit is
installed.
A. Prepare to do the HF Communication System Functional Test.
(1) Make sure that the pilot's and the copilot's GMA 1347/1360D audio panels are installed and
serviceable.
(2) Make sure that the pilot's and the copilot's GIA 63W/64W integrated avionics units are installed
and serviceable.
23-10-07 Page 504

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Make sure that the pilot's and the copilot's GDU 1040A/1050A primary flight displays (PFD's)
are installed and serviceable.
(5) Open the aft baggage compartment door.
(6) Make sure that the HF SYSTEM NORMAL/MAINT switch is set to the NORMAL position.
(7) Close the aft baggage compartment door.
panel are engaged.
B. Do the HF Communication System Functional Test (Refer to Figure 501).
(1) Push and release the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob on the HF control unit to start the KHF-1050
HF communication system and do a built-in test (BIT).
(a) Make sure that the number 1 shows in the upper left corner of the HF control unit display.
(2) After approximately one to three seconds, the indications that follow will show:
• The HF control unit display window display segments will show
• The RX (receive) and the 1 (#1 HF) message will show on the display.
NOTE: Let the BIT operate for at least 30 seconds to complete.
(a) When the HF control unit has failed (internal fault), the bottom row of the display will show
the PANEL message.
(b) When a different part of the system is not serviceable, the top part of the display will show
the FAIL message or the ACP message followed on the bottom row of the display with one
of the messages that follow:
• RXEX (Receiver/Exciter Fail)
• PA (Power Amplifier Fail)
• CPLR (Antenna Coupler Fail)
• PRS W (Antenna Coupler Pressure Warning)
• PRS F (Antenna Coupler Pressure Failure).
(3) Push and hold the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob for approximately three seconds and make sure
that the HF system goes off.
(4) Disengage the HF PA RESET circuit breaker.
(5) Push and release the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob.
(a) After the BIT is completed, make sure that the FAIL message shows on the top line of the
display and the PA message shows on the bottom line.
(6) Engage the HF PA RESET circuit breaker and disengage the HF circuit breaker.
(a) Make sure that the HF system goes off.
(b) Push the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob. Make sure that the system does not start.
(7) Engage the HF circuit breaker.
(8) Push and release the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob to start the HF system.
(9) After the BIT is completed, set the function selector knob (left outer knob) on the HF control unit
to the FREQ position.
(a) Make sure that the frequency display format is XX.YYYY, where XX is one or two digits
between 2 and 29 MHz, and YYYY is four digits to the right of the decimal point.
NOTE: This examines the 100 hertz (Hz) channel spacing and the display mode. If you
do not strap the HF control unit electrical connector (PI526), pin contactDD
to ground, only three digits to the right of the decimal point will show.
(10) Push the COM3 MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX MIC (GMA 1360D) and the SPKR buttons on the
pilot's and the copilot's GMA 1347/1360D audio panels.
(a) Make sure that the lights above the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D), COM3
MIC (GMA 1347) or AUX MIC (GMA 1360D), and SPKR buttons are illuminated.
(11) Push and release the TEST button on the HF control unit.
(a) Make sure that all of the display messages show after a few seconds and a short “tune”
tone is heard in the HF receiver audio through the cockpit speakers.
(b) Make sure that the green light on the HF control unit shows.
23-10-07 Page 505

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) Push and release the TEST button again to exit the test mode.
(13) Turn the function selector knob to the FREQ position.
(14) Turn the TUNE knobs to select 29.990 MHz.
(15) Turn the function selector knob to the MOD position.
(16) Push the FUNC button again and again as necessary to select USB V (upper sideband – voice)
on the HF control unit display.
(17) Turn the function selector knob to the SQL position.
(18) Push the FUNC button again and again as necessary to select SBH (syllabic squelch high) on
the HF control unit display.
(19) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to change the squelch mode and monitor the HF audio heard
through the cockpit speakers (the channel is not being used, only noise is heard) as follows:
• OPN (The squelch is open and background noise is heard)
• MIN (The squelch will stay open only if the channel has a lot of noise)
• MED (The squelch will stay open only if the channel has too much noise)
• MAX (The squelch will close independent of the channel noise).
(20) Push the FUNC button to select SBL (syllabic squelch low) on the HF control unit display.
through the cockpit speakers as follows:
• MIN (The squelch will not close if the channel has a small quantity of noise)
• MED (The squelch will not close if the channel has a moderate quantity of noise)
(22) Push the FUNC button to select SQH (signal strength squelch high) on the HF control unit display.
A value from 1 to 32 will show on the HF control unit display.
(23) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to change the squelch level to 32.
(a) Make sure that the squelch is closed.
(a) Make sure that the squelch is open.
(25) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to increase the squelch level until the squelch closes.
(26) Push the FUNC button to select SQL (signal strength squelch low) on the HF control unit display.
A value from 1 to 32 will show on the on the HF control unit display.
(30) Select SBH squelch mode on the HF control unit display.
(32) Push the FUNC button again and again to show all of the possible modulation modes as follows:
NOTE: Not all of the modes that follow will show.
• USB V (Upper Sideband – Voice)

• RC (USB + Reduced Carrier)
• AM (Amplitude Modulation)
• USB D (Upper Sideband – Data)
• LSB D (Lower Sideband – Data)
• LSB V (Lower Sideband – Voice).
(33) Push the FUNC button again and again to select USB V on the HF control unit display.
23-10-07 Page 506

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(34) Tune the HF radio to radio station WWV (Ft. Collins, CO) or WWVH (Kehaha, HI) on the
frequencies that follow (select the frequency with the best signal):
NOTE: You can do this test in a hangar if the airplane is near the open hangar doors. If
the signal strength is not sufficient, you can use a signal generator (IFR 4000 or
equivalent). Set the signal generator to radiate a 10 MHz, AM signal, modulated
with a 1000 Hz (approximate) continuous tone. Do not directly couple the signal
generator to the KPA-1052 HF power amplifier, KAC-1052 HF antenna coupler, or
HF antenna wire. Tune the HF for 10000.0 kHz, instead of the below frequencies.
(a) 2500.0 kHz

(b) 5000.0 kHz
(c) 10000.0 kHz
(d) 15000.0 kHz
(e) 20000.0 kHz
(35) If the AM modulation mode is available, do as follows:
(a) Turn the function selector knob to the MOD position.
(b) Push the FUNC button again and again to show the AM modulation mode.
(c) Record the tone of the voice.
(37) Push the FUNC button again and again as necessary to select SBH.
(38) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to change the squelch mode to OPN.
NOTE: Use the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob to adjust the HF volume.
(39) Make sure that the HF audio is heard on the two cockpit speakers and the two flight crew
headsets.
(40) Push the SPKR button on the two audio panels as necessary to isolate each cockpit speaker
while you test the other speaker.
(41) Push the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) button on the two audio panels.
(a) Make sure that the lights above the COM3 (GMA 1347) or AUX (GMA 1360D) and the
COM3 MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX MIC (GMA 1360D) buttons go out.
(b) Make sure that the SPKR buttons on the two audio panels are selected.
(42) Turn the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob clockwise for maximum volume.
(a) Make sure that the HF audio is not heard on the two cockpit speakers or the two flight crew
headsets.
(43) Turn the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob counterclockwise for minimum volume.
(44) Push the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) and the SPKR buttons on the pilot's
audio panel.
(a) Make sure that the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) button on the copilot’s
audio panel does not illuminate.
(45) Turn the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob clockwise for maximum volume and make sure that the
audio from the pilot's cockpit speaker is loud and clear, with no apparent distortion.
(46) Push the SPKR button on the pilot’s audio panel.
(a) Make sure that the HF audio in the pilot’s headset is loud and clear, with no apparent
distortion.
(47) Push the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) and the SPKR buttons on the copilot’s
audio panel.
(a) Make sure that the HF audio from the copilot's cockpit speaker is loud and clear, with no
apparent distortion.
(48) Push the SPKR button on the copilot’s audio panel.
(a) Make sure that HF audio in the copilot’s headset is loud and clear, with no apparent
distortion.
(50) Push the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) and the SPKR buttons on the two audio
panels.
(51) Turn the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob clockwise to increase the volume to a satisfactory level.
23-10-07 Page 507

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(53) Push the FUNC button again and again as necessary to select USB V on the HF control unit
display.
(a) Make sure that the tone of the voice is the same as it was in AM mode.
NOTE: There will be a noticeably different background sound when the signal is not
modulated (no voice announcements or tones and between one second “clock
ticks”) because of the difference in the filters. The tone (or frequency) of the
voice, tones, and “clock ticks” should be the same.
(54) Turn the function selector knob to the OPT position.

(a) Make sure that the bottom line of the HF control unit display shows C + 000 (no clarifier
offset frequency).
(55) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to C + 250 (clarifier offset is 250 Hz).
(a) Make sure that as the clarifier frequency is changed, a tone that is approximately equal to
the clarifier frequency is heard.
(57) Record the current frequency and change it to a different frequency.
(58) Change the frequency back to the recorded frequency.
(a) Make sure that the bottom line of the HF control unit display changes back to C + 000.
(60) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to change the clarifier offset frequency to C + 250 and monitor
the 250 Hz tone in the HF receiver audio.
(62) Push the FUNC button again and again to select the USB D mode (if available) and then select
the RC mode (if available).
(a) Make sure that the 250 Hz tone stays for each mode.
(63) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to change the clarifier offset frequency to C – 250 (250 Hz below
the implied carrier frequency).
(64) Push the FUNC button again and again to select the LSB V mode (if available).
(a) Make sure that there is an approximate 250 Hz tone in the HF audio.
(65) Push the FUNC button again and again to select the AM mode (if available).
(a) Make sure that there is not a 250 Hz tone in the HF audio.
(66) Push the FUNC button again and again to select the USB V mode and set the clarifier to C +
000.
(67) Do the HF Antenna Operational Check.
(68) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob and select one of the four preset frequencies from Table 501.
(69) Make sure that HF radio is in the USB V mode.
(70) Disconnect the pilot’s and the copilot’s microphone plugs from the headset microphone jacks on
the two side console panels. Do not disconnect the pilot's and the copilot's headset phone plugs
from the headset phone jacks.
(71) Make sure that COM3 MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX MIC (GMA 1360D) is selected on the two
audio panels.
(72) Make sure that the squelch is open.
(73) Set the timer on one of the two PFD's to count up.
(a) At the same time, push and hold the PTT button on the pilot’s control wheel and start the
timer.
(b) While the HF radio transmits, make sure that the green transmit light on the HF control unit
is illuminated and the receiver audio is not heard. The transmitter, without the microphone
input, supplies almost no power.
(74) When the stuck microphone time-out occurs, continue to hold the pilot’s PTT button and stop
the PFD timer. The time-out occurs when the transmit light goes out and the receiver audio is
heard.
(a) While you continue to hold the pilot’s PTT button, push and hold the PTT button on the
copilot’s control wheel.
(b) Make sure that the HF radio does not transmit.
(c) Release the two PTT buttons.
23-10-07 Page 508

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(75) Set the timer on one of the two PFD's to count up.
(a) At the same time, push and hold the PTT button on the copilot’s control wheel and start
the timer.
(b) While the HF radio transmits, make sure that the green transmit light on the HF control unit
is illuminated and the receiver audio is not heard. The transmitter, without the microphone
input, supplies almost no power.
(76) When the stuck microphone time-out occurs, continue to hold the copilot’s PTT button and stop
the PFD timer. The time-out occurs when the transmit light goes out and the receiver audio is
heard.
(a) While you continue to hold the copilot’s PTT button, push and hold the PTT button on the
pilot’s control wheel.
(b) Make sure that the HF radio does not transmit.
(c) Release the two PTT buttons.
(77) Connect the pilot’s and the copilot’s microphone plugs to the headset microphone jacks on the
two side console panels.
(78) Put the AVIONICS POWER switch in the OFF position.
(79) Put the POWER switch in the OFF position.

(80) Disconnect external power from the airplane.
(81) Tow the airplane out of the hangar and to an area of the airport where you can operate one of
the airplane engine. Refer to Chapter 9, Towing - Maintenance Practices.
(82) Set the POWER switch to the ON position.
(83) Set the AVIONICS POWER switch to the ON position.
(84) Start the engine. Refer to the Model 208 Airplane Flight Manual.
(85) If necessary, before you start the test, use either VHF communication or a telephone and speak
with the HF radio station that will assist you in the test.
(86) Set the VHF COM1 with an applicable VHF frequency and set the volume to a satisfactory level.
(87) Push the COM1 MIC buttons on the two audio panels. Make sure that COM3 is also selected.
(88) Push the COM3 MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX MIC (GMA 1360D) buttons on the two audio
panels. Make sure that COM1 is also selected.
(90) Push and release the FUNC button again and again as necessary to show P MAX (maximum
power) on the lower line of the HF control unit display.
(91) Tune the HF radio to preset channel 01 and do the steps that follow:
(a) Push and release the PTT button on the pilot’s control wheel for approximately one second.
While the HF antenna coupler tunes, monitor the items that follow:
(b) Make sure that the HF antenna coupler can tune the antenna system in approximately 30
seconds or less.
(c) Do the steps again for preset channels 02 thru 04.

(92) Tune the HF radio to the applicable radio test facility HF frequency . If you do not use a preset
channel in Table 501, make sure that the HF radio is in the USB V mode.
(93) Use the pilot's audio panel and the pilot's headset and make HF radio contact. Ask about signal
strength and the quality of the signal.
(94) Use the copilot's audio panel and the copilot's headset and make HF radio contact. Ask about
signal strength and the quality of the signal.
(95) Stop the engine. Refer to the Model 208 Airplane Flight Manual.
(96) Put the AVIONICS master switch (SI007) in the OFF position.
(97) Put the DC POWER battery switch (SI004) in the OFF position.
23-10-07 Page 509

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(98) Tow the airplane back to the hangar. Refer to Chapter 9, Towing - Maintenance Practices.
5. KHF-1050 HF Communication System Operational Check
NOTE: Do the KHF-1050 HF Communication System Operational Check when the same unit is
installed.
A. Prepare to do the HF Communication System Operational Check.
panel are engaged.
B. Do the HF Communication System Operational Check (Refer to Figure 501).
HF communication system and do a BIT.
the PANEL message.
23-10-07 Page 510

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX MIC (GMA1360D), and SPKR buttons are illuminated.
(a) 2500.0 kHz

(b) 5000.0 kHz
(c) 10000.0 kHz
(d) 15000.0 kHz
(e) 20000.0 kHz
headsets.
(20) Do the HF Antenna Operational Check.
(21) Set the POWER switch, on the left switch panel, to the OFF position.
(22) Set the AVIONICS POWER switch, on the left switch panel, to the OFF position.

6. PS-440 HF Control Unit Functional Test
NOTE: Do the PS-440 HF Control Unit Functional Test when a new or repaired unit is installed.
A. Prepare to do the HF Control Unit Functional Test.
serviceable.
and serviceable.
(3) Make sure that the pilot's and the copilot's GDU 1040A/1050A PFD's are installed and
serviceable.
23-10-07 Page 511

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

panel are engaged.
B. Do the HF Control Unit Functional Test
the PANEL message.
MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX MIC (GMA 1360D), and SPKR buttons are illuminated.
(13) Disengage the HF circuit breaker.
23-10-07 Page 512

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(14) Set the HF SYSTEM – NORMAL/MAINT switch (ST501) to the MAINT position.
(17) After the BIT is completed, turn the outer TUNE knob until HI L shows in the display.
(18) Refer to Table 502 and turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to set the correct value for HI L.
Table 502. HF Control Unit Lighting Set Up
TUNE OUTER KNOB POSITION TUNE ENT INNER KNOB POSITION VALUE
HI L 010
LO L 000 (NOTE)
HI P 050
LO P 001
HI A 020
LO A 093
NOTE: The HF control unit display can show to not be on.

(19) Turn the outer and inner TUNE knobs to set the other lighting values included in Table 502.
(20) Disengage the HF circuit breaker.
(21) Set the HF SYSTEM – NORMAL/MAINT switch to the NORMAL position.
(23) Turn the DISPLAYS knob (RI002), found on the center switch panel, clockwise and
counterclockwise.
(a) Make sure that the HF control unit display lighting intensity increases and decreases the
same as the PFD's and the MFD lighting.
(24) Turn the DISPLAYS knob fully counterclockwise to the DAY detent.
(a) Make sure that the display backlighting goes to maximum intensity.
(25) With the HF control unit , refer to Table 501 and do the steps that follow:
(a) Push and hold the FUNC button until the channel number flashes (approximately three
seconds).
(b) Use one of the TUNE knobs and select the necessary channel to be set.
(c) Push the ENT button (right TUNE inner knob). The channel is stored and the frequency
display starts to flash.
1 Select the receive frequency and make sure that RX is illuminated on the right side
of the display.
NOTE: This sets the receive frequency.
(d) Push the ENT button. The frequency is stored and the mode starts to flash.
1 Select the modulation type.
(e) Press ENT button. The mode is stored and the frequency starts to flash, TX comes on,
and RX goes off.
1 Select the transmit frequency, if it is different from the receive frequency.
(f) Push the ENT button. The data is updated and the next channel number will show.
(g) Do the above steps again to set the frequencies for channels 02 thru 04.
(h) When the four channels and frequencies are set, push and hold the FUNC button for
approximately three seconds to exit the channel programming mode.
23-10-07 Page 513

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: Make sure that no personnel touch the airplane or on the

ground adjacent to the airplane during the check. You can
possibly receive an electrical shock if you touch the airplane or
if you go into or out of the airplane during an HF transmission.
Do not operate the HF system while you refuel the airplane.
(26) Turn the function selector knob (left outer knob) on the HF control unit to the OPT position.
(27) Push the FUNC key again and again as necessary to select P MIN.
(29) Push the COM3 MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX MIC (GMA 1360D) buttons on the pilot's and the
copilot's audio panels.
(30) Push and hold the EMER button on the HF control unit for approximately two seconds.
(a) Make sure that the HF control unit display shows 2.1820 on the top row and EMR 1 on the
bottom row.
(31) Push the ENT button (right TUNE inner knob).
(a) Make sure that the HF control unit display continues to show 2.1820.
(32) Turn the inner or outer TUNE knob to select the subsequent EMR channel and do as follows:
(a) Make sure that the frequency shown on the HF control unit display is the same as the
related RX frequency in the SIMPLEX column of Table 503.
Table 503. Emergency Channels (Factory Default Programming)
CHANNEL FREQUENCY (MHz) ITU CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT

SIMPLEX SEMI-DUPLEX
(DEFAULT) (SPLIT TX/RX)
EMR 1 2.1820 RX: 2.1820 ---- International
Distress and Calling
TX: 2.1820
EMR 2 4.1250 RX: 4.4170 421 International
Distress and Calling
TX: 4.125
EMR 3 6.2150 RX: 6.5160 606 Maritime Distress
and Calling
TX: 6.2150
and Calling
TX: 8.2910
and Calling
TX: 12.2900
and Calling
TX: 16.4200
The typical SIMPLEX operation is used to speak with other airplanes, ships, or emergency ground stations.
The SEMI-DUPLEX operation can be used to speak with maritime radiotelephone network ground stations.
The UPPER SIDEBAND VOICE is the only emission mode available when using emergency channels.
(b) Push the ENT button (right TUNE inner knob). The SPLT message will show on the bottom
line of the HF control unit display for approximately two seconds.
1 Make sure that the frequency shown is the same as the RX frequency in the SEMI
DUPLEX column of Table 503 .
NOTE: The EMR 1 and EMR 4 channels are only Simplex channels. The TX
and RX frequencies are the same.
23-10-07 Page 514

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Push and release the push-to-talk (PTT) button on the pilot’s or the copilot's control wheel
to tune the antenna.
1 When the tune cycle is complete, push and hold one of the two PTT buttons and
record the frequency shown on the HF control unit display of the.
2 Make sure that the frequency is the same as the TX frequency in the SEMI DUPLEX
column of Table 503 .
(d) Release the PTT button.
(33) Do step (32) again for the remaining EMR channels in Table 503.
(34) If an emergency channel is not set in accordance with Table 503, set the channel as follows:
(a) Push and hold the EMER button on the HF control unit for approximately two seconds.
1 The display will show EMR 1 as the default channel.
(b) Push and hold the FUNC button HF control unit for approximately three seconds.
1 The channel window will start to flash.
NOTE: This shows that the programming mode is started.
(c) Turn the inner or the outer TUNE knobs to select the applicable channel number.
(d) Push the ENT button on the end of the TUNE knob.
1 The channel is stored and the receive frequency will start to flash.
(e) Turn the inner and the outer TUNE knobs to select the applicable receive frequency.
(f) Push the ENT button on the end of the TUNE knob.
1 The receive frequency is stored and the mode will start to flash.
NOTE: Only the USB V (upper sideband – voice) mode is available when you
set an emergency channel.
(g) Push the ENT button on the end of the TUNE knob.
1 The mode is stored and the transmit frequency will start to flash.
(h) If the simplex operation is necessary with the emergency channel, do the steps that follow:
1 Push the ENT button again to record the transmit frequency that is automatically
shown.
2 The channel window now shows the subsequent emergency channel number that is
available.
(i) If the semi-duplex operation is necessary with the emergency channel, do the steps that
follow:
1 Push the inner and the outer TUNE knobs to select the applicable transmit frequency.
2 Push the ENT button.
3 The transmit frequency is set and the channel window now shows the subsequent
available emergency channel number.
(j) Push the EMER button to stop the procedure.
(36) Turn the TUNE knobs to select 29.990 MHz.
(38) Push the FUNC button again and again as necessary to select USB V (upper sideband – voice)
on the HF control unit display.
(40) Push the FUNC button again and again as necessary to select SBH (syllabic squelch high) on
the HF control unit display.
through the cockpit speakers (the channel is not being used, only noise is heard) as follows:
• MIN (The squelch will stay open only if the channel has a lot of noise)
• MED (The squelch will stay open only if the channel has too much noise)
(42) Push the FUNC button to select SBL (syllabic squelch low) on the HF control unit display.
through the cockpit speakers as follows:
23-10-07 Page 515

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
• MIN (The squelch will not close if the channel has a small quantity of noise)
• MED (The squelch will not close if the channel has a moderate quantity of noise)
(44) Push the FUNC button to select SQH (signal strength squelch high) on the HF control unit display.
A value from 1 to 32 will show on the HF control unit display.
(48) Push the FUNC button to select SQL (signal strength squelch low) on the HF control unit display.
A value from 1 to 32 will show on the on the HF control unit display.
(52) Select SBH squelch mode on the HF control unit display.
(54) Push the FUNC button again and again to show all of the possible modulation modes as follows:
NOTE: Not all of the modes that follow will show.
• USB V (Upper Sideband – Voice)

• RC (USB + Reduced Carrier)
• AM (Amplitude Modulation)
• USB D (Upper Sideband – Data)
• LSB D (Lower Sideband – Data)
• LSB V (Lower Sideband – Voice).
(55) Push the FUNC button again and again to select USB V on the HF control unit display.
(a) 2500.0 kHz

(b) 5000.0 kHz
(c) 10000.0 kHz
(d) 15000.0 kHz
(e) 20000.0 kHz
headsets.
23-10-07 Page 516

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(63) Push the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) button on the two audio panels.
(a) Make sure that the lights above the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) and the
COM3 MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX MIC (GMA 1360D) buttons go out.
(b) Make sure that the SPKR buttons on the two audio panels are selected.
(64) Turn the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob clockwise for maximum volume.
(a) Make sure that the HF audio is not heard on the two cockpit speakers or the two flight crew
headsets.
(66) Push the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) and the SPKR buttons on the pilot's
audio panel.
(a) Make sure that the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) button on the copilot’s
audio panel does not illuminate.
(67) Turn the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob clockwise for maximum volume and make sure that the
audio from the pilot's cockpit speaker is loud and clear, with no apparent distortion.
(68) Push the SPKR button on the pilot’s audio panel.
(a) Make sure that the HF audio in the pilot’s headset is loud and clear, with no apparent
distortion.
(69) Push the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) and the SPKR buttons on the copilot’s
audio panel.
(a) Make sure that the HF audio from the copilot's cockpit speaker is loud and clear, with no
apparent distortion.
(70) Push the SPKR button on the copilot’s audio panel.
(a) Make sure that HF audio in the copilot’s headset is loud and clear, with no apparent
distortion.
(72) Push the COM3 (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) and the SPKR buttons on the two audio
panels.
(73) Turn the VOL/PUSH PWR inner knob clockwise to increase the volume to a satisfactory level.
(75) Push the FUNC button again and again as necessary to select USB V on the HF control unit
display.
(a) Make sure that the tone of the voice is the same as it was in AM mode.
NOTE: There will be a noticeably different background sound when the signal is not
modulated (no voice announcements or tones and between one second “clock
ticks”) because of the difference in the filters. The tone (or frequency) of the
voice, tones, and “clock ticks” should be the same.

(a) Make sure that the bottom line of the HF control unit display shows C + 000 (no clarifier
offset frequency).
(77) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to C + 250 (clarifier offset is 250 Hz).
(a) Make sure that as the clarifier frequency is changed, a tone that is approximately equal to
the clarifier frequency is heard.
(79) Record the current frequency and change it to a different frequency.
(80) Change the frequency back to the recorded frequency.
(a) Make sure that the bottom line of the HF control unit display changes back to C + 000.
(82) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to change the clarifier offset frequency to C + 250 and monitor
the 250 Hz tone in the HF receiver audio.
(84) Push the FUNC button again and again to select the USB D mode (if available) and then select
the RC mode (if available).
(a) Make sure that the 250 Hz tone stays for each mode.
23-10-07 Page 517

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(85) Turn the TUNE ENT inner knob to change the clarifier offset frequency to C – 250 (250 Hz below
the implied carrier frequency).
(86) Push the FUNC button again and again to select the LSB V mode (if available).
(a) Make sure that there is an approximate 250 Hz tone in the HF audio.
(87) Push the FUNC button again and again to select the AM mode (if available).
(a) Make sure that there is not a 250 Hz tone in the HF audio.
(88) Push the FUNC button again and again to select the USB V mode and set the clarifier to C +
000.

7. PS-440 HF Control Unit Operational Check
NOTE: Do the PS-440 HF Control Unit Operational Check when the same unit is installed.
A. Prepare to do the HF Control Unit Operational Check.
panel are engaged.
B. Display Backlight and dimming Operational test
HF communication system.
(2) Turn the AVIONICS DIMMING knob fully clockwise. (CW)
(a) The control unit will go to maximum brightness.
(3) Turn the AVIONICS DIMMING knob fully counter clockwise. (CCW)
(a) The control unit will dim until a point, then will change to maximum brightness.
(4) Rotate the AVIONICS DIMMING knob CW.
(a) Make sure the KHF-1050 control unit switches back over to manual brightness before the
rest of the Garmin equipment switches over to manual brightness.
C. Do the HF Control Unit Operational Check.
the PANEL message.
23-10-07 Page 518

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(13) Turn the DISPLAYS knob (RI002), found on the center switch panel, clockwise and
counterclockwise.
(a) Make sure that the HF control unit display lighting intensity increases and decreases the
same as the PFD's and the MFD lighting.
(14) Turn the DISPLAYS knob fully counterclockwise to the DAY detent.
(a) Make sure that the display backlighting goes to maximum intensity.

8. HF Remote Control Circuit Breaker Operational Check

A. Prepare to do the HF Remote Control Circuit Breaker Operational Check.
serviceable.
and serviceable.
(3) Make sure that the pilot's and the copilot's GDU 1040A/1050A primary flight displays (PFD's)
are installed and serviceable.
23-10-07 Page 519

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
panel are engaged.
B. Do the HF Remote Control Circuit Breaker Operational Check.
the PANEL message.
(10) Push the COM3 MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX (GMA 1360D) and the SPKR buttons on the pilot's
and the copilot's GMA 1347/1360D audio panels.
23-10-07 Page 520

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(16) Tow the airplane out of the hangar and to an area of the airport where you can operate one of
the airplane engines. Refer to Chapter 9, Towing - Maintenance Practices.
(19) Start the engine. Refer to the Model 208/208B Airplane Flight Manual.
(20) If necessary, before you start the test, use either VHF communication or a telephone and speak
with the HF radio station that will assist you in the test.
(21) Set the VHF COM1 with an applicable VHF frequency and set the volume to a satisfactory level.
(22) Push the COM1 MIC buttons on the two audio panels. Make sure that COM3 (GMA 1347) or
the AUX (GMA 1360D) is also selected.
(23) Push the COM3 MIC (GMA 1347) or the AUX MIC (GMA 1360D) buttons on the two audio
panels. Make sure that COM1 is also selected.
(25) Push and release the FUNC button again and again as necessary to show P MAX (maximum
power) on the lower line of the HF control unit display.
(26) Tune the HF radio to preset channel 01 and do the steps that follow:
(a) Push and release the PTT button on the pilot’s control wheel for approximately one second.
While the HF antenna coupler tunes, monitor the items that follow:
(b) Make sure that the HF antenna coupler can tune the antenna system in approximately 30
seconds or less.
(c) Do the steps again for preset channels 02 thru 04.

(27) Tune the HF radio to the applicable radio test facility HF frequency . If you do not use a preset
channel in Table 501, make sure that the HF radio is in the USB V mode.
(28) Use the pilot's audio panel and the pilot's headset and make HF radio contact. Ask about signal
strength and the quality of the signal.
(29) Use the copilot's audio panel and the copilot's headset and make HF radio contact. Ask about
signal strength and the quality of the signal.
(30) Stop the engine. Refer to the Model 208 Airplane Flight Manual.
(33) Tow the airplane back to the hangar. Refer to Chapter 9, Towing - Maintenance Practices.
23-10-07 Page 521

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GSR 56 - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
A. This section provides a general description and operation of the Garmin GSR 56 system that operates the
satellite radio. The line replaceable units (LRUs) for the Garmin GSR 56 system are the GarminGSR
56 iridium transceiver box and the CI401-490 iridium antenna.
B. The functions for the Garmin GSR 56 system are found on the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics
System. For a general overview of the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System, refer to Garmin
G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation.
2. Description
A. The Garmin GSR 56 system includes the GSR 56 iridium transceiver box that is mounted in the interior
tailcone and CI401-490 iridium antenna installation that is mounted on the upper exterior tailcone. The
Garmin GSR 56 system provides an airborne, low-speed data link that provides satellite radio to the
aircraft operators. This data link operates on the Iridium Satellite Network.
B. Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Transceiver Box
(1) The Garmin GSR 56 iridium transceiver box is mounted in the aft tailcone at RBL 11.31 and FS
384.22. The transceiver is connected to the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System through
electrical connector PT506.
(2) The GSR 56 is a remote-mount LRU with no user controls or indicators that provides airborne
low-speed data link information to a display device. The Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics
System provides the user with the necessary display device to operate the satellite radio. System
messages to the pilot display communicate the loss of this low-speed data signal. The absence
of GSR 56 system messages indicates a fully operational GSR 56.
C. CI401-490 Iridium Antenna
(1) The CI401-490 iridium antenna is mounted on the upper tailcone, just right of BL 0.0 and between
FS 344.0 and FS 356.0. The antenna is connected to the GSR 56 transceiver box by a coaxial
cable and electrical connectors PT1029 and PT1030.
3. Operation
A. The Garmin GSR 56 system receives power through the IRIDIUM DATA (OPT) circuit breaker (HI048)
found on the avionics circuit breaker panel in the cockpit.
B. Garmin GSR 56 Satellite Radio
(1) The satellite radio is operated through Garmin Connext Services. Contact Garmin Connext
Services for radio service set-up instructions. Go to the Weather Data Link (Connext) page to
Register the GSR 56 and verify the active services.
(2) The Map-Weather Data Link (Connext) page displays the weather datalink controls for displaying
Connext Weather on the displays. The Aux - Telephone page displays the telephone and SMS
text messaging controls for controlling the GSR 56 Satellite phone services.
23-30-00 Page 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GSR 56 - TROUBLESHOOTING
1. General
A. This section gives the troubleshooting procedures for the GSR 56 System. For a general overview of
the GSR 56 system refer to Garmin GSR 56 - Description and Operation.
2. GSR 56 System Troubleshooting

A. Tools and Equipment

• Multimeter.
• None.
• Garmin GSR 56 - Description and Operation
• GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio - Removal/Installation
• GSR 56 Iridium Antenna - Removal/Installation
B. Do the GSR 56 System Troubleshooting.
(2) Make sure the GSR has check mark (green) next to their nomenclature on the list.
(b) If the GSR does not have a green check troubleshoot the Garmin GSR 56 system. Refer
to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Troubleshooting.
(3) Check the primary flight display crew alert system (CAS) window for messages to aid in
troubleshooting the anomaly. For CAS message troubleshooting refer to, Table 101.
(4) If the Architecture Verification check shows a serial number or a version number is dashed on
the Avionics Status page, carefully examine the electrical wiring and components as follows:
Refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual, Chapter 20, Wiring - Maintenance Practices.
GS2, GTX1, GTX 2 (OPT), NAV1, NAV2, AND WX500.
(a) Do a visual check of the GSR 56 iridium satellite radio electrical and coaxial connectors
and airplane mounting rack electrical and coaxial connectors for bent pins and pushed
back pins.
1 If necessary, repair the damage.
(b) Make sure that electrical power and ground signals are present.
(c) Make sure that data bus lines are correctly terminated and secure.

(d) Do a visual check of the wiring components and make sure that all applicable strapping is
correct and any necessary G1000 system strapping is correct.
(e) Do a visual check of the wiring bundles for damage.
1 If necessary, repair or replace the wiring bundles. Refer to the Model 208 Wiring
Diagram Manual, Chapter 20, Wiring - Maintenance Practices.
23-30-00 Page 101

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f) Use a multimeter to do a check of the applicable system wiring for continuity, ground faults,
or other unserviceable conditions.
(g) Do a visual check of the coaxial cable connections from the satellite radio to the iridium
antenna.
1 Tighten loose coaxial cable connectors as necessary.
2 Repair or replace unserviceable coaxial cable as necessary.
(5) Replace the GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio. Refer to, Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio -
(a) Do an operational check of the GSR 56 system again. Refer to, GSR 56 System -
Adjustment/Test.
(6) Replace the GSR 56 Iridium Antenna. Refer to Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Antenna - Removal/
Installation.
(a) Do an operational check of the GSR 56 system again. Refer to, GSR 56 System -
Adjustment/Test.
C. GSR 56 CAS Error Message Troubleshooting.
(1) Push the rightmost softkey on the PFD and make sure that no CAS Alert messages show in the
Alerts window.
(2) For GSR 56 Alert messages troubleshooting refer to Table 101.
Table 101. GSR 56CAS Alert Messages
GSR 56 CAS Alert Messages Cause Corrective Actions
GSR1 FAIL GSR1 has failed. 1. Make sure that the GSR 56
Iridium Satellite Radio is receiving
power.
2. Make sure that the GSR 56
wiring is serviceable. Refer to
Model 208 Wring Diagram Manual.
3. Make sure that the GSR 56
configuration is correct Chapter 34,
Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics
System - Adjustment/Test.
MANIFEST GSR1 software mismatch, 1. Make sure that the GSR 56
communication halted. software version is correct.
D. Put the Airplane Back to its Initial Condition.

(1) Disconnect the external electrical power from the airplane.
23-30-00 Page 102

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GSR 56 IRIDIUM SATELLITE RADIO - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. General
A. This section gives the Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio removal and installation procedures.
The GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio is installed . For more data applicable to the satellite radio refer
to Garmin GSR 56 - Description and Operation.
2. GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio Removal/Installation

A. Remove the GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio (Refer to Figure 401).
(1) Remove external electrical power from the airplane.
(2) Make sure that the BATTERY switch (SC005), found on the circuit breaker switch panel, is set
to the OFF position.
(3) Make sure that the EXTERNAL POWER switch (SC006), found on the circuit breaker switch
panel, is set to the OFF position.
(4) Disengage the IRIDIUM DATA (OPT) circuit breaker found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
(5) Loosen the knurled knob that attaches the satellite radio to the mounting rack.
(6) Carefully pull the satellite radio out to disengage it from the mounting rack.
(7) Remove the satellite radio from the mounting rack and the airplane.
B. Install the GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio (Refer to Figure 401).
CAUTION: Make sure that the electrical connectors in the rear of the mounting rack
are aligned correctly. If the electrical connectors are not aligned
correctly, damage to the pin contacts can occur.
(1) Put the Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio in its position on the mounting rack.
(2) Carefully push the satellite radio to the rear of the mounting rack until it is tight.
(a) If necessary, carefully pull the satellite radio out of the mounting rack and correct the cause
of the incorrect engagement.
(3) Tighten the knurled knob that attaches the satellite radio to the mounting rack.
(4) Do an electrical bonding check (Type I) between the transceiver and the airplane structure. Refer
to Chapter 20, Electrical Bonding - Maintenance Practices.
(5) Engage the IRIDIUM DATA (OPT) circuit breaker found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
C. To return the GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio System to service do the steps that follow:
(1) Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test, GSR 56 Software
Configuration, G1000 System Software (v.2499.08 and On).
23-30-05 Page 401

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio Installation

23-30-05 Page 402

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GSR 56 IRIDIUM ANTENNA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. General
A. This section gives the Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Antenna removal and installation procedures. The
GSR 56 Iridium Antenna is installed . For more data applicable to the antenna refer to Garmin GSR
56 - Description and Operation.
2. GSR 56 Iridium Antenna Removal/Installation

A. Remove the GSR 56 Iridium Antenna (Refer to Figure 401).
(2) Make sure that the BATTERY switch (SC005), found on the circuit breaker switch panel, is set
to the OFF position.
(3) Make sure that the EXTERNAL POWER switch (SC006), found on the circuit breaker switch
panel, is set to the OFF position.
(4) Disengage the IRIDIUM DATA (OPT) circuit breaker found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
(5) Carefully remove the white RTV from the screw holes to get access to the screws.
(6) Remove the screws that attach the antenna to the fuselage skin.
(7) Break the bond of the sealant between the antenna and the fuselage skin.
(8) Carefully pull the antenna away from the airplane.
(9) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector from the antenna.
(10) Remove the antenna from the airplane.
(11) Put a protective cover on the coaxial cable connector.
(12) Do a bonding surface cleaning of the antenna surface and the fuselage skin. Refer to Chapter
20, Electrical Bonding - Maintenance Practices.
B. Install the GSR 56 Iridium Antenna (Refer to Figure 401).
(1) Remove the protective cover from the coaxial cable connector.
(2) Connect the coaxial cable connector to the antenna.
(3) Put the antenna in its position on the airplane skin.
(4) Install the screws that attach the antenna to the fuselage skin.
(5) Do an electrical bonding check (Type I) between the antenna and the airplane structure. Refer
to Chapter 20, Electrical Bonding - Maintenance Practices.
(6) Engage the IRIDIUM DATA (OPT) circuit breaker found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
C. To return the GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio System to service do the steps that follow:
(1) Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test, GSR 56 Software
Configuration, G1000 System Software (v.2499.08 and On).
(2) Use Type I, Class B sealant to apply a fillet seal around the base of the antenna. Refer to Chapter
20, Fuel, Weather and High-Temperature Sealing - Maintenance Practices.
(3) Use Type I, Class A white RTV to seal the top of the screws on the antenna. Refer to Chapter
20, Fuel, Weather and High-Temperature Sealing - Maintenance Practices.
23-30-10 Page 401

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GSR 56 Iridium Antenna Installation

23-30-10 Page 402

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GMA 1347/1360D AUDIO SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
A. The Model 208 airplane uses an integrated audio system that gives audio amplification, intercom
control, and marker beacon control. Many of the operations done on the audio panels are indicated
on the pilots (left) and copilots (right) primary flight displays (PFD's) and on the multifunction display
(MFD). This section gives a general description and operation of the Garmin Marker Beacon and
Audio Adapter (GMA) 1347/1360D Audio Panels.
B. For a general description and operation of the Garmin PFD's and MFD, refer to Chapter 34, Garmin
G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation.
C. The Garmin GMA 1347 Audio Panel (GMA 1) is installed immediately inboard of the pilots Primary
Flight Display (PFD) flush with the instrument panel. It has an audio function, an intercom function,
and a marker beacon function in one unit. An optional GMA 1347 Audio Panel (GMA 2) can be
installed immediately inboard of the copilot's PFD flush with the instrument panel for G1000 System
Software versions up to (v.2499.03).
D. The Garmin G1000 NX software (v.2499.08) is equipped with the GMA 1360D. The dual GMA 1360D
installation can provide redundancy and add additional support for COMs, radios, or additional
headsets.
2. Description
A. Garmin GMA Audio Panel (Refer to Figure 1) and the Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel (Refer
to Figure 2)
(1) The GMA 1347/1360D audio panel supplies all audio functions to the pilot, controlling the input
and output of audio signals to headphones and the overhead speakers. It is capable of
interfacing with two transceivers as follows:
(a) The GIA 63W/64W generates Digital Warnings and Tones that are processed by the GMA
1347/1360D Audio Panel.
(b) The NAV audio is transmitted digitally from each of the two the GIA 63W/64W integrated
avionics units, No. 1 and No. 2.
(c) COM audio is transmitted digitally to and from each of the two the GIA 63W/64W integrated
avionics units No. 1 and No. 2.
(2) The "reversionary mode" switch is included on the audio panel to manually control this mode.
This is done through an RS-232 data bus that connects the audio panel to each Garmin Display
Unit (GDU). Some system information is transmitted through RS-232 to both GIAs.
NOTE: If only one GMA is installed, the reversionary mode button controls the
reversionary mode for all displays.
NOTE: For dual GMA installations, the red button on the pilot GMA will trigger PFD1
and the MFD. Similarly, the red button on the Copilot GMA will trigger reversion
on PFD2 and the MFD (if the MFD was not already in reversionary mode)
(a) In the event of PFD1 or MFD failure, reversionary (or backup) mode is automatically
engaged by the other displays. Reversionary mode is a mode of operation in whichall
important flight information is presented on at least one of the remaining displays.
Transition to reversionary mode should be straightforward, for flight parameters are
presented in the same format as in normal mode.
(3) The marker beacon receiver system functions are integrated in the GMA 1347/1360D audio
panel. For a general over view of the marker beacon system refer to Chapter 34, Landing Aids
- Description and Operation.
23-51-00 Page 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Garmin GMA 1347 Audio System G1000 System Software versions up to (v.2499.03)
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
23-51-00 Page 2
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Garmin GMA 1360D Audio G1000 System Software (v.2499.08 and On)
Figure 2 (Sheet 1)
23-51-00 Page 3
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Operation
A. Garmin GMA 1347 Audio Panel, refer to Figure 1 and Garmin GMA 1360D refer to Figure 2).
(1) The pilots and copilot's Garmin GMA Audio Panels are supplied power through the AUDIO 1
(pilot's) and AUDIO 2 (copilot's) circuit breakers found on the AVIONICS circuit breaker panel.
When supplied power, the audio panels complete a self-test immediately. The audio panel
annunciator lights come on for approximately two seconds, then go off to indicate the self-test
start and stop.
(2) Refer to Table 1 for the GMA 1347. and Table 2 for the GMA 1360D operation of the buttons
and knobs on the audio panel.
Table 1. Audio Panel Controls GMA 1347
Button or Knob Function Use

COM1,COM2 Transceiver Audio The COM1 receiver key selects the COMM 1 radio as the
Buttons Selection Keys active receiver. The COM2 receiver key selects the COMM 2
radio as the active receiver. Any combination of radios can be
selected separately or at the same time. The active COMM
radio will be heard through the headsets or on the speaker, if
selected.
COM1 MIC, Transmitter (Audio/Mic) The COM1 MIC key selects the COMM 1 radio as the active
COM2 MIC Selection Keys transceiver. The COM2 MIC receiver key selects the COMM
Buttons 2 radio as the active transceiver. The receiver audio key is
also selected (COM1 or COM2). The COMM frequency is
highlighted in green in the active frequency field of the PFD.
COM 1/2 Button Disabled No use
PA Button Passenger Address Key Selected to give announcements to passengers in the cabin
area of the airplane if the XM Radio subscription is current
and the passengers have headsets on. The message will
be heard by the other pilot only if the ICS is enabled. The
push-to-talk (PTT) must be used to give PA announcements.
SPKR Button Speaker Key Selected to make all radios heard through the cockpit
speakers. Push the SPKR key to make the speaker active
and not active. Each audio panel is connected to a different
speaker if the aircraft is equipped with dual GMA’s. Otherwise
both speakers are tied to the single GMA. The speaker audio
is muted when the PTT switch is pushed.
MKR/MUTE Marker Beacon Receiver Mutes the marker beacon audio, but does not change the
Button Audio Select/Mute Key annunciators. The marker beacon audio will come back on
automatically when a new marker beacon signal is received.
HI SENS Button Marker Beacon Receiver Increases marker beacon signal sensitivity. Push this button
High Sensitivity Key to receive an earlier indication of the marker beacon during
an approach.
NAV1, NAV2, Airplane Radio Audio Selects the radio source and the annunciator. Selected audio
ADF, DME Selection Keys can be heard through the headset and the speakers. All radio
Buttons keys can be selected individually or together.
MAN SQ Intercom Manual Squelch Sets the squelch function to manual or automatic.
Key
PLAY Buttons Digital Record and The PLAY key starts and stops audio playback. The playback
Playback Keys function has a limit of 2.5 minutes of audio. Push the PLAY
key twice during playback to go to the previous recording.
23-51-00 Page 4
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 1. Audio Panel Controls GMA 1347 (continued)

DISPLAY Reversionary Mode Selects the reversionary mode for all three displays. Moves
BACKUP Button important flight and engine data from the MFD to the PFD's
Button during an MFD failure. The pilot's audio panel DISPLAY
BACKUP key operates the pilot's PFD and the MFD. The
copilot's audio panel DISPLAY BACKUP key operates the
copilot's PFD and the MFD.
COM3 Button Transceiver Audio When selected, audio from the optional #3 COM receiver (HF)
Selection Key can be heard.
COM3 MIC Transmitter (Audio/Mic) The COM3 MIC key selects the optional #3 transmitter (HF) for
Button Selection Key transmitting. The COM3 receiver is simultaneously selected
when the COM3 MIC key is pressed allowing received audio
from the #3 COM receiver to be heard.
TEL, AUX, Disabled No use.
MUSIC Buttons
PILOT Buttons Intercom system key Pressing selects the pilot intercom isolation. Press again to
deselect pilot isolation.
COPLT Buttons Intercom system key Pressing selects the copilot intercom isolation. Press again
to deselect copilot isolation.
Table 2. Audio Panel Controls GMA 1360D

COM1,COM2 Transceiver Audio The COM1 receiver key selects the COMM 1 radio as the
Buttons Selection Keys active receiver. The COM2 receiver key selects the COMM 2
radio as the active receiver. Any combination of radios can be
selected separately or at the same time. The active COMM
radio will be heard through the headsets or on the speaker, if
selected.
COM1 MIC, Transmitter (Audio/Mic) The COM1 MIC key selects the COMM 1 radio as the active
COM2 MIC Selection Keys transceiver. The COM2 MIC receiver key selects the COMM
Buttons 2 radio as the active transceiver. The receiver audio key is
also selected (COM1 or COM2). The COMM frequency is
highlighted in green in the active frequency field of the PFD.
AUX MIC Button Transmitter (Audio/Mic) The AUX MIC key selects the COMM 3 radio as the active
Selection Key transceiver. The receiver audio key is also selected (AUX).
AUX Button Transceiver Audio The AUX receiver key selects the COMM 3 radio as the
Selection Key active receiver. Any combination of radios can be selected for
monitoring separately or at the same time.
NAV1, NAV2, Airplane Radio Audio Selects the radio source and the annunciator. Selected audio
ADF, DME Selection Keys can be heard through the headset and the speakers. All radio
Buttons keys can be selected individually or together.
PA Button Passenger Address Key Selected to give announcements to passengers in the cabin
area of the airplane if the XM Radio subscription is current
and the passengers have headsets on. The message will
be heard by the other pilot only if the ICS is enabled. The
push-to-talk (PTT) must be used to give PA announcements.
23-51-00 Page 5
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 2. Audio Panel Controls GMA 1360D (continued)

TEL Button Audio Source Key Selects/Deselects the TEL audio source and assigns the
Bluetooth device to the TEL audio. Press the TEL key until
the annunciator turns blue. The in-key annunciator will cycle
from OFF to WHITE to BLUE. WHITE selects the wired audio
source and BLUE selects the Bluetooth audio source.
CREW ICS Transmitter (Audio/Mic) Controls the crew intercom system. Press and hold to
Button Selection Keys enable/disable onside Bluetooth recording mode.
MUS1 Button Audio Source Key Selects/Deselects the MUS1 audio source and assigns the
Bluetooth device to the MUS1 audio. Press the MUS1 key
until the annunciator turns blue. The in-key annunciator will
cycle from OFF to WHITE to BLUE. WHITE selects the wired
audio source and BLUE selects the Bluetooth audio source.
MUS2 Button Audio Source Key Selects/Deselects the MUS2 audio source and can assign the
Bluetooth device to the MUS2 audio. Press the MUS2 key
until the annunciator turns blue. The in-key annunciator will
cycle from OFF to BLUE. BLUE selects the Bluetooth audio
source.
PASS ICS Transmitter (Audio/Mic) Controls the passenger intercom system.
Button Selection Key
SPKR Button Speaker Key Selected to make all radios heard through the cockpit
speakers. Push the SPKR key to make the speaker active
and not active. Each audio panel is connected to a different
speaker if the aircraft is equipped with dual GMA’s. Otherwise
both speakers are tied to the single GMA. The speaker audio
is muted when the PTT switch is pushed.
MKR/MUTE Marker Beacon Receiver Mutes the marker beacon audio, but does not change the
Button Audio Select/Mute Key annunciators. The marker beacon audio will come back on
automatically when a new marker beacon signal is received.
HI SENS Button Marker Beacon Receiver Increases marker beacon signal sensitivity. Push this button
High Sensitivity Key to receive an earlier indication of the marker beacon during
an approach.
MAN SQ Intercom Manual Squelch Sets the squelch function to manual or automatic.
Key
PLAY Buttons Digital Record and The PLAY key starts and stops audio playback. The playback
Playback Keys function has a limit of 2.5 minutes of audio. Push the PLAY
key twice during playback to go to the previous recording.
DISPLAY Reversionary Mode Selects the reversionary mode for all three displays. Moves
BACKUP Button important flight and engine data from the MFD to the PFD's
Button during an MFD failure. The pilot's audio panel DISPLAY
BACKUP key operates the pilot's PFD and the MFD. The
copilot's audio panel DISPLAY BACKUP key operates the
copilot's PFD and the MFD.
23-51-00 Page 6
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GMA 1347/1360D AUDIO SYSTEM - TROUBLESHOOTING
1. General
A. This section gives the troubleshooting procedures for the Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System.
For a general overview of the GMA 1347/1360D Audio System refer to Garmin GMA 1347/1360D
Audio System - Description and Operation.
2. Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System Troubleshooting

(1) Digital Multimeter.

B. Special Consumables
• None.
C. Reference Material
• Chapter 23, Passenger Address System and Cockpit Speaker Amplifier - Removal and
Installation
• Chapter 23, Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Master Configuration Module - Removal/Installation
D. Do the GMA 1347/1360D Audio System troubleshooting.
(1) Refer to Do the Architecture Verification check and make sure all related systems are
serviceable. Refer to G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test, G1000 Architecture
Verification Check.
(a) Make sure that the correct software and configuration has been installed.
(2) Make sure the GMA1 and GMA2 have check marks (green) next to their nomenclature on the
list.
(3) Make sure that GIA1, GIA2, PFD1, PFD2 or the MFD on the System Status List the do not show
a red X .
(a) If The above LRU(s) show a red X troubleshoot the anomaly before further troubleshooting
of the GMA 1347/1360D audio system. Refer to, Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System - Troubleshooting.
(4) Check the primary flight display Alert window for messages to aid in troubleshooting the anomaly.
(a) For GMA Alert messages troubleshooting refer to Table 101.
23-51-00 Page 101

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 101. GMA CAS Alert Messages
GMA CAS Alert Messages Cause Corrective Action

MANIFEST – GMA1 software The system has detected an 1. Load correct software in the
mismatch. Communication halted. incorrect software version loaded GMA.
in the GMA.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs The G1000 as determined GMA 1. Make sure that the GMA wiring
service. Return unit for repair. needs service. is serviceable.
2. Replace the GMA. Refer to
Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio
Panel - Removal/Installation.
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative. The G1000 has detected a failure 1. Make sure that the GMA has
in GMA. electrical power.
2. Make sure that GIA 63W/64W
No.1 and No.2 have electrical
power.
3. Make sure the PFD 1, PFD 2
and MFD have electrical power.
4. Make sure that the GMA
and GIA RS-232 data lines are
serviceable.
5. Make sure that the GIA and
GDU Ethernet data lines are
serviceable.
6. Replace GMA 1. Refer to
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1 The G1000 System has detected 1. Load new configuration in the
configuration error. Config a GMA configuration mismatch. GMA.
service req’d. 2. Replace the GMA 1347/1360D.
Refer to Garmin GMA 1347/1360D
Audio Panel - Removal/Installation.
3. Replace the PFD 1 master
configuration module. Refer
to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000
Master Configuration Module -
Removal/Installation. (Note 1)
MANIFEST – GMA2 software The system has detected an 1. Load correct software into the
mismatch. Communication halted. incorrect software version loaded GMA.
in the GMA.
23-51-00 Page 102

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 101. GMA CAS Alert Messages (continued)

GMA CAS Alert Messages Cause Corrective Action
GMA2 SERVICE – GMA2 needs The G1000 as determined GMA 1. Make sure that the GMA wiring
service. Return unit for repair. needs service. is serviceable.
2. Replace the GMA 2. Refer to
GMA2 FAIL – GMA2 is inoperative. The G1000 has detected a failure 1. Make sure that the GMA has
in GMA. electrical power.
2. Make sure that GIA 63W/64W
No.1 and No.2 have electrical
power.
3. Make sure the PFD 1, PFD 2
and MFD have electrical power.
4. Make sure that the GMA
and GIA RS-232 data lines are
serviceable.
5. Make sure that the GIA and
GDU Ethernet data lines are
serviceable.
6. Replace GMA 2. Refer to
GMA2 CONFIG – GMA2 The G1000 System has detected 1. Load new configuration in the
configuration error. Config a GMA configuration mismatch. GMA.
service req’d. 2. Replace GMA 2. Refer to
3. Replace the PFD 1 master
to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000
Removal/Installation. (Note 1)
If the master configuration module is replaced along with PFD #1, the unlock cards for optional systems (TAWS,
Jeppesen Aviation Database ect.) must be replaced.
E. Data Path Troubleshooting
(1) Review the GIA Page Group – “RS-232/ARINC 429 CONFIG” page for data path communication
errors. Refer to Data Path Troubleshooting Procedures.
F. GMA 1347/1360D Audio System Symptom Troubleshooting.
(1) For general anomaly symptoms refer to Table 102.
23-51-00 Page 103

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 102. General Audio System Troubleshoooting
Symptom Corrective Action

GMA 1347/1360D has no electrical power. 1. Make sure that the AUDIO 1 and AUDIO 2 circuit
breakers found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel
are engaged.
2. With power applied to the airplane, make sure that
electrical connector PI500 pin 53 and PI530 pin 53
has 28 Vdc. Refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram
Manual.
3. If there is not 28Vdc at electrical connector
PI500 pin 53 and PI530 pin 53 make sure the wiring
between the circuit breaker panel and the GMA
1347/1360D is serviceable.
4. Replace the GMA 1347/1360D. Refer to Garmin
GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel - Removal/Installation.
No TX indication on the PFD when Transmitting. 1. When transmitting if you cannot hear relay
Only applicable to the dual GMA installation switching at the Avionics J-box make sure the wiring
associated with electrical connector PF302 between
the PTT and relays is serviceable. Refer to Model
208 Wiring Diagram Manual.
2. If the wiring is serviceable replace the Relay PC
board JF302. Refer to Model 208 Wiring Diagram
Manual.
No Cabin/PA speaker audio. 1. When transmitting if you cannot hear relay
switching at the Avionics J-box make sure the wiring
associated with electrical connector PF302 between
the PTT and relays K1, K2, and K5 is serviceable.
Refer to Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual.
2. Make sure the wiring between GMA 1 and GMA
2 to PF302 and between PF302 and the Cabin/PA
speakers is serviceable.
3. If still unserviceable replace the Relay PC board
JF302. Refer to Refer to Model 208 Wiring Diagram
Manual.
Cabin speaker cuts out. 1. Reduce the volume level of the item that caused
the speaker to cut out when turned up.
2. Replace the cabin speaker. Refer to, Passenger
Address System and Cockpit Speaker Amplifier -
Removal and Installation.
MIC audio heard in speaker. 1. Reduce ICS volume.
23-51-00 Page 104

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 102. General Audio System Troubleshoooting (continued)

Symptom Corrective Action
Noise in audio. 1. Use a different pair of headsets.
2. If there is only noise when engine is operating do
a check of the generator or ignition system.
3. One system at a time turn off other electronic
equipment. If noise stops, troubleshoot applicable
system.
4. Make sure that NAV/COM squelch is not open.
5. Make sure that ADF or DME audio is not active.
6. Make sure that ICS squelch is not open.
Buttons do not work. 1. Load GMA and optional equipment configuration
files. (Note 1)
COM bleed-over. 1. Make sure that on the GMA CONFIGURATION
page that 'Disable Split COM' has a green box. (Note
2)
2. If there is not a green box, highlight ' 'Disable Split
COM' with the cursor and push the ENT soft key to
deactivate split COM mode and change the box to
green.
NOTE 1: Some buttons are disabled by default to prevent possible sources of audio noise from inputs that are
not used.
NOTE 2: Due to the closeness of the COM antennas and high power of the COM transceivers, split COM
operation is not approved.
G. GMA 1347/1360D Wiring Troubleshooting.
(1) Do a check of the GMA 1347/1360D wiring as follows:
(a) Do a visual check of the electrical connectors and airplane electrical connectors for broken,
bent or pushed back pins.

(d) Use a multimeter to do a continuity check of the bus wires.
1 Make sure that there is continuity only from each wires related pin end to end and to
(e) Do a visual check of the wiring components and make sure that all applicable strapping is
(f) Do a visual check of the wiring bundles for damage.
(g) Do a check of the applicable system wiring for continuity, ground faults, or other
unserviceable conditions.
(2) If the GMA 1347/1360D system wiring is serviceable replace the component that follows:
(a) Replace the applicable GMA 1347/1360D audio panel. Refer to Chapter 23, Garmin GMA
1347/1360D Audio System - Maintenance Practices.
1 Do an operational check of the GMA 1347/1360D audio system again. Refer to
Chapter 23, Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System - Adjustment/Test.
23-51-00 Page 105

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GMA 1347/1360D AUDIO SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
1. General
A. This section gives the adjustment and test procedures for the GMA 1347/1360D Audio system. For
a general overview of the GMA Audio system refer to Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System -
Description and Operation.
2. Garmin GMA Audio System Operational Check


• Aviation Headsets (2-4).
• None.
• Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System - Description and Operation
B. Prepare the Airplane
(a) BATTERY switch.
(3) Make sure that all the circuit breakers on the Avionics circuit breaker panel are engaged.
(4) Put the switches that follow in the positions given:
(5) After the Garmin G1000 system is fully initiated refer to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System - Adjustment/Test and do the steps that follow:
(a) Do the Architecture Verification check and make sure all systems are serviceable.
(b) Make sure that the correct software and configuration have been installed.
(6) Plug the headsets in the pilots, copilots and two passengers headset jacks.
C. Headset Microphone and Isolation Operational Test.
NOTE: If the intercom option is not installed then ignore references to passengers headsets in
this test.
NOTE: If the intercom option is installed with the four passenger configuration. It may be easier
to test only two of the passenger headset jacks at a time while doing the Isolation
operational check.
(1) Speak into the pilots headset microphone and make sure that the pilots voice is reproduced in
the copilots and both passenger's headsets.
(2) Speak into the copilots headset microphone and make sure that the pilots voice is reproduced
in the copilots and both passenger's headsets.
(3) Speak into one of the passengers headset microphone and make sure that the pilots voice is
reproduced in the copilots and both passenger's headsets.
(4) Speak into the other passengers headset microphone and make sure that the pilots voice is
reproduced in the copilots and both passenger's headsets.
(5) On the audio panel, push the PILOT ICS isolation button and make sure that the pilot cannot
hear the copilots or either passenger's voice in his headset.
23-51-00 Page 501

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) On the Audio Panel, push the PILOT and COPILOT ICS isolation buttons, to deselect the pilot
isolation and isolate the copilot only.
(a) Make sure that the copilot cannot hear the pilots or either passenger's voice in his headset.
(7) On the Audio Panel, push the PILOT ICS isolation button again to isolate the flight crew and
make sure that:
(a) The pilot and the copilot each cannot hear the passenger's voice in their headsets.
(b) The pilot and copilot can hear each other.
(c) The passenger’s can hear each other.
(8) On the audio panel, push both the PILOT and COPILOT ICS isolation buttons to return the
system to its original setting.
(9) Use the passenger headset jacks not used before and do the above steps again.
D. Isolation Operational Test GMA 1347/1360D
(1) Make sure the CREW ICS and the PASS ICS are selected on both GMA 1 and GMA 2.
(2) Speak into the pilots headset microphone.
(a) Make sure the pilot's voice is heard by both copilot and passengers headsets.
(3) Speak into the copilot's headset microphone.
(a) Make sure the copilot's voice is heard by both pilot and passengers headsets.
(4) Speak into one of the passenger headset microphone.
(a) Make sure the passenger's voice is heard by the pilot, copilot and other passenger
headsets.
(5) Push the PASS ICS button on both audio panels and make sure that:.
(a) The PASS ICS lights turn off.
(b) The pilot and copilot can hear each other.
(c) The pilot and the copilot each cannot hear the passenger's voice in their headsets.
(6) On the Audio Panel, push the Crew ICS and make sure that:
(a) That the Crew ICS is not illuminated.
(b) The pilot and copilot cannot hear each other.
(c) The pilot and copilot cannot hear the passenger's voice in their headsets
(7) Push the CREW ICS button then the PASS ICS button to return the system to normal operations.
NOTE: For GMA 1347, if the four person intercom system is installed in the passenger
cabin. It is required to do the above isolation tests with the other two passenger
headphone jacks being tested unless the mechanic was able to do them all at
the same time.
E. Audio Panel Fail-Safe Mode Operational Test.
(1) Tune COM 1 to a known good local receive frequency.
(a) Make sure that the COM 1 frequency is heard in all headsets.
(2) Disengage the AUDIO 1 circuit breaker on the Avionics circuit breaker panel and make sure that
the audio panel shuts down.
(a) Make sure that the selected COM 1 frequency is still heard on the pilot's headset.
(3) Engage the AUDIO 1circuit breaker on the Avionics circuit breaker panel and make sure that the
audio panel returns to normal operation.
NOTE: If a second Audio Panel is installed, it is required to do the steps below.
(4) Tune COM 2 to a known good local receive frequency.

(a) Make sure that the COM 2 frequency is heard in all headsets.
(5) Disengage the AUDIO 2 circuit breaker on the Avionics circuit breaker panel and make sure that
the audio panel shuts down.
(a) Make sure that the selected COM 2 frequency is still heard on the copilot's headset.
(6) Engage the AUDIO 2 circuit breaker on the Avionics circuit breaker panel and make sure that
the audio panel returns to normal operation.
F. Passenger Address System Operation Test.
(1) Push the PA button on the Audio panel.
(2) Push the PTT switch on either Control Wheel and speak through the Pilot’s headset Microphone.
(a) Make sure that the Pilot’s voice is heard through the PA speakers in the cabin.
23-51-00 Page 502

© TEXTRON AVIATION INC. Jan
2 Jan31/2019
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Push the PTT switch on the copilot's Control Wheel and speak through the copilot’s headset
Microphone.
(a) Make sure that the copilot’s voice is heard through the PA speakers in the cabin as well as
the pilot's and passengers headsets.
(4) Push the PA button on the Audio panel to deselect the PA system.
G. Put the Airplane Back to its Initial Condition.
(a) BATTERY switch.
23-51-00 Page 503

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GMA 1347/1360D AUDIO PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. General
A. This section gives the removal and installation maintenance procedures for the Garmin GMA 1347/
1360D Audio Panel. For a general overview of the GMA audio system refer to Garmin GMA 1347/
1360D Audio System - Description and Operation.
• None.
B. Special Consumables
• None.
C. Reference Material
• Chapter 23, Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System - Description and Operation
• Chapter 23, Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System - Adjustment/Test.
3. Setup
A. Prepare the Airplane
(1) Put the BATTERY switch to the OFF position.
(2) Put the AVIONICS switches to the OFF position.
(4) Disengage the circuit breaker given in Table 401.
Circuit Breaker Name Circuit Breaker Location

AUDIO 1 Avionics Circuit Breaker Panel
AUDIO 2 (optional if second GMA 1347/1360D audio Avionics Circuit Breaker Panel
panel installed)
4. Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel Removal
NOTE: Airplanes 20800500 and On and Airplanes 208B2000 and On with G1000 System Software
versions up to (v.2499.03) have the pilot's GMA 1347 audio panel installed. Airplanes can have
the optional copilot's GMA 1347 installed. The removal and installation of each of the two audio
panels are identical except as indicated in the text that follows. Airplanes with G1000 System
Software versions (v.2499.08 and On) have two GMA 1360D Audio Panels installed.
A. Remove the Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel (Refer to Figure 401 for G1000 System Software
versions up to (v.2499.03) and Figure 402 for G1000 System Software versions (v.2499.08 and On).
(1) Turn the captive screw on the face of the audio panel counterclockwise until it releases from the
mounting tray.
(2) Carefully pull the audio panel out of the mounting tray.
B. Remove the Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel
(1) Turn captive hex screw on the face of the audio panel counterclockwise until it releases from the
mounting tray.
(2) Carefully pull the audio panel out of the mounting tray.
(3) Disconnect connectors behind the audio panel.
23-51-05 Page 504

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel Installation for G1000 System Software versions up to (v.2499.03)
23-51-05 Page 402

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel Installation for G1000 System Software versions (v.2499.08 and On)
23-51-05 Page 403

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5. Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel Installation

A. Install the Audio Panel (Refer to Figure 401).
(1) Put the audio panel in its correct position on the mounting tray and carefully move it forward in
the mounting tray.
(2) Turn the captive screw on the face of the audio panel clockwise until the audio panel is attached
to the mounting tray.
(3) Engage the AUDIO 1 or AUDIO 2 circuit breaker as applicable, found on the Avionics circuit
breaker panel.
B. Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel Installation
(1)
(2) Put the audio panel in its correct position on the mounting tray, connect electrical connector, and
carefully move it forward in the mounting tray.
(3) Turn the captive hex screw on the face of the audio panel clockwise until the audio panel is
attached to the mounting tray.
(4) Engage the AUDIO 1 or AUDIO 2 circuit breaker as applicable, found on the Avionics circuit
breaker panel.
6. Garmin GMA Audio Panel Post-Maintenance Checks

A. Do the Garmin GMA Audio Panel Post-Maintenance Checks.
(1) If the GMA 1347/1360D was replaced do the G1000 Baseline Software/Configuration Load.
Refer to the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics - Adjustment/Test.
(2) If the second optional GMA 1347 is installed do the Dual GMA 1347 Configuration Load, or the
LRU replacement feature. Refer to the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics - Adjustment/Test.
NOTE: If only one GMA 1347 or both GMA 1360D audio panels are installed, the installation
of the LRU is covered in the baseline software configuration load.
(3) Do a check of the GMA Audio Panel. Refer to Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System -
Adjustment/Test.
(4) Do a Marker Beacon Antenna and Audio Operational Check, refer to Landing Aids- Adjustment/
Test.
7. Closeout
23-51-05 Page 404

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
L3 COMMUNICATIONS FA2100 COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
1. General
A. This section provides information necessary to do an operational test for the L3 Communications
FA2100 Cockpit Voice Recorder System.
Table 501. Tools and Equipment
NAME NUMBER MANUFACTURER USE

Portable Interface 17TES0043 L3 Communications To test FA2100 CVR.
Unit Box 3041
Sarasota, FL 34230
Headset Available Locally To test FA2100 audio.
Pinglite Tester PL-3 Dukane Corp. To test ULD.
Ultrasonics Division
2900 Dukane
St. Charles, IL 60174
3. FA2100 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Operational Test

A. Do an FA2100 CVR Operational Test.
CAUTION: The actual CVR test for Channel 1 through Channel 4 must be completed
within 30 minutes of the start recorder time, in order to receive the crew
audio on the specified channels. If at any time the recorder time is longer
than one half hour, a restart of this functional test procedure is required.
The time that is recorded will be monitored from the portable interface
unit (piu) tester which indicates the actual elapsed time of the recorded
audio.
NOTE: Channel 1 through 4 audio sources are provided for a high quality (HQ) encoder for half
hour continuous recording which records over the previous recording every 30 minutes.
Channel 5 and 6 audio sources are provided for a standard quality (SQ) encoder for
120 minutes continuous recording.
(1) Make sure the POWER switch, located on the left switch panel, is OFF.
(2) Make sure the AVIONICS POWER switch, located on the left switch panel, is OFF.
(3) Connect the FA2100 Portable Interface Unit (PIU) tester to the FA2100 CVR with the test cable
provided.
(4) Connect the external power cart to the external power receptacle and adjust to 29.0 VDC, +0.25
or -0.25 VDC.
(5) Engage avionics and electrical circuit breakers as required.
(6) Make sure the POWER switch, located on the left circuit breaker panel, is in the ON position.
(7) Make sure the AVIONICS switch is in the ON position.
(8) Make sure all necessary avionics power switches are ON.
(9) Make sure the CENTER PANEL LIGHTS circuit breaker, located on the left circuit breaker panel,
is engaged.
(10) Rotate the appropriate Dimming Knob to full clockwise position.
(11) Make sure the cockpit voice recorder control panel legend and nomenclature are at full bright
and constant in intensity.
(12) Adjust for the desired level of brightness.
23-70-00 Page 501

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. Do a Power Compliance Verification Test.

(1) Make sure the POWER switch, located on the left circuit breaker panel, is in ON position.
(2) Make sure the AVIONICS switch, located on the left circuit breaker panel, is the OFF position.
(3) Engage the cockpit voice recorder circuit breaker, located on the left circuit breaker panel.
(4) Disengage the AUDIO 1 and AUDIO 2 circuit breakers, located on the right circuit breaker panel.
(5) Make sure the FA2100 CVR is operational when the DC POWER switch is in ON position, only
when the cockpit voice recorder circuit breaker is engaged.
C. Do an FA2100 CVR Ground/Self-Test.
NOTE: This test checks operation of the FA2100 CVR self-test and observation of the COCKPIT
VOICE RECORDER annunciator response.
(1) Bulk erase the FA2100 CVR. Refer to FA2100 Bulk Erase.
(2) Attach a headset to the HEADSET jack on the CVR control panel.
(3) Push and hold the CVR TEST button located on the CVR control panel for a minimum of five
seconds.
(4) Listen for a 640 Hz tone in the headset.
NOTE: An internal 650 Hz test tone generator is keyed and sequentially switches through
the six channels. Each channel receives the test tone for approximately 0.5 seconds.
(5) Make sure the green cockpit voice recorder TEST annunciator, located on the cockpit voice
recorder control panel, comes on, which indicates a successful test.
NOTE: A tone is generated every four seconds on Channel 1 only and is heard throughout
the entire recorded tape.
D. Do a Pilot's Received Audio Test.
(1) Set the Portable Interface Unit (PIU) to channel 3.
(2) Monitor the audio through the PIU speaker.
(3) Make sure audio is heard separately from the pilot's boom microphone.
E. Do a Copilot's Received Audio Test.
(3) Make sure audio is heard separately from the co-pilot's boom microphone.
F. Do a Cockpit Area Microphone Audio Test.
(3) Make sure audio is heard from the cockpit area microphone, located on the CVR control panel.
G. Do a Cabin PA Audio Test (If Installed).
(3) Make sure both pilot and copilot cabin PA audio can be heard.
4. Impact Switch Test

A. Do an Impact Switch Test.
(1) Make sure the impact switch, located under the tailcone aft avionics shelf is tripped OPEN and
the impact switch lamp comes on.
(2) Make sure the CVR is not receiving power.
(a) Airplanes utilizing Garmin G1000/G1000 NXi System Software, make sure the white CVR
FAIL and FDR FAIL CAS annunciations appear on both primary flight displays.
(3) If not tripped OPEN, manually trip it to the OPEN position.
NOTE: A manual reset operation of the impact switch causes the switched output to be
turned ON and the impact switch lamp to extinguish. Upon impact, the impact
causes the output to be turned OFF and the impact switch lamp to come on.
23-70-00 Page 502

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5. Underwater Locator Device (ULD) Test

A. Do an Underwater Locator Device (ULD) Test.
(1) Remove the Velcro collar from the Pinglite Model PL-3 Tester.
(2) Apply the spring end of the Pinglite Model PL-3 Tester firmly to the ULD.
NOTE: The ULD is physically attached to the FA2100 CVR Locator Beacon.
(3) Make sure the center spring is making contact with the center pin of the water switch.
(a) With the center pin shorted to the center pin of the water switch, depress and hold the
remaining three springs of the Pinglite PL-3 Tester against the ULD body.
(b) Listen for audible pinging and make sure the LED flashes with each output pulse indicating
its operation.
(c) If audible pinging is not heard, or the LED does not flash, remove the FA2100 CVR and
return to the Radio Lab for retest and/or rejection of the Underwater Acoustic Beacon.
6. FA2100 CVR Bulk Erase

A. Bulk Erase the FA2100 CVR.
(1) Open one or both aft doors.
(2) Make sure the impact switch (5G) is set to CLOSED.
(3) Make sure the impact switch annunciator goes off.
(4) Push and hold the ERASE button on the FA2100 CVR control panel for a minimum of 2 seconds
and then release.
(5) Make sure the erase function worked by listening for a loud 400 Hz tone lasting for 5 to 10
seconds in the PIU headset.
(6) Remove all test equipment.
(7) Return aircraft to original configuration.
23-70-00 Page 503

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FLIGHT STREAM INFOTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
A. This section describes the Garmin Flight Stream 510 (FS 510) Infotainment system used on Model
208 and 208B airplanes utilizing G1000 System Software (v.2499.08 and On).
2. Description
A. The FS 510 is an optional software installation (load) on the 208/208B that is used to control certain
aspects of the G1000 system from a Personal Electronic Device (PED) with pilot acceptance of the
action. The FS 510 Infotainment system can also be used to monitor the system status of various
different functions from a PED. The Infotainment system can be used to update databases to the
G1000 system via a wireless connection.
B. For software loading/troubleshooting of the FS 510 system, refer to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000
Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test and Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
Troubleshooting section of this manual.
3. Operation
A. The FS 510 operates through the G1000 Integrated Avionics NXi Software (v.4.8) package. For
additional information, refer to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Description
and Operation.
25-00-20 Page 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS FA2100 COCKPIT VOICE AND DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
1. General
A. This section provides information necessary to do an operational test for the L-3 Communications
FA2100 COCKPIT VOICE AND DATA RECORDER (CVDR)System.

A. For a list of tools equipment necessary to test the CVDR refer to Indicating/Recording - General.
3. FA2100 COCKPIT VOICE AND DATA RECORDER Operational Test

A. Do a CVDR Installation Check
(1) Supply external electrical power to the airplane.
(2) Set the BATTERY switch (SC005), found on the circuit breaker switch panel, to the ON position.
(3) Set the EXTERNAL POWER switch (SC006), found on the circuit breaker switch panel, to the
ON position.
(4) Set the AVIONICS 1switch (SC016) and AVIONICS 2 switch (SC018), found on the circuit
breaker switch panel, to the ON position.
(5) On the PFD use the FMS knob to navigate to the AUX>SYSTEM STATUS page.
(a) Make sure that no GMA fault messages show in the CAS window/field.
(b) Make sure that no GMA fault messages show on the SYSTEM STATUS page.
NOTE: The AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page is only available on the MFD and only when
the display is operating in normal mode, not configuration mode.
(6) On the PFD use the FMS knob to navigate to the GDU-Airframe Configuration page.
(a) Make sure that the FDR /CVR shows in the Airframe window/field.
(b) If the FDR /CVR does not show in the Airframe window/field do the G1000 software load
and configuration procedures. Refer to section 4 Uploading Software, Configuring, and
Testing, of the Garmin G1000 Line Maintenance Manual (Cessna Caravan) found in the
Introduction List of Publications.
(7) Set the BATTERY switch (SC005) to the OFF position.
(8) Set the EXTERNAL POWER switch (SC006) to the OFF position.
(9) Set the AVIONICS 1 switch (SC016) and AVIONICS 2 switch (SC018), found on the circuit
breaker switch panel, to the OFF position.
B. Do a CVDR Built-In-Test (BIT) and CAS Test
(2) Set the BATTERY switch (SC005), found on the circuit breaker switch panel, is set to the ON
position.
ON position.
(5) Make sure that the CAS message CVR FAIL and/or FDR FAIL does not show on the PFD.
(6) Disengage the CVDR circuit breaker found on the left circuit breaker panel.
(a) Make sure that each of the two Primary Flight Displays (PFD) show a FDR FAIL (white)
and CVR FAIL (white) CAS message.
(7) Navigate to the Multifunction Display (MFD) AUX - System Status page.
(a) Make sure that on the MFD there is not a RED X shown next to the GSD 41 in the LRU
status window.
(8) Engage the CVDR circuit breaker.
(a) Make sure that the FDR FAIL and CVR FAIL CAS messages go off on each of the two
PFDs.
31-31-00 Page 501

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C. Impact Switch Test.
ON position.
(5) Firmly tap the impact switch with your hand, do not use a hammer.
(a) Make sure that you prevent damage to the electrical connector, light and reset button.
(b) Make sure that each of the two Primary Flight Displays (PFD) show a FDR FAIL (white)
and CVR FAIL (white) CAS message.
(6) Push the reset switch on the impact switch.
(a) Make sure that the FDR FAIL and CVR FAIL CAS messages go off on the PFD's after a
short quantity of time.
D. 3-Axis Accelerometer Configuration Check.
ON position.
(5) Disengage the PFD 1, PFD 2, and MFD circuit breakers found on the left circuit breaker panel.
(6) Push down the ENT button and engage that displays circuit breaker to reboot each display to
the configuration mode.
(7) When the display shows the Initializing System message, release the ENT button.
(8) Use the FMS knobs on PFD 1 to navigate to the GEA -GEA Status page.
(9) Push in the ANLG IN softkey to view the analog inputs to the GEA.
(10) Make sure that the PFD shows the Analog Channels input voltage that follows in Table 501 .
Table 501. Accelerometer Analog Channel Values
Channel Axis Voltage Value Equivalent Acceleration

2 X (Longitudinal) 2.60 Volts +0.25 or -0.25 volts 0.00 +0.10 or -0.10 g
4 Y (Lateral) 2.60 Volts +0.25 or -0.25 volts 0.00 +0.10 or -0.10 g
6 Z (Vertical) 2.33 Volts +0.25 or -0.25 volts 1.00 +0.45 or -0.45 g
E. Flap Potentiometer Check.
ON position.
31-31-00 Page 502

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Disengage the PFD 1, PFD 2, and MFD circuit breakers found on the left circuit breaker panel.
(6) Push down the ENT button and engage that displays circuit breaker to reboot each display to
the configuration mode.
(7) When the display shows the Initializing System message, release the ENT button.
(8) For G1000 System Software versions up to (v.2499.03), navigate to the Channel 3A FLAPS
POSITION FIELD as follows:
(a) Use the outer FMS knob to scroll to the GEA page.
(b) Use the inner FMS knob to scroll to the GEA STATUS page.
(c) Push the ANLG IN softkey.
(d) Find the CHANNEL 3A FLAPS POSITION FIELD.
(9) For G1000 System Software versions (v.2499.08 and On), navigate to the Channel 3A FLAPS
POSITION FIELD as follows:
(a) Use the outer FMS knob to scroll to the GEA page.
(b) Use the inner FMS knob to scroll to the GEA 1 STATUS page.
(c) Push the ANLG IN softkey.
(d) Find the CHANNEL 3A FLAPS POSITION FIELD.
(10) One at a time cycle through each of the four flap settings.
(11) Make sure that the PFD Analog Channel 3A FLAPS POSITION FIELD shows the same as the
inclinometer. Refer to Table 502 for .G1000 Integrated Avionics System Software Configuration
(v.767.XX) and Table 503 for G1000 Integrated Avionics System Software Configuration
(v.2499.XX)
Table 502. Flap Position Analog Channel Values G1000 Software Configuration versions up to (v.2499.03)
Flap Settings Displayed Value

For Model 208 airplanes equipped For Model 208 airplanes equipped
with the Pratt and Whitney Aircraft of with the Pratt and Whitney Aircraft of
Canada, Ltd., Model PT6A-114A (675 Canada, Ltd., Model PT6A-140 (867
HP Engine) HP Engine)
Up 0.0 degrees, +1.0 or -1.0 degrees 0.0 degrees, +1.0 or -1.0 degrees
10 degrees 10.0 degrees +1.0 or -1.0 degrees N/A
TO/APR N/A 15.0 +12.0 or -1.0 degrees
FULL 30.0 degrees +1.0 or -1.0 degrees N/A
LAND N/A 30.0 degrees +1.0 or -1.0 degrees
Table 503. Flap Position Analog Channel Values G1000 NXi Software Configuration versions (v.2499.08 and
On)
Flap Settings Displayed Value

For Model 208 airplanes equipped For Model 208 airplanes equipped
with the Pratt and Whitney Aircraft of with the Pratt and Whitney Aircraft of
Canada, Ltd., Model PT6A-114A (675 Canada, Ltd., Model PT6A-140 (867
HP Engine) HP Engine)
Up 0.0 degrees, +2.0 or -2.0 degrees 0.0 degrees, +2.0 or -2.0 degrees
TO/APR N/A 15.0 +2.0 or -2.0 degrees
31-31-00 Page 503

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 503. Flap Position Analog Channel Values G1000 NXi Software Configuration versions (v.2499.08 and
On) (continued)
FULL 29.0 degrees +2.0 or -2.0 degrees N/A
LAND N/A 29.0 degrees +2.0 or -2.0 degrees
(12) To reboot the displays, disengage the PFD 1, PFD 2, and MFD circuit breakers found on the left
circuit breaker panel.
(13) After a short quantity of time, engage the circuit breakers.
F. CVR Audio Test.
ON position.
(5) Disengage the CVDR circuit breaker found on the left circuit breaker panel.
(6) At the front of the CVDR move the dust cover to get access to the Ground Support Equipment
(GSE) electrical connector.
(7) Connect the Portable Interface (PI) to the CVDR electrical connector.
(8) Engage the CVDR circuit breaker.
(a) The PI energizes when the circuit breaker is engaged.
(9) At the main menu use the PI up and down buttons and the SELECT button to select the CVR
MONITOR menu.
(10) At the CVR MONITOR menu use the PI up and down buttons and the SELECT button to select
the HQ VOICE CH 1 to ON.
(11) Connect a headset to the copilot's headset jack.
(12) Set the audio panel to PA.
(13) Use the copilot's control wheel PTT transmit on the cabin PA system.
(a) Make sure the PA transmission is heard through the PI speaker.
(14) If necessary use the up and down buttons and the SELECT button to increase or decrease the
PI speaker volume.
(15) Push the PA button on the audio panel to deactivate the PA.
(16) On the PI use the PI up and down buttons and the SELECT button to select the HQ VOICE CH
3 to ON.
(17) Speak on the copilot's headset mic without keying mic.
PI speaker volume.
3 to ON.
(20) Disconnect the headset from the copilot's jack and connect it to the pilot's jack.
2 to ON.
(22) Speak on the pilot's headset mic without keying mic.
PI speaker volume.
(24) Disconnect the headset from the pilot's jack.
4 to ON.
31-31-00 Page 504

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(26) Speak toward the instrument panel mic.

PI speaker volume.
G. FDR Parameter Test.
(1) Make sure the recorder power is OFF.
(2) Make connection between RAU and CICC/3 using Ethernet cable. Refer to Figure 501.
(3) Make connection between the recorder and GSE connector.
(4) Open ROSE and log in.
NOTE: The default ROSE Administrator password is "ROSE".
(5) Apply aircraft power to the recorder.

(6) Click SELECT AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION on the ROSE main menu and select the
appropriate aircraft configuration; "Cessna 208-208B Caravan". Click OK when finished.
(7) Click the RECORDER INTERFACE button. Select CICC/3 and click on CONNECT button.
(8) Click the TEST FLIGHT RECORDER button on the ROSE main menu.
(9) Examine the recorder status being displayed to make sure the recorder is connected
successfully. The status should be FAULT NOT RECORDING. Refer to Figure 501.
(10) Click the START RECORDING button to issue a start recording command to the connected
recorder.
(11) Make sure that the recorder status changes to OK RECORDING. Refer to Figure 501.
(12) Click the SET MEMORY MARKER button to apply a memory marker pointer to the recorder.
NOTE: Take note of the memory marker number assigned by the recorder.
(13) Record data for at least 30 seconds.

(14) Click the STOP RECORDING button to terminate data recording on the connected recorder.
(15) Click the CLOSE button to return to ROSE main menu.
(16) Click the IMPORT/EXPORT FLIGHT DATA button from the ROSE Main menu.
(17) Click the IMPORT NEW DATA button on the Flight Data File Control menu.
(18) Enter a file name for the flight data file to be created on the local disk. Select ROSE RAW
FRAME TYPE under New File Type field.
(19) Select Recorder for the Source of Data option.
(20) Under Data Dump Options, select DUMP DATA FROM MEMORY MARK and select the memory
mark number from step (12).
(21) Click OK to import New Data file
(22) Select REPORT/DISPLAY/ANALYZE on ROSE main menu.
(23) Select 208-208B PRODUCTION under SELECT A REPORT NAME.
(24) Select ALPHANUMERIC COMMA DELIMITED EXPORT FILE under REPORT DESCRIPTION
and click OK.
(25) Select LOCAL FILE DATA on REPORT SETUP page.
(26) Select the file name entered on step (18) under SOURCE OF DATA. Click OK.
(27) Select a file name and location and save the file.
(28) Open the comma delimited file in Excel and review data for accuracy.
31-31-00 Page 505

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FDR Parameter Test Procedure

31-31-00 Page 506

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

31-31-00 Page 507

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

31-31-00 Page 508

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
LANDING AIDS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
1. General
A. This section gives the adjustment and test procedures for the Garmin Integrated Avionics System
landing aids systems. The systems procedures are given for include the marker beacon and
glideslope system. For a general overview of the Garmin G1000 landing aids systems refer to
Landing Aids - Description and Operation.
B. For maintenance and adjustment/test procedures other landing aids systems that can be installed on
the airplane, refer to the Introduction Supplier Publication List.

NOTE: For the supplier publication part number and manufacturer data, refer to the Introduction

• IFR-4000 (or equivalent).
• None.
• Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test
• Aeroflex IFR 4000 NAV/COMM Test Set Operation Manual.
(2) Make sure that all the circuit breakers on the avionics circuit breaker panel are engaged.
(3) Make sure that the switches are selected as follows:
(a) EXTERNAL POWER switch/light to BUS position.
(c) AVIONICS #1 AND AVIONICS #2 switches to the ON position.
(4) If the Garmin GMA 1347/1360D was replaced, make sure that the software configuration and
installation is correct. Refer to G1000 Baseline Software/Configuration Load, or the LRU
replacement feature. Refer to the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics - Adjustment/Test.
C. Do the Glideslope Receiver/Antenna Operational Check. Refer to Garmin G1000 VHF Navigation
System - Adjustment/Test, Glideslope 1 Antenna Operational Check .
D. Do the Marker Beacon Antenna and Audio Operational Check.
(1) If necessary, use the Aeroflex IFR 4000 NAV/COMM Test Set Operation Manual for instructions.
Refer to Introduction - Supplier Publication List.
(2) On the GMA 1347/1360D audio panel make sure that:
(a) The MKR MUTE annunciator is light is on.
(b) The SPKR switch is in the on position.
(3) On the Aeroflex IFR 4000 NAV/COMM test set, push the MODE key until the MARKER BEACON
mode screen is shown.
(a) Select the frequency 75.000 MHz.
(b) Set the TONE to 400Hz.
(c) Make sure that the outer marker annunciator (a flashing blue "O") is shown next to the
altitude strip on the PFD's.
(d) Make sure that a 400 Hz tone is heard on the speakers.
(e) Set the TONE to 1300Hz.
(f) Make sure that the middle marker annunciator (a flashing amber "M") is shown next to the
altitude strip on the PFD's.
(g) Make sure that a 1300 Hz tone is heard on the speakers.
(4) Set the TONE to 3000Hz.
34-30-00 Page 501

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Make sure that the inner marker annunciator (a flashing white "I") is shown next to the altitude
strip on the PFD's.
(6) Make sure that a 3000 Hz tone is heard on the speakers.
E. Put the Airplane Back to its Initial Condition.
(1) Put the switches in the positions that follow:
(a) EXT POWER switch/light to the OFF position.
(b) L AVN switch/light is to the OFF position.
(c) R AVN switch/light is to the OFF position.
(d) BUS TIE switch/light to the OPEN position.
(e) ELEC switch/lights to the NORM position.
34-30-00 Page 502

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GWX-68/70 WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
A. The Garmin GWX-68/70 is a weather radar installed to help the pilot monitor areas of precipitation in
the flight path of the airplane. This section gives a description and operation of the Garmin GWX-68/70
Weather Radar System.
B. The G1000 Integrated Avionics System uses different GWX Weather Radar System based on Airplane
Software/Configuration. Make sure to read each section carefully, become familiar with the installed
software version, refer to Chapter 34, G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation. The
procedures in this section are typical for the G1000 v.767.XX Family and the G1000 NXi software
configuration unless otherwise noted in this document.
(1) The G1000 Software Version v.767.XX uses the GWX-68 Weather Radar System.
(2) The G1000 Software Version v.767.23 can use the GWX-68 or the GWX-70 Weather Radar
System based on options delivered with the Airplane.
(3) The G1000 NXi Software uses GWX-70 Weather Radar System only.
(a) The G1000 NXi System Software versions (v.2499.XX) adds additional features from the
GWX-70 System. To get these additional features, load the Turbulence Detection (TD)
and Ground Clutter Suppression (GCS) Enable card. Refer to Chapter 34, Turbulence
Detection (TD) and Ground Clutter suppression (GCS) Enable Configuration.
2. Description
A. Garmin GWX-68/70 Weather Radar.
(1) The GWX-68/70 weather radar is installed behind a radome on the right wing. The weather
radar assembly includes an antenna, receiver, and transmitter in one assembly.
(a) The GWX-70 weather radar is installed behind a radome on the right wing. The weather
radar assembly includes the receiver transmitter base and the antenna with a 10 inch dish
(254 mm), which bolts to the base.
(2) The weather radar is adjustable to many scan profiles (20 to 90 degrees) and gives a high-
definition target display. The system also includes a vertical scan function to help the pilot look
at thunderstorm tops, gradients and cell buildup activity at many altitudes. The GWX-68/70
Weather Radar has extended Sensitivity Time Control (or STC) logic that digitally integrates
weather attenuation and distance compensation. This component prevents a display change in
the size of severe weather cells as distance to the cells changes.
(3) Garmin’s WATCH™ (Weather Attenuated Color Highlight) feature identifies shadow effects of
short-range cell activity. This system identifies the areas behind intense weather cells, or large
areas of less intense precipitation, where the radar display can be less accurate.
(4) The GWX-68 weather radar also has an Automatic Target Alert feature that looks ahead for
intense cell activity in the 80 to 320 nautical mile range. This component will give a warning,
even if the pilot does not actively monitor the displays.
(a) The GWX-70 weather radar has an Automatic Target Alert feather that looks ahead for
intense cell activity in the 80-240 nautical mile range. This component will give a warning,
even if the pilot does not actively monitor the displays.
NOTE: The GWX-70 weather radar can be set to the 320 nautical mile range, but its
operation is limited to 240 nautical miles on the Model 208/208B.
3. Operation
A. Garmin GWX-68/70 Weather Radar.
(1) The weather radar on this airplane is a typical weather radar installation. It uses pulsed
microwave signals, transmitted by the phased array antenna to look for reflections (echoes) of
precipitation. The reflected signal is received by the same phased array antenna. Detection is
a two-way process that needs 12.36 ms for a signal to travel out to the target and come back
to the antenna. The center of the phased array antenna has a higher signal energy, which
decreases toward the edge of the antenna.
34-41-00 Page 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) The weather radar gives real time precipitation returns to the flight crew and is displayed on the
Multi-Function Display (MFD) and on both the pilot and co-pilot's Primary Flight Displays (PFD),
and is shown on the inset map. The system uses a four-color display to show intensity and
location of precipitation.
(3) The weather radar communicates with the Garmin G1000 avionics system gives the operational
features that follow.
• GWX-68 weather radar range modes of 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, and
320 nautical miles. GWX-70 weather range modes of 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
160,240.
• Vertical scan angle of 60 degrees
• Horizontal scan mode (20 to 90 degrees)
• Weather and ground mapping modes.
(4) The weather radar communicates to the Garmin G1000 system through the HSDB bus and MFD.
The weather radar receives power through the RADAR R/T circuit breaker on the avionics circuit
breaker panel.
34-41-00 Page 2
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GTX SERIES TRANSPONDER SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
A. The Model 208/208B can have the Garmin GTX transponder system installed in the airplane. If
the transponder system has one or two transponders installed, it will have one or two antennas
installed (respectively). The transponder(s) are installed on the forward avionics shelf, forward of the
multifunction display (MFD), the GTX-327 and GTX-330 transponders are installed in the centerradio
console. The antennas are installed on the bottom of the airplane, on the airplane skin, on the
optional cargo pod or optional TKS system fairing. The antennas are connected through coaxialcable
to the transponder units.
(1) The GTX-327 or the GTX-330, these transponders are not used with Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System and are installed as optional equipment.
(2) The GTX-33, these transponder(s) are compatible with G1000 Integrated Avionics Software
v.767.XX Family.
(3) The GTX-33ES, these transponder(s) are compatible with G1000 Integrated Avionics Software
v.767.23 Only and are installed as optional equipment.
(4) The GTX-335R and the GTX-345R, are compatible with G1000 Integrated Avionics NXi System
Software versions (v.2499.XX). The GTX-345R is installed as optional equipment in the number
one position.
B. The G1000 Integrated Avionics System has five principle software configurations, depending on your
Aircraft Serial Number and/or Service Bulletins installed on your Aircraft. Become familiar with the
installed software configuration. Each software configuration uses variants of Garmin LRU's which
are NOT interchangeable between software configurations. Refer to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000
Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation, and Figure 1 Sheet 1 and Figure 1 Sheet 2.
Table 1. Garmin GTX Series Transponder Configuration Options
GTX TRANSPONDER POSITION NUMBER ADS-B OUT ADS-B IN COMPATIBLE

SERIES COMPATIBLE
GTX-33 1 (Standard) and 2 NO NO
(Optional), SEE NOTE 1,
2
GTX-33ES 1 (Optional) and 2 YES, SEE NOTE 9 NO
(Optional), SEE NOTE 2
GTX-335R 1(Standard) and YES, SEE NOTE 4 NO
2(Optional), SEE NOTE 3
34-54-20 Page 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 1. Garmin GTX Series Transponder Configuration Options (continued)

GTX TRANSPONDER POSITION NUMBER ADS-B OUT ADS-B IN COMPATIBLE
SERIES COMPATIBLE
GTX-345R 1 (Optional), SEE NOTE YES, SEE NOTE 4 YES, SEE NOTE 6
5
8
8
NOTE 1: This transponder is only compatible with G1000 Software Version v.767.XX configuration.
NOTE 2: If dual transponders are installed, can only use the GTX-33 in position one and two, or the GTX-33ES
in position one and two.
NOTE 3: This transponder can be installed in the number one position and number two position.
NOTE 4: This transponder is only compatible with G1000 NXi System Software versions (v.2499.XX).
NOTE 5: This transponder can ONLY be installed in the number one position.
NOTE 6: For ADS-B IN functionality, the additional 15 pin high speed data bus connector must be installed/
connected.
NOTE 7: These transponders are NOT compatible with Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics.
NOTE 8: If installing dual transponders, can only use the GTX-327 in position one and two, or the GTX-330 in
position one and two.
NOTE 9: This transponder is only compatible with G1000 Software Version v.767.23 configuration.
C. For an overall view of the GTX Series transponder system (Refer to Figure 1) For more detail
on transponder/antenna location, refer to Chapter 34, Garmin GTX Series Transponder System -
NOTE: Not all transponders are shown, for more detail refer to Chapter 34, Garmin GTX Series
Transponder System - Removal/Installation.
2. Description
A. The Garmin GTX-327 and GTX-330 transponder system is a Mode A/Mode C radio transceiver
that operates on microwave frequencies in communication with ground stations or other aircraft.
Information transmitted and received includes aircraft-specific data and traffic information and
displayed through the Garmin Dependent Position Determining System. The GTX-327 and GTX-330
transponders are located in the center radio panel.
NOTE: The GTX-327 and GTX-330 are not a part of the G1000 Avionics System.
(1) The Garmin GTX-327 is installed on (as optionial equipment) Airplanes 208 -00350 thru -00356,
and Airplanes 208B -00900 thru -00974.
(2) The Garmin GTX-330 is installed on (as optionial equipment) Airplanes 208 -00365 thru -00499
and Airplanes 208B -01010 thru -01999.
34-54-20 Page 2
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Garmin GTX Series Transponder System

Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
34-54-20 Page 3
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. The Garmin G1000 GTX transponder system

(1) The standard Model 208 Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System includes one GTX unit, but
a second GTX transponder can be added to the baseline aircraft. In this case, each of the two
transponders can be selected with the softkeys on PFD 1 or PFD 2.
(2) The GTX transponder communicates with the GIA 63W/64W No. 1 and No. 2 through RS-232.
Data is shown on each of the two Primary Flight Displays (PFD 1) and (PFD 2).
(3) The operating mode is controlled with softkeys on the PFD.
(4) Transponder 1 receives 28 Vdc electrical power through the XPDR 1 circuit breaker, found on
the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
(5) Transponder 2 receives 28 Vdc electrical power through the XPDR 2 circuit breaker, found on
the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
C. The Garmin G1000 NXi System Software versions (v.2499.XX) Transponder System
(1) The Garmin G1000 NXI will only work with the GTX-335R and the GTX-345R
(2) Both Transponders can be used for ADS-B OUT but only the GTX-345R can be used for ADS-B
IN.
(3) The GTX-345R works with the GTS 825 TAS that uses active interrogations of Mode S and Mode
C to provide Traffic Advisories (TA) to the pilot.
(a) This system is passively able to alert the pilot of nearby traffic similar to ATC as well as
display the information on the MFDs.
3. Operation
A. Garmin GTX Series Transponder.
NOTE: Mode S operation is not compatible with GTX-335 series transponders.
(1) The GTX series transponder is a radio transmitter and receiver that operates on microwave
frequencies. The unit receives ground radar or TCAS interrogations at 1030 MHz andtransmits
a coded response of pulses to ground-based radar on a frequency of 1090 MHz.The
transponder has an IDENT operation that activates the special position identification (SPI)pulse
for 18 seconds.
(2) The GTX series transponder communicates with Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S interrogation.
Mode A responses have framing pulses and one of 4096 codes, which are different in position
and number of pulses transmitted. Mode C responses have framing pulses and encoded altitude.
(3) Ground stations can interrogate the Mode S transponders individually with the use of a 24-
bit International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Mode S address, which is specific to that
particular airplane. Also, ground stations can interrogate a GTX Series transponder for it's Flight
ID, which is the registration number or other call sign. The GTX series transponders make the
maximum airspeed (set during configuration) available to Traffic Collision Avoidance Systems
(TCAS) on other airplanes near the unit. This operation helps make TCAS advisories.
(4) The GTX series transponder is capable of providing 1090 ES ADS-B Out Mode S extended
squitter transmissions. The extended squitter output is transmitted periodically and contains
such data as Altitude (barometric and GPS), GPS position, heading, and aircraft identification.
The purpose of extended squitter transmission is to provide aircraft position and identification to
ADS-B Ground Based Transceivers (GTR's) and other airplanes.
(a) The GTX-345R transponder is capable of providing ADS-B In functionality when the extra
15 pin high speed data bus connector is installed/connected. This requires Garmin G1000
NXi System Software versions (v.2499.XX) or greater.
(5) Other equipment on board the aircraft may transmit in the same frequency band as the
transponder, such as DME or another transponder. Mutual suppression is a synchronous pulse
that is sent to the other equipment to suppress transmission of a competing transmitter for the
duration of the pulse train transmission. The transponder transmission is suppressed by an
external source and other equipment on board is suppressed by the GTX series transponder.
This feature is designed to limit mutual interference.
34-54-20 Page 4
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GTX SERIES TRANSPONDER SYSTEM - TROUBLESHOOTING
1. General
A. This section gives the troubleshooting procedures for the Garmin GTX Series Transponder System.
For a general overview of the Garmin GTX Series Transponder System refer to Garmin GTX-Series
Transponder System - Description and Operation.
2. Garmin GTX Transponder System Troubleshooting

A. Tools and Equipment.

• Multimeter.
• None.
• Chapter 34, Garmin GTX Series Transponder System - Adjustment/Test
• Chapter 34, Garmin GTX Series Transponder System - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 34, Comant Transponder Antenna - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 34, Global Positioning System (GPS)/XM Antenna - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit - Removal/Installation
• Model 208/208B Wiring Diagram Manual.
B. Do the Garmin GTX Transponder System Troubleshooting.
(1) Refer to the Garmin G1000 Line Maintenance Manual in the Supplier Publication List and make
sure that:
NOTE: The Garmin G1000 Line Maintenance Manual are software specific, make sure to
use the correct version for your software configuration.

(2) Make sure the GTX has check mark (green) next to its nomenclature on the list.
(a) This indicates the line replaceable unit (LRU) is serviceable.
(3) Check the primary flight display crew alerting system (CAS) Alerts Window for error messages
to aid in troubleshooting the anomaly. For GTX alert message troubleshooting refer to, Table
101.
(4) Check for GTX alert messages shown on the CAS annunciation window on the PFDs. For GTX
alert message troubleshooting refer to, Table 102.
(5) If a serial number or a version number is dashed, carefully examine the electrical wiring and
components as follows: Refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual, Chapter 20, Wiring -
Maintenance Practices.
GTX1, GTX2 (Optional) GS2, NAV1, NAV2, AND WX500. Serial Numbers for GTX1
and GTX2 are reported for with Garmin NXi Software Configurations.
(a) Do a visual check of the electrical connectors and airplane electrical connectors for bent
pins and pushed back pins.
34-54-20 Page 101

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(d) Remove electrical power from the airplane.
(e) Use a multimeter to do a continuity check of the bus wires.
(f) Do a visual check of the wiring components and make sure that all applicable strapping is
(g) Do a visual check of the wiring bundles for damage.
(h) Do a check of the applicable system wiring for continuity, ground faults, or other
(i) Do a visual check of the coaxial cable connections to the GTX series antenna(s).
1 Tighten loose coaxial cable connectors as necessary.
2 Repair or replace unserviceable coaxial cable as necessary.
(6) If the GTX series transponder system wiring is serviceable replace the components that follow:
(a) Replace the GTX series transponder. Refer to Garmin GTX Series Transponder System -
1 Do an operational check of the Garmin GTX series transponder system again. Refer
to Garmin GTX Series Transponder System - Adjustment/Test.
(b) Replace the applicable antenna. Refer to Garmin GTX Series Transponder System -
1 Do an operational check of the GTX series transponder system again. Refer to
Garmin GTX Series Transponder System - Adjustment/Test.
C. GTX System Alert Message Troubleshooting.
(1) For CAS messages and System Alert Messages related to other Garmin LRU's, refer to the
applicable LRU section for CAS alert message troubleshooting.
(2) Push the rightmost softkey on the PFD and make sure that no Alert messages show in the Alerts
window.
(a) For GTX Alert messages refer to Table 101.
Table 101. GTX Alert Messages
GTX Alert Cause Corrective Action

Messages
XPDR1 CONFIG The system has detected a 1. Load correct configuration in XPDR 1. Refer
– XPDR1 transponder 1 configuration to Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
configuration error. mismatch. Adjustment/Test.
Config service 2. Replace PFD 1 master configuration module.
req’d. Refer to Garmin G1000 Master configuration Module -
XPDR2 CONFIG The system has detected a 1. Load correct configuration in XPDR 2. Refer
– XPDR1 transponder 2 configuration to Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
configuration error. mismatch. Adjustment/Test.
Config service 2. Replace PFD 1 master configuration module.
req’d. Refer to Garmin G1000 Master configuration Module -
MANIFEST – The system has detected an 1. Load correct software into XPDR 1. Refer to Garmin
XPDR1 software incorrect software version G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
mismatch. loaded in XPDR 1.
Communication
halted.
34-54-20 Page 102

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 101. GTX Alert Messages (continued)

Messages
MANIFEST – The system has detected an 1. Load correct software into XPDR 1. Refer to Garmin
XPDR2 software incorrect software version G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
mismatch. loaded in XPDR 2.
Communication
halted.
XPDR1 SERVICE A failure has been detected 1. If problem continues replace XPDR 1. Refer
– XPDR1 needs in XPDR 1. Transponder to Garmin GTX Series Transponder System -
service. Return unit functionality may still be Removal/Installation.
for repair available.
XPDR2 SERVICE A failure has been detected 1. If problem continues replace XPDR 1. Refer
– XPDR2 needs in XPDR 2. Transponder to Garmin GTX Series Transponder System -
service. Return unit functionality may still be Removal/Installation.
for repair available.
XPDR1 FAIL A failure has been detected 1. Troubleshoot XPDR 1 wiring and make sure that it
– XPDR1 is in XPDR 1. Transponder is serviceable. Refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram
inoperative. functionality is not available. Manual.
2. Replace XPDR 1. Refer to Garmin GTX Series
XPDR2 FAIL A failure has been detected 1. Troubleshoot XPDR 2 wiring and make sure that it
– XPDR2 is in XPDR 2. Transponder is serviceable. Refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram
inoperative. functionality is not available. Manual.
2. Replace XPDR 2. Refer to Garmin GTX Series
34-54-20 Page 103

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 102. GTX Alert Messages

Messages
XPDR1 ADS-B GTX-33ES, GTX-335R, GTX 1. Make sure that at least one of the two GIA 63W/64W
FAIL 345R only. ADS-B Out does units is receiving a GPS solution of 3D DIFF NAV.
not operate. The transponder (ADS-B out is dependent on a GPS solution).
is possibly not receiving a 2. Make sure the transponder antenna coaxial cables
valid GPS signal. Other and connectors are serviceable. Refer to the Model
transponder functionality may 208 Wiring Diagram manual.
still be avialable. 3. Replace the GTX Series transponder. Refer
to Garmin GTX Series Transponder System -
4. Replace each of the two GIA 63W/64W units. Refer
to Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit (GIA 63W/64W)-
5. Replace each of the two GPS/XM antennas. Refer
to Global Positioning System (GPS)/XM Antenna -
XPDR2 ADS-B GTX-33ES, GTX-335R, GTX 1. Make sure that at least one of the two GIA 63W/64W
FAIL 345R only. ADS-B Out does units is receiving a GPS solution of 3D DIFF NAV.
not operate. The transponder (ADS-B out is dependent on a GPS solution).
is possibly not receiving a 2. Make sure the transponder antenna coaxial cables
valid GPS signal. Other and connectors are serviceable. Refer to the Model
transponder functionality may 208 Wiring Diagram manual.
still be available. 3. Replace the GTX series transponder. Refer
to Garmin GTX Series Transponder System -
4. Replace each of the two GIA 63W/64W units. Refer
to Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit (GIA 63W/64W)-
5. Replace each of the two GPS/XM antennas. Refer
to Global Positioning System (GPS)/XM Antenna -
If the master configuration module is replaced the unlock cards for optional systems (TAWS, Jeppesen Aviation
Database, Terrain Database card, ect.) must be replaced.
D. Put the Airplane Back to its Initial Condition.
(1) Disconnect the external electrical power from the airplane.
34-54-20 Page 104

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN GTX SERIES TRANSPONDER SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
1. General
A. This section gives the adjustment and test procedures for the GTX Series Transponder System. For
a general overview refer to Garmin GTX Series Transponder System - Description and Operation.
2. Garmin GTX Series Transponder System Operational Check
NOTE: The operational check procedures are typical for Garmin GTX-33, GTX-33ES, GTX-335R and
GTX-345R transponders unless otherwise noted.

• Metal Shrouds
• IFR 6000.
• None.
• Chapter 34, Garmin GTX Series Transponder System - Description and Operation.
(a) BATTERY switch.
(3) Make sure that all the circuit breakers on the Avionics circuit breaker panel are engaged.
(4) Put the switches that follow to the positions given:
(5) After the Garmin G1000 system is fully initiated refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics
System - Adjustment/Test and do the steps that follow:
(a) Do the Architecture Verification check and make sure all systems are serviceable.
(b) Make sure that the correct software and configuration has been installed.
(6) Use the code Softkeys, tune the Transponder 1 to code 0600.
WARNING: When selecting a transponder code, be careful not to radiate

any of the following codes: Code 0000 – military intercept code
code 7500 – hijack code code 7600 – VHF com receiver failure
code code 7700 – emergency code.
NOTE: The transponder functionality spans three levels of Softkeys on the PFD. These
levels are entitled the top level, the mode selection level, and the code selection
level. On PFD 1, push the XPDR Softkey to select the mode selection menu, and
push the CODE Softkey to select the code selection.
(7) Connect the test set coax cable to the flat plane antenna BNC connector.
(8) Connect the other end of the coax to the antenna input of the IFR 6000
34-54-20 Page 501

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Find a location around the aircraft with a clear view of the transponder antenna and set the flat
plane antenna so it point directly at the transponder antenna.
(a) Either attach the flat plane antenna to the IFR 6000, or set the antenna on the ground.
NOTE: Do not hold the antenna.
(10) Put the parameters that follow in the IFR 6000 test set. Refer to Table 501.
Table 501. IFR 6000 Test Set Up
Parameter Value
ANTENNA Bottom
RF PORT Antenna or direct connect
CABLE LOSS Normally set once; figure marked on supplied RF
coax cable.
ANT RANGE This is the range difference between the test antenna
and transponder antenna.
ANT HEIGHT This is the height difference between the test antenna
and transponder antenna.
UUT ADDRESS AUTO
DIVERSITY TEST OFF
CAUTION: If the option described in the note below is used, reduce the power
of the test set to the minimum.
NOTE: It is permissible to connect the IFR 6000 test set directly to any transponder coax
connector in the event that any of the following automated tests fail while using the
flat plane antenna. To use the IFR 6000 directly coupled to a transponder, connect
appropriate coax cables/adapters between the affected antenna connection (either on the
transponder rack or at the antenna) and the ant port on the IFR 6000. Press the setup
key on the IFR 6000 and change the port to direct.
C. Transponder 1 Antenna Operational Check.
NOTE: This test can be performed by going into maintenance mode on the PFDs (IN AIR) mode
or connecting the IFR 6000 to the pitot/static system to simulate flight.
(1) For G1000 NXi Software configuration, make sure air data test set is connected to the left pitot/
static system and is configured to an airspeed greater than 100 knots.
NOTE: Above 100 knots the ALT indication will turn from WHITE to GREEN. If airspeed is
not simulated over 100 knots, the air data test will fail.
(2) An alternative to the air data test box connection to the pitot/static ports for the G1000 NXi.
(a) Pull PFD1 circuit breaker for 10 seconds.
(b) Push PFD1 curcuit breaker back in while holding the ENT button on the PFD.
(c) Use the Inner and outer FMS knob to navigate the Aircraft Configurations page and select
GND Test softkey on PFD1.
(d) Pull the PFD1 curcuit breaker again and wait 10 seconds before you push it back in.
(e) The PFD will turn on in normal mode with a status message saying MAINTENANCE MODE.
The transponder is now IN AIR condition.
(3) Use the mode Softkeys to select XPDR 1 and then select ALT.
34-54-20 Page 502

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) From the air data test set transponder menu, select AUTO TEST.
NOTE: The tests are tailored automatically according to reported transponder level, to
avoid erroneous failures.
(5) After completion of auto test, verify that PASS is shown on the air data test set XPDR screen.
(a) Make sure that ALT is annunciated in the transponder status bar.
(b) Make sure that:
1 The Effective Radiated Power (ERP) is between 48.5 dbm and 57 dbm.
2 The acceptable level for MTL is -74.0, +3dbm or - 3dbm.
NOTE: The power/freq sub-test can fail if the unit is not configured correctly. Make sure the
distance and height of antenna, and signal loss of the cable used are correct. If the
power/freq sub-test is the only sub-test failed and the values for ERP and MTL are
within the tolerances listed above, then it is acceptable to continue the check.
NOTE: The UF20 and UF21 sub-tests will show as no reply and the UF24 sub-test can show
as not capable. This is normal and should not be construed as a transponder failure.
NOTE: Remove power from all three displays and then power on after 10 seconds to take
transponders out of IN AIR mode.
D. Transponder 2 Antenna Operational Check.
(1) Do the steps above for the Transponder 2 antenna.
(2) You must recalculate the distance and height values listed in Table 501 for the transponder 2
antenna.
E. Transponder 1 and transponder 2 Test False Failure Causes
(1) There are problems that can cause a false failure condition when you do the transponder check.
Refer to Table 502.
Table 502. Transponder Check False Failures
Indicated Transponder Check Failure Possible Failure Corrections

A-mode or C-mode Side Lobe Suppression (SLS) 1. Operation of other transponder test sets nearby,
failures. These failures occur when the transponder or interrogations from ATC radar facilities can cause
replies when the IFR 6000 expects the transponder SLS failures.
to remain quiet.
Minimum Trigger Level (MTL) too low (too sensitive) 1. This is usually caused by incorrect entry of
in conjunction with TX distance between antenna and test set or incorrect
entry of antenna or connecting cable losses, which
results in incorrect coupling calculation by the test set.
PWR too high. 2. This usually occurs when the test set is too close
to the antenna.
MTL too high (not sensitive enough) in conjunction 1. This is usually caused by incorrect entry of
with TX PWR too low. distance between antenna and test set or incorrect
entry of antenna or connecting cable losses, which
results in incorrect coupling calculation by the test set.
2. This usually occurs when the test set is too far
from the antenna.
3. This set of problems can also be caused by an
unserviceable antenna and/or coaxial cables.
F. Ident Switch Operational Test
34-54-20 Page 503

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: Make sure to use a transponder hood over transponder antennas to do

this test.
(1) Push the ALT softkey while transponder is active.
(a) Transponder will be in altitude mode.
(2) Push the Pilot's control wheel Ident switch for a few seconds.
(a) IDNT is displayed in the Transponder Status Bar on both PFDs for approximately 20
seconds.
(3) Push the Copilot's control wheel Ident switch for a few seconds.
(a) IDNT is displayed in the Transponder Status Bar on both PFDs for approximately 20
seconds.
G. GTX 33ES, GTX-335R, and GTX-345R ADS-B Out Operational Check
(1) Use the FMS knobs to navigate to the AUX-STATUS page on the MFD.
(2) Place the two formed metal shrouds or ecosorb over the base of both COM/GPS combo
antennas and make sure that GPS reception is reduced.
(a) Push the GPS1 and GPS2 softkeys to show the GPS SOLUTION for each of the two GPS
systems as ACQUIRING.
CAUTION: G1000 system power must be removed before you disconnect and/
or connect the antennas or damage to the antenna can occur.
(3) As an alternative to the metal shrouds, it is permitted to do the steps that follow:
(a) Disconnect G1000 system power.
(b) Disconnect the coaxial cables from either the GPS antennas or the GIAs.
(c) Push the GPS1 and GPS2 softkeys to show the GPS SOLUTION for each of the two GPS
systems as AQUIRING.
(4) Push the XPDR softkey on the PFD1 and select XPDR1.
(a) Make sure the transponder is operating in ground (GND), or in altitude (ALT) mode.
(b) Make sure that a XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL amber CAS annunciation is shown on the PFD's.
(5) If a second transponder has been installed, press the XPDR softkey on the PFD1 and select
XPDR2 .
(a) Make sure that a XPDR2 ADS-B FAIL amber CAS annunciation is shown on the PFD's.
(6) Do the steps that follow as applicable.
(a) Remove the metal shrouds from the antennas.
(b) Connect the antenna coaxial cables to the GPS antennas or the Garmin GIA 63W/64W
Integrated Avionics Units.
(7) When the there is a GPS solution make sure that the CAS message is removed from the PFD's.
(8) Push the right most softkey on the PFD to show the system messages and make sure that:
(a) A TRAFFIC FAIL system message is not shown on the PFD's.
(b) Air data information (such as airspeed, altitude, etc) is not red flagged as invalid (red X).
(c) AHRS1 GPS and AHRS2 GPS system messages are not displayed.
(d) Air data information (such as airspeed, altitude, etc) is not red flagged as invalid (red X).
H. GTX 345R (Optional Equipment Installation) ADS-B In Operational Check
(1) Press the XPDR button on the IFR 6000 until the ADS-B/GICB/UAT MAIN menu appears.
(a) Press the ADSB GEN Softkey.
(b) Use the BDS ON Softkey to enable/disable the following BDS registers in the table below.
Refer to Table 503, BDS Register Setup.
Table 503. BDS Register Setup
Parameter Input
1 0, 5 AIRBORNE POS ENABLE
2 0, 6 SURFACE POS DISABLED
3 0, 8 IDENT & CAT ENABLE
34-54-20 Page 504

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 503. BDS Register Setup (continued)

Parameter Input
4 0, 9 AIRBORNE VEL ENABLE
5 6, 1 A/C STATUS ST1 ENABLE
6 6, 1 A/C STATUS ST2 DISABLED
7 6, 2 TSS SUBTYPE 0 DISABLED
8 6, 2 TSS SUBTYPE 1 DISABLED
9 6, 5 A/C OP STATUS AIR ENABLED
10 6, 5 A/C IP STATUS SUR DISABLED
11 0, A TEST MSG DISABLED
(c) Highlight 0,5 AIRBORNE POS and press the BDS DATA Softkey.
(d) Using the NEXT/PREV PARAM Softkeys and the Directional Data Keys to input the
following data, refer to Table 504, AIRBORNE POS Setup.
Table 504. AIRBORNE POS Setup
Parameter Input
TYPE: 9
LAT: Pick a latitude near the aircraft
LONG: Pick a longitude near the aircraft
BARO PRES ALT Same as on PFD
(e) Press the RETURN Softkey and scroll down to the 0,8 IDENT & CAT then press the BDS
DATA Softkey.
(f) Using the NEXT/PREV PARAM Softkeys and the Directional Data Keys to input the
following data, refer to Table 505, IDENT & CAT Setup.
Table 505. IDENT & CAT Setup
Parameter Input
FLIGHT ID: TEST1
EMIT CAT SET= A
EMIT CAT= SMALL
(g) Press the RETURN Softkey and scroll down to the 0,9 AIRBORN VEL and press the BDS
DATA Softkey.
(h) Using the NEXT/PREV PARAM Softkeys and the Directional Data Keys to input the
following data, refer to Table 506, AIRBORNE VEL Setup.
Table 506. AIRBORNE VEL Setup
Parameter Input
E-W VEL 70 E
N-S VEL 90 S
SUPTYPE 1-VEL OVR GRND NORM
(i) Press the RETURN Softkey on the IFR 6000 then select MAPS, then select TRAFFIC MAP.
1 Make sure the ADS-B Softkey is ON.
2 Press the RUN TEST Softkey on the IFR 6000.
34-54-20 Page 505

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(j) Press the MFD FMS knob, scroll through the Traffic Targets available and find the simulated
Traffic Target. Refer to Figure 501.
1 Highlight the Simulated Traffic Target.
2 Make sure that FLIGHT ID, EMIT CAT, CR, TRK and GS information is displayed on
the lower left side of the MFD.
I. Put the Airplane Back to its Initial Condition.
(a) BATTERY switch.
34-54-20 Page 506

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADS-B In Simulated Aircraft Display

34-54-20 Page 507

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN G1000 INTEGRATED AVIONICS SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
A. The Garmin G1000 integrated avionics system is the primary component of the navigation system on
the Model 208 airplane. The Garmin G1000 core system line replaceable units (LRU)'s includes three
Garmin Display Units (GDU's), and two Garmin GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Units (IAU's). It is
an integrated system that sends data from avionics system LRU's that is displayed on the pilot's and
copilot's primary flight displays (PFD's), and the Multi Function Display (MFD). This section gives a
description and operation of the G1000 software configurations, PFD, the MFD, and the Garmin GIA
63W/64W Integrated Avionics Units.
Aircraft Serial Number and/or Service Bulletins installed on your Aircraft. Make sure to read each
section carefully for your serial number. Each software configuration uses some variants of Garmin
LRU's which are NOT interchangeable with Garmin Next Generation Software (NXi) LRU software
version configurations. Refer to Figure 1 Sheet 1, Figure 1 Sheet 2 and Figure 1 Sheet 3 for LRU
compatibility based on software configurations. The procedures in this Chapter are typical for the
G1000 v.767.XX Family and the G1000 NXi System Software (v.2499.03 or v.2499.08) configuration
unless otherwise noted in this document.
NOTE: Any notation of G1000 Integrated Avionics System NXi Software Configuration
(v.2499.XX) denotes cross functionality between software versions.
NOTE: For additional information refer to the Introduction, Supplier Publication List, Caravan Line
Maintenance Manual for Software Family 767.XX and Caravan Line Maintenance
Manual for NXi.
(1) G1000 Integrated Avionics System Phase 12 Software Configuration (v.767.13).

• Cessna Model 208, Airplanes -000416, 000500 thru -000541 Incorporating CAB-34-02.
• Cessna Model 208 Airplanes -000542 thru -000564.
• Cessna Model 208B Airplanes -001190, -001216, -002000 thru -002261, -002263 thru
-002323, -002325, 002326, 002328 thru -002357 Incorporating CAB-34-02.
• Cessna Model 208B Airplanes -002262, -002324, -002327, -002358 thru -004999.
(2) G1000 Integrated Avionics System Phase 13 Software Configuration (v.767.15).
• Cessna Model 208 Airplanes -000565 thru -000581.
• Cessna Model 208B Airplanes -005000 thru -005271.
(3) G1000 Integrated Avionics System Phase 14 Software Configuration (v.767.23):
NOTE: This software configuration introduces the Garmin GWX 70 Weather Radar and
ADS-B Out Capability with the Garmin GTX 33ES transponder.
• Cessna Model 208, Airplanes -000416, -000500 thru -000581 Incorporating CAB-34-03
and (CAB-34-04 for ADS-B Out Capability).
• Cessna Model 208, Airplanes -000582 thru -000600.
• Cesnna Model 208B, Airplanes --001190, -001216, 002198 thru -005271 Incorporating
CAB-34-03 and(CAB-34-04 for ADS-B Out Capability).
• Cesnna Model 208B, Airplanes -002197 and -005272 thru -005400
(4) G1000 Integrated Avionics System NXi Software Configuration (v.2499.03):
• Cessna Model 208, Airplanes -000601 thru -000650.
• Cesnna Model 208B, Airplanes -005401 thru -005500.
(5) G1000 Integrated Avionics System NXi Software Configuration (v.2499.08):
• Cessna Model 208, Airplanes -000651 and On.
• Cesnna Model 208B, Airplanes -005501 and On.
C. The G1000 NXi Software configuration includes the use of Garmin's Intelligent LRU replacement,
optional ADS-B In capability with the GTX-345R transponder, transaction log and card copy features.
When an LRU is changed the system displays the "LRU Replacement" Alert message on the PFD/
MFD. This message will persist until the LRU replacement software procedure or full configuration/
baseline software upload procedure has been done. With the Configuration Manager page open, the
34-60-00 Page 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
system will display which LRU's are synchronized and which LRU's are not synchronized. Refer to,
Figure 512, LRU Replacement. When the technician has completed an LRU change, the technician
can return to the Configuration page to make sure the LRU is synchronized.
NOTE: Intelligent LRU replacement will only work with one LRU at a time. Replacing multiple
LRU's at once will result in baseline configuration software load procedures.
NOTE: The "LRU replacement detected" message may not display if there are existing Manifest
error or Configuration error messages.
(1) The Intelligent LRU replacement is designed to reduce the amount of time required to change
a Garmin NXi LRU.
(2) The Transaction Log is designed to log maintenance actions when loading configuration files,
software and entering commands. This stores LRU location and configuration upon initial
loading/installation.
(3) The Card Copy allows the system to store entire contents of a loader card to the GDU's internal
memory. This is the content that is used to automate the Intelligent LRU software and
configuration during the replacement process.
(4) G1000 Integrated Avionics System NXi Software Configuration (v.2499.08) upgrades utilize two
GIA 63W/64W integrated avionics units, two GMA 1347/1360D audio panels and two GEA 71/
71B Enhanced airframe engine interface adapters.
(5) G1000 Integrated Avionics System NXi Software Configuration (v.2499.08) also has an option
for Garmin Flight Stream 510 (FS 510) Infotainment System.
D. Two of the displays are configured as PFD's and one as a MFD. Each of the displays has a color
Active Matrix Liquid Crystal Displays (AMLCD). The displays incorporate multiple flight instrument
functions and annunciations. Additionally, the system shows the engine indicating system (EIS), the
crew alerting system (CAS), and environmental control system diagnostics functions on the displays.
E. The two GIA 63W/64W integrated avionics units function as the main communications hub, linking all
the line replaceable units (LRU) with each of the two PFD's.
F. The G1000 system and non-Garmin LRU's communicate with each other through different data bus
connections. The data buses used include high-speed data bus (HSDB), RS-232, RS-485/422,
ARINC-429, and Ethernet connections. The Garmin integrated avionics system also communicates
with non-Garmin system LRU for display and some control functions. For a general overview of the
typical G1000 system and system interconnect (Refer to Figure 1 Sheet 1, Figure 1 Sheet 2 and
Figure 1 Sheet 3).
2. Description
A. Garmin GDU Primary Flight Display (Refer to Figure 2).
(1) There are two PFD's installed in the airplane, one for the pilot (PFD 1) and one for the copilot
(PFD 2). The PFD's are a central display and user interface for the Garmin G1000 integrated
cockpit system. The PFD's are configured as an open architecture system that uses typical
ARINC 429, RS-232, and Ethernet High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) communications interfaces.
The important flight data that follows is displayed on the pilot's and copilot's PFD's. The PFD's
and MFD are interchangeable to each position.
• Display of attitude (pitch and roll), rate of turn, slip/skid, heading, airspeed, altitude, and
vertical speed data
• Display of engine and airframe instrumentation (reversionary modes only)
• Display of the Auto Flight Control System (AFCS) flight director command bars and modes
• Display of position and ground speed for use by the pilot
• Display of stored navigation and map databases for use by the pilot.
(2) The PFD's also do the functions that follow.
• Control and display of the course deviation indicator (CDI), radio magnetic indicator (RMI),
and selected heading
• Area navigation functions that use the position, velocity and stored navigation data
• Interfaces with the Garmin GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit and the opposite PFD
• Control and display the dual communications transceivers
34-60-00 Page 2
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Garmin G1000 Software Interface

Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
34-60-00 Page 3
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
34-60-00 Page 4
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Figure 1 (Sheet 3)
34-60-00 Page 5
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Garmin GDU PFD and MFD

Figure 2 (Sheet 1)
34-60-00 Page 6
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Garmin GDU PFD and MFD

Figure 2 (Sheet 2)
34-60-00 Page 7
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
• Control and display the dual VOR/ILS receivers

• Control and display the Garmin GTX-33 Mode S (G1000 v.767.XX) and GTX-33ES
(Optional, G1000 v.767.23 only) or the GTX-335R and GTX-345R (Optional) for G1000
NXi System Software (v.2499.XX).
B. Garmin GDU Multi Function Display (Refer to Figure 2).
(1) There is one GDU installed between the pilot's and copilot's PFD's, that is configured as a MFD.
The MFD gives a central display and user interface for the G1000 integrated cockpit system.
The MFD is configured as an open architecture system that uses typical ARINC 429, RS-232,
and HSDB communications interfaces.
• Display of moving map, weather radar data, Stormscope, Garmin GDL 69A data link
weather data, and terrain proximity.
• Display of the engine indication and crew alerting system (EICAS)
• Display of the attitude (pitch and roll), rate of turn, slip/skid, heading, airspeed, altitude,
and vertical speed data (reversionary mode only)
• Display of the AFCS flight director command bars and modes (reversionary mode only)
• Display of position and ground speed for use by the pilot (reversionary mode only)
• Display of stored navigation and map databases for use by the pilot (reversionary mode
only)
• XM radio channel selection
• Flight and trip planning
• Control and display of the CDI, RMI, and selected heading (reversionary mode only).
C. Garmin GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit (Refer to Figure 3).
(1) Two Garmin GIA-63W/64W Integrated Avionics Units are installed in the cockpit, one forward
of the pilot's PFD and one forward the copilot's PFD. The integrated avionics units are installed
on the G1000 system racks, forward of the instrument panels. The GIA-63W/64W is a
microprocessor-based input/output LRU used in the Garmin G1000 integrated cockpit system.
(2) The GIA 63W/64W communicates with the GDU's thru an Ethernet high-speed data bus (HSDB) and
with other LRUs using RS-232, RS-485/422, and ARINC 429. All configuration of this unit is
performed through the GDU. This LRU gives the functions that follow:
• Main processor that interfaces with all LRU's in the G1000 system
• WAAS parallel GPS receiver that simultaneously tracks and uses up to 12 satellites
• VHF COM transceiver that provides digital tuning in the range 118.000 to 136.990 MHz
• VOR/ILS localizer receiver that provides digital tuning in the range 108.000 to 117.950
MHz.
• ILS glideslope receiver that provides tuning from 328.6 to 335.4 MHz, paired with the
frequency tuned on the VOR/ILS localizer receiver
• Flight Director Processor with interfaces with the GFC 700 Automated Flight Control
System (AFCS).
3. Operation
A. Garmin GDU Primary Flight Display (Refer to Figure 2 and Figure 3).
(1) During system initialization, test annunciations are displayed. All system annunciations will go
off, typically within one minute of start. When the system is started, key annunciator lights also
momentarily come on the audio panels, the control units, and the display bezels.
(2) On the PFD, the AHRS will start to initialize and display the AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level
message. The AHRS will display valid altitude and heading, typically in one minute of start. The
AHRS can align itself during taxi and during level flight.
(3) The pilot's and copilot's PFD's are operated with the buttons and knobs shown in Table 1. Also,
the PFD's have keys that have many operations that change with the software and pages shown
on the PFD. Because these keys operation change with the software, they are called softkeys.
34-60-00 Page 8
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 1. Garmin GDU Primary Flight Display Controls
Button or Location on Available Use

Knob PFD Operations
VOL Knob Left PUSH ID Controls the NAV audio volume level. Push to
set the Morse code identifier audio ON and OFF.
Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency display
as a percentage.
VOL Knob Right PUSH SQ Controls COM audio volume level. Push to set
the COM automatic squelch ON and OFF. Volume
level is shown in the COM frequency display as a
percentage.
NAV Knob Left PUSH 1 - 2 Sets the standby and active NAV frequencies.
Dual NAV Left Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver
Knob/Button (large knob for MHz, small knob for kHz). Push to
select the tuning box (cyan box) between NAV1
and NAV2.
COM Knob/ Right PUSH 1 - 2, EMERG Sets the standby and active COM frequencies.
Button Push and hold this key for two seconds to tune the
emergency frequency (121.5 MHz) automatically
into the active frequency display.
Dual COM Right Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM receiver
Knob/Button (large knob for MHz, small knob for kHz). Push to
select the tuning box (cyan box) between COM1
and COM2.
BARO Knob Right PUSH STD Sets the altimeter barometric pressure. Push this
key to set the barometric pressure to standard
(29.92 inches).
RANGE Right Changes the map range when turned. Activates the
(Joystick) map pointer when pushed.
Direct-to Right Lets the user enter a destination way-point and
Button establish a direct course to the selected destination.
The destination is specified by the identifier, chosen
from the active route, or taken from the map pointer
position.
MENU Right Displays a context-sensitive list of options. This list
Button lets the user get access to more features or make
setting changes that relate to specific pages.
FPL Button Right Displays the active Flight Plan page to make and
edit the active flight plan.
PROC Right Gives access to IFR departure procedures (DP's),
Button arrival procedures (STAR's), and approach
procedures (IAP's) for a flight plan. If a flight plan is
used, available procedures for the departure and/or
arrival airport are automatically suggested. These
procedures can then be loaded into the active flight
plan. If a flight plan is not used, the correct airport
and the correct procedure can be selected.
34-60-00 Page 9
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 1. Garmin GDU Primary Flight Display Controls (continued)

Button or Location on Available Use
Knob PFD Operations
CLR Button Right Removes data, cancels entries, or removes page

menus.
ENT (Dual) Right Validates or confirms a menu selection or data entry.
Button
FMS Knob/ Right PUSH CRSR Flight Management System knob. Push the FMS
Button knob to set the selection cursor ON and OFF.
When the cursor is ON, data can be entered in the
applicable window with a turn of the small and large
knobs. The large knob moves the cursor on the
page. The small knob selects individual characters
for the highlighted cursor location.
(4) The pilot's PFD receives power through the PFD 1 circuit breaker on the Avionics circuit breaker
panel in the cockpit. The copilot's PFD receives power through the PFD 2 circuit breaker found
on the Avionics circuit breaker panel in the cockpit.
B. Garmin GDU Multi Function Display (Refer to Figure 4 Sheet 1 for G1000 v.767XX Family and Figure
4 Sheet 2 for G1000 NXi (v.2499.XX).
(1) The Garmin GDU MFD has softkeys that change with the page that is displayed. In normal
mode, the right part of the MFD displays a full color moving map with navigation data. The left
part of the MFD will show the EICAS display. During the start of the MFD, the power up page
(splash screen) shows the data that follows:
• System version
• Copyright
• Land database name and version
• Obstacle database name and version
• Terrain database name and version
• Aviation database name, version, and effective dates
• Chartview database data
• Safe Taxi database data.
• IFR/VFR Chart database (G1000 NXi System Software, v.2499.XX)
NOTE: G1000 NXi supports dual chart type. Chartview and Flitecharts can be loaded
at the same time and used with the system.
(2) When the user makes sure that the data is correct, a prompt will come on the display to continue.
(3) The MFD receives power through the MFD circuit breaker found on the Avionics circuit breaker
panel in the cockpit.
C. Reversionary Mode (Refer to Figure 5).
(1) In the event of PFD1 or MFD failure, reversionary (or backup) mode is automatically engaged
by the other GDU displays. Reversionary mode is a mode of operation in which all important
flight information is presented on at least one of the displays that is operational. In reversionary
mode flight parameters are presented in the same format as in normal mode. When you push
the GMA series audio panel DISPLAY BACKUP button you activate or deactivate reversionary
mode for both the PFD1 (pilot's) and the MFD.
D. Garmin GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit (Refer to Figure 3).
(1) The integrated avionics unit communicates with the Garmin GDU PFD's through an Ethernet
HSDB, and with other LRU's through RS-232, RS-485/422, and ARINC 429 links. All system
integrated avionics unit configurations are done with the use of the PFD. The GIA 63W/64W
uses the subassemblies that follow:
• A main processor that interfaces with all LRU's in the Garmin G1000 system
• Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) 12-channel parallel global positioning system
(GPS) receiver that monitors and uses up to 12 satellites
34-60-00 Page 10
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Figure 3 (Sheet 1)
34-60-00 Page 11
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MFD Splash Screen

Figure 4 (Sheet 1)
34-60-00 Page 12
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MFD Splash Screen

Figure 4 (Sheet 2)
34-60-00 Page 13
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Reversionary Mode Screen

Figure 5 (Sheet 1)
34-60-00 Page 14
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
• VHF COM receiver that gives tuning from 118.00 to 136.990 MHz in 25 kHz or 8.33 kHz
spacing for the related 760 or 3040 channel configuration
• VOR/ILS localizer receiver that gives tuning from 108.00 to 117.95 MHz in 50 kHz
increments
• ILS glideslope receiver that gives tuning from 328.6 to 335.4 MHz as configured with the
frequency tuned on the VOR/ILS localizer receiver
• Flight director processor that interfaces with the Garmin GFC-700 AFCS.
(2) The pilot's GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit No. 1 receives power through the NAV1 and
COM1 circuit breakers found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel in the cockpit. The copilot's
GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit No.2 receives power through through the NAV 2 and
COM 2 circuit breakers found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel in the cockpit.
E. The GIA 63W/64W generates Digital Warnings and Tones that are processed by the GMA 1347/1360D
Audio Panel.
34-60-00 Page 15
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN G1000 INTEGRATED AVIONICS SYSTEM - TROUBLESHOOTING
1. General
A. This section gives the troubleshooting procedures for the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System
standard installation. For a general description of the G1000 system refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System - Description and Operation. For more a detailed overview of the Crew Alert System
(CAS) data, refer to the Garmin G1000 Line Maintenance Manual, (Cessna Caravan) P/N 190-00869- 00,
Section 2.0, found in the Supplier Publication List.
Aircraft Serial Number and/or Service Bulletins installed on your Aircraft. Become familiar with the
installed software configuration. Each software configuration uses variants of Garmin LRU's which
are NOT interchangeable between software configurations. Refer to Chapter 34, Garmin G1000
Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation, Figure 1. For a general description of each
individual LRU in the G1000 system, refer to the applicable component section in this chapter.LRU
software configurations are typical for the G1000 v.767.XX Family and the G1000 NXi System
Software configuration (v.2499.03) and (v.2499.08) unless otherwise noted in this document.
C. The troubleshooting procedures given in this section include:
(1) Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System Preliminary Troubleshooting.
(2) Data Bus and Electrical Wiring Troubleshooting.
(3) CAS Error Message Troubleshooting Procedures.
(4) Data Path Troubleshooting Procedures.
(5) Flight Stream 510 Troubleshooting Procedures
D. These procedures are intended as a general guide for the core Garmin G1000 system troubleshooting,
specifically as related to the Garmin Display Units and the Garmin Integrated Avionics Units (GIA 63W/
GIA 64W). Refer to the specific Garmin system line replaceable unit (LRU) troubleshooting section in
this manual for troubleshooting procedures to isolate a LRU unserviceable condition.
(1) The Garmin Display Units pilot PFD 1 (left), and copilot PFD 2, (right) are the primary controllers
of the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System. For a general description of the Garmin
Display Units refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation.
(2) The Garmin 63W Integrated Avionics Units has a main processor that communicates with all the
core and optional G1000 system LRU's. For a general description of the Garmin 63W Integrated
Avionics Units refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation.
E. When troubleshooting the G1000 system use the system fault symptoms, CAS messages, CAS error
messages, G1000 initiated manual test results, and the Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual to analyze
the system fault and make a decision as to the best procedures to follow to correct the system problem.
For more troubleshooting recommended procedures refer to the latest revision of the Garmin G1000
Line Maintenance Manual, (Cessna Caravan) P/N 190-00869-00 or the G1000 NXi Avionics System
Line Maintenance Manual P/N 190-02135-00.
2. Reference Material
• Chapter 22 Garmin Roll Servo Unit - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 22 Garmin Pitch Servo Unit - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 22 Garmin Yaw Servo Unit - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 22 Garmin Pitch Trim Servo Unit - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 23 Garmin GMA 1347/1360D Audio System - Maintenance Practices
• Chapter 34 Garmin G1000 Air Data Computer - Maintenance Practices
• Chapter 34 Garmin G1000 Attitude Heading Reference System - Maintenance Practices
• Chapter 34 Garmin GTX-Series Transponder - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 34 Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test
• Chapter 34 Garmin Display Unit- Removal/Installation
• Chapter 34 Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics Unit - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 77 Garmin GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit - Maintenance Practices
• Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual
• Garmin G1000 Line Maintenance Manual, (Cessna Caravan) P/N 190-00869-00.
• G1000 NXi Avionics System Line Maintenance Manual P/N 190-02135-00.
34-60-00 Page 101

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System Preliminary Troubleshooting

A. Do the preliminary troubleshooting steps that follow to prepare for the Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System fault isolation procedures.
(1) On the primary flight display (PFD) look for a Crew Alerting System (CAS) message alert.
NOTE: During the time the G1000 is powering up, certain windows remain invalid as the
equipment begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute
of power-up. If any window continues to be flagged, begin troubleshooting. On the
PFD, the AHRS begins to initialize and shows "AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level".
The AHRS should usually show valid attitude and heading fields within one minute
of power-up. The AHRS can align itself both while taxiing and during level flight.
(2) When the G1000 is powered up the PFD can show CAS messages in the CAS window and
System Alerts in the System Alerts window.
(3) If there is an CAS message and/or System Alert do the steps that follow:
(a) Make sure that the system line replaceable unit (LRU) circuit breaker is engaged.
(b) If the fault is not corrected, push the MSG softkey to acknowledge the message and to
show the Messages page.
(c) Record the active messages (white text).
(d) If a subscription service is necessary for the system function that has the fault, make sure
that the subscription is current.
1 If the subscription is not current contact subscriber company to get the necessary
service.
(4) If a satellite is used for the system to transmit/receive, make sure that the antenna location on
the airplane has an unobstructed view of the satellite.
(5) Do the G1000 Architecture Verification Check, refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics
(6) On the system status list monitor the data that follows:
GS2, GTX1, GTX 2 (OPT), NAV1, NAV2, AND WX500. Serial Numbers for GTX1
NOTE: The components that follow are not listed on the System Status List page: KR 87
ADF, KN 63 DME, KTA 870, TAS, KRA 405B, KHF 1050 HR Radio System, ME406
ELT, and the C406-N ELT.
(a) The line replaceable unit (LRU) status.

• Status column shows check (green)
• The LRU serial number
• The LRU version number.
(7) If the LRU status box shows a X (red) there could be a problem with the wiring connections that
follow:
(a) Data bus connection.
(b) 28Vdc connection.
(c) Ground connection.
(8) If the serial number or version number is dashed there can be a problem with:
(a) The data bus.
(b) The software load.
4. General Procedures for Garmin Data Bus and Electrical Wiring Troubleshooting
A. Do the General Procedures for Garmin Data Bus and Electrical Wiring Troubleshooting. Refer to the
Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual,
(1) Do a Visual check of the applicable LRU electrical connector(s) and airplane electrical
connectors for the unserviceable conditions that follow:
• Bent pins
34-60-00 Page 102

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
• Broken pins
• Pushed back pins
• Repair found damage.
(2) At the suspect LRU connector make sure that electrical power and ground signals are present.
(3) Make sure that data bus lines are properly terminated and secure. Use an ohm meter to do a
continuity check of the bus wires. Check each wire end to end.
NOTE: Do not ground out bus wiring to each other or shield grounds. Check the HSDB and
ARINC 429 bus wiring.
(4) If applicable, refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual and do a visual check of the wiring
components that follow and make sure that :
• The LRU's location strapping is correct
• Other necessary G1000 system strapping is correct.
(5) Do a visual check of the wiring bundles for damage.
(a) If necessary, repair or replace the wiring bundles.
(6) Do a check of the applicable system wiring for continuity, ground faults or other unserviceable
conditions. Refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual.
(a) If necessary, repair or replace the wiring bundles.
(7) For the VHF, Data Link and GPS systems, do a visual check of the coaxial cable connections to
the applicable LRU and antenna(s) and if necessary:
(a) Tighten loose coaxial cable connectors.
(b) Repair or replace unserviceable coaxial cable.
(c) Make sure system antennas have a view of satellites for correct system operation.
(8) If there are two identical LRUs installed, interchange the LRU positions and check system
operation again.
NOTE: When the GIA 63W/64W units are interchanged they must be configured again but
software does not have to be loaded. If the three GDUs are interchanged they do
not have to be configured or software loaded. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
(a) If the problem follows the LRU, replace the LRU and check system operation again.
(b) If the problem does not follow the LRU, there is a wiring bundle, coaxial, antenna or
configuration/software fault. Continue troubleshooting the system fault. If necessary,
contact Cessna Customer Service at phone: (316) 517-5800, Fax: (316) 517-7271.
5. GIA 63W/GIA 64W and GDU CAS Alert Message Troubleshooting

A. Do the GIA 63W/64W and GDU CAS Alert message troubleshooting.
NOTE: For other Garmin system LRU troubleshooting, refer to the specific LRU troubleshooting
section in this maintenance manual.
(1) Use the Model 208 Wiring Diagram manual to assist with the error message and LRU
communication troubleshooting.
(2) Do the Alert message troubleshooting procedures. For LRU/System CAS messages refer to
Table 101.
Table 101. LRU/System CAS Alert Messages
LRU/System CAS Alert Messages CAS Message Troubleshooting Tables
GDU Refer to Table 102.

GIA Cooling Refer to Table 103.
GIA Refer to Table 104.
(a) For GDU CAS Alert messages refer to Table 102.
34-60-00 Page 103

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 102. GDU CAS Messages
GDU CAS Alert Messages Cause Corrective Action
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 aviation The MFD has encountered an error 1. Reload Jeppesen database.
database error exists. in the Jeppesen database. Refer to Garmin G1000
Integrated Avionics System
- Adjustment/Test
2. Replace MFD. Refer
to Garmin Display Unit -
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 aviation The PFD 1 has encountered an 1. Reload Jeppesen
database error exists. error in the Jeppesen database. database. Garmin G1000
Integrated Avionics System -
Adjustment/Test
2. Replace PFD 1. Refer
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 aviation The PFD 2 has encountered an 1. Reload the Jeppesen
database error exists. error in the Jeppesen database. database.
Removal/Installation
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 basemap The MFD has encountered an error 1. Replace MFD. Refer
database error exists. in the base map database. to Garmin Display Unit -
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 basemap The PFD 1 has encountered an 1. Replace PFD 1. Refer
database error exists. error in the base map database. to Garmin Display Unit -
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 basemap The PFD 2 has encountered an 1. Replace PFD 2. Refer
database error exists. error in the base map database. to Garmin Display Unit -
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain The MFD has encountered an error 1. G1000 Software Version (v
database error exists. in the terrain database. 767.XX), make sure that the
terrain card is correctly inserted
in display unit .
2. G1000 Software Version (v
767.XX), replace terrain card.
3. Replace the MFD. Refer
to Garmin Display Unit-
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain The PFD 1 has encountered an 1. G1000 Software Version (v
database error exists. error in the terrain database. 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
3. Replace the PFD 1. Refer
34-60-00 Page 104

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 102. GDU CAS Messages (continued)

PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain The PFD 2 has encountered an 1. G1000 Software Version (v
database error exists error in the terrain database. 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
3. Replace the PFD 2.
Refer to Garmin Display Unit-
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle The MFD has encountered an error 1. G1000 Software Version (v
database error exists. in the obstacle database. 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
to, Garmin Display Unit-
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle The PFD 1 has encountered an 1. G1000 Software Version (v
database error exists. error in the obstacle database. 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle The PFD 2 has encountered an 1. G1000 Software Version (v
database error exists. error in the obstacle database. 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport The MFD has encountered an error 1. Make sure that the terrain card
terrain database error exists. in the airport terrain database. is correctly inserted in display
unit .
2. Replace terrain card.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport The PFD 1 has encountered an 1. G1000 Software Version (v
terrain database error exists. error in the airport terrain database. 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
34-60-00 Page 105

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 airport The PFD 2 has encountered an 1. G1000 Software Version (v
terrain database error exists. error in the airport terrain database. 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 SafeTaxi The MFD has encountered an error 1. G1000 Software Version (v
database error exists. in the Safe Taxi database 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 SafeTaxi The PFD 1 has encountered an 1. G1000 Software Version (v
database error exists. error in the Safe Taxi database. 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 SafeTaxi The PFD 2 has encountered an 1. G1000 Software Version (v
database error exists. error in the Safe Taxi database. 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Chartview The MFD has encountered an error 1. G1000 Software Version (v
database error exists. in the Chartview database 767.XX), make sure that the
in display unit .
34-60-00 Page 106

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Terminal The MFD has encountered an 1. G1000 Software Version (v
Procs database error exists. error in the Terminal Procedures 767.XX), make sure that the
database. terrain card is correctly inserted
in display unit .
DB MISMATCH – Aviation The PFD's and/or MFD have 1. Install correct aviation
database version mismatch. Xtalk different aviation database versions database version in all displays
is off. installed. Cross-fill between units.
displays is off. Some data from
other displays will not be used by
the current display.
DB MISMATCH – Aviation The PFD's and/or MFD have 1. Install correct aviation
database type mismatch. Xtalk is different aviation database types database version in all display
off. installed (Americas, European, etc.). units.
Cross-fill between displays is off.
Some data from other displays will
not be used by the current display.
DB MISMATCH –Basemap The PFDs and/or MFD have 1. Attempt to reload base map to
database version mismatch. Xtalk different basemap database the display unit.
is off. versions installed. Cross-fill 2. Replace applicable PFD
between displays is off. Some data 1, PFD 2, or MFD Refer
from other displays will not be used to Garmin Display Unit-
by the current display. Removal/Installation.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database The PFD's and/or MFD have 1. Install correct terrain database
version mismatch. Xtalk is off. different terrain database versions version in all display units.
installed. Cross-fill between
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database The PFD's and/or MFD have 1. Install correct terrain database
type mismatch. Xtalk is off. different terrain database types type in all display units.
installed. Cross-fill between
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle The PFD's and/or MFD have 1. Install correct obstacle
database version mismatch. Xtalk different obstacle versions installed. database version in all display
is off. Cross-fill between displays is off. units.
Some data from other displays will
not be used by the current display.
DB MISMATCH – Airport Terrain The PFD's and/or MFD have 1. Install correct airport terrain
database version mismatch. Xtalk different airport terrain database database version in all display
is off. versions installed. Cross-fill units.
between displays is off. Some data
from other displays will not be used
by the current display.
34-60-00 Page 107

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

XTALK ERROR – A flight display An error has occurred in data 1. Make sure that data bus wiring
crosstalk error has occurred. transfer between any two displays. is serviceable. Refer to the Model
208 Wiring Diagram Manual.
2. Replace the affected PFD.
Refer to Garmin Display Unit -
SIMULATOR– Sim mode is active. The GDU is in simulator 1. Check wiring and make that
Do not use for navigation. sure pins 54 of PI401 PI402,
and PI403 are not connected to
ground.
DATA LOST– Pilot stored data was Flight crew stored data has been 1. Recycle airplane power.
lost. Recheck settings. lost. 2. Replace affected GDU.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs The G1000 has determined MFD 1. Make sure that the data bus
service. Return unit for repair. not operating correctly. wiring is serviceable. Refer to
the Model 208 Wiring Diagram
Manual.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs The G1000 has determined PFD 1 1. Make sure that the data bus
Manual.
PFD2 SERVICE – PFD2 needs The G1000 has determined PFD 2 1. Make sure that the data bus
Manual.
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 The G1000 has detected a PFD 1. Cycle airplane power 2-3
configuration error. Config configuration mismatch. times.
service req’d. 2. Load correct configuration into
PFD 1. Refer to Garmin G1000
Adjustment/Test.
3. Replace the master
to Garmin G1000 Master
Configuration Module -
to, Garmin Display Unit-
34-60-00 Page 108

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PFD2 CONFIG – PFD2 The G1000 has detected a PFD 1. Cycle airplane power 2-3
configuration error. Config configuration mismatch. times.
service req’d. 2. Load correct configuration into
PFD 2. Refer to Garmin G1000
Adjustment/Test.
to Garmin Display Unit-
MFD CONFIG– MFD configuration The G1000 has detected a MFD 1. Cycle airplane power 2-3
error. Config service req’d. configuration mismatch. times.
2. Load correct configuration
into the MFD. Refer to, Garmin
G1000 Integrated Avionics
3. Replace MFD. Refer
SW MISMATCH– GDU software The PFD's and/or MFD have 1. Reload software for the
version mismatch. Xtalk is off. different software versions installed. affected GDU. Refer to Garmin
Cross-fill between displays is off. G1000 Integrated Avionics
Some data from other displays will System - Adjustment/Test.
not be used by the current display. 2. Replace affected GDU.
Refer to, Garmin Display Unit -
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poor The MFD is overheating. Power 1. Troubleshoot the MFD cooling
cooling. Reducing power usage. consumption is being reduced by fan.
dimming the display.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has poor The PFD 1 is overheating. Power 1. Troubleshoot the PFD 1
cooling. Reducing power usage. consumption is being reduced by cooling fan.
PFD2 COOLING – PFD1 has poor The PFD 2 is overheating. Power 1. Troubleshoot the PFD 2
cooling. Reducing power usage. consumption is being reduced by cooling fan.
MFD1 “key” KEYSTK – Key is A key on the MFD bezel is stuck. 1. Attempt to free the stuck key
stuck. by pressing it several times.
PFD1 “key” KEYSTK – Key is A key on PFD 1 bezel is stuck. 1. Attempt to free the stuck key
Removal/Installation .
PFD2 “key” KEYSTK – Key is A key on PFD 2 bezel is stuck. 1. Attempt to free the stuck key
34-60-00 Page 109

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CNFG MODULE – PFD1 Communication with the PFD 1 1. Replace the master
configuration module is configuration module has been lost. configuration module. Refer
inoperative. to Garmin G1000 Master
(NOTE:) Configuration Module-
MANIFEST – PFD1 software The system has detected an 1. Load correct the software.
mismatch. Communication Halted. incorrect software version loaded in Refer to Garmin G1000
PFD 1. Integrated Avionics System
- Adjustment/Test.
MANIFEST – PFD2 software The system has detected an 1. The system has an incorrect
mismatch. Communication Halted. incorrect software version loaded in software version loaded in PFD
PFD 2. 2.
2. Load correct the software.
Refer to Garmin G1000
- Adjustment/Test.
MANIFEST – MFD software The system has detected an 1. The system has an incorrect
mismatch. Communication Halted. incorrect software version loaded in software version loaded in PFD
the MFD. 2.
2. Load correct the software.
Refer to Garmin G1000
- Adjustment/Test.
FAILED PATH – A data path has A path connected to the GDU's or 1. Do a check of the configuration
failed. Check configuration mode. GIA's has failed. pages for a failed bus.
2. Refer to the communication
troubleshooting in this section for
corrective action.
NOTE: Replace the unlock cards and terrain database cards if the Configuration
Module is replaced.
(b) For GIA cooling CAS Alert messages refer to Table 103.
34-60-00 Page 110

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 103. GIA Cooling CAS Messages
GIA Cooling CAS Alert Cause Corrective Action

Messages
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 GIA 1 Operating temperature is 1. Allow unit to warm up.
temperature too low. too low.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 GIA 2 Operating temperature is 1. Allow unit to warm up.
temperature too low. too low.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over GIA 1 has exceeded it operating 1. Make sure the cooling fan is
temperature. temperature range. serviceable.
2. Make cooling fan wiring is
serviceable. Refer to the Model
208 Wiring diagram manual.
3. Replace the GIA 1. Refer to
Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W
Integrated Avionics Unit -
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over GIA 2 has exceeded it operating 1. Make sure the cooling fan is
temperature. temperature range. serviceable.
2. Make cooling fan wiring is
serviceable. Refer to the Model
208 Wiring diagram manual.
Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W
(c) For GIA CAS Alert messages refer to Table 104.
Table 104. GIA CAS Error Messages
GIA CAS ALert Messages Cause Corrective Action

GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 GIA 1 configuration settings do 1. Load correct configuration in
configuration error. Config not match backup configuration GIA 1. Refer to Garmin G1000
service req’d. memory Integrated Avionics System -
Adjustment/Test.
Configuration Module -
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 GIA 2 configuration settings do 1. Load correct configuration in
configuration error. Config not match backup configuration GIA 2.
service req’d. memory. 2. Replace master configuration
module. Refer to Garmin G1000
MANIFEST – GIA1 software The system has detected an 1. Load correct configuration in
mismatch. Communication halted. incorrect software version loaded GIA 1. Refer to Garmin G1000
in GIA 1. Integrated Avionics System -
Adjustment/Test.
34-60-00 Page 111

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 104. GIA CAS Error Messages (continued)

GIA CAS ALert Messages Cause Corrective Action
MANIFEST – GIA2 software The system has detected an 1. Load correct configuration in
mismatch. Communication halted. incorrect software version loaded GIA 2. Refer to Garmin G1000
in GIA 2. Integrated Avionics System -
Adjustment/Test.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config GIA 1 audio configuration settings 1. Load correct configuration in
error. Config service req’d. do not match backup configuration GIA 1. Refer to Garmin G1000
Adjustment/Test.
2. Replace master configuration
module. Refer to Garmin
G1000 Master Configuration
Module-Removal/Installation.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config GIA 2 audio configuration settings 1. Load correct configuration in
error. Config service req’d. do not match backup configuration. GIA 2. Refer to Garmin G1000
Adjustment/Test.
Configuration Module.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs GIA 1 self-test has detected a 1. Replace GIA 1. Refer to
service. Return unit for repair. problem in the unit. Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs GIA 2 self-test has detected a 2. Replace GIA 2. Refer to
service. Return unit for repair. problem in the unit. Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W
6. Data Path Troubleshooting Procedures

A. Do the data path troubleshooting procedures that follow:
(1) If a X (red) shows next to a LRU on the SYSTEM DATA PATHS page there is a LRU
communication problem.
(2) Put the G1000 in configuration mode as follows:
(a) Disengage the PFD 1 circuit breaker found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
(b) On PFD 1 push the ENT key the same time you engage the PFD 1 circuit breaker.
1 Release the ENT key when INITIALIZING SYSTEM shows on PFD 1.
(c) Disengage the PFD 2 circuit breaker found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
(d) On PFD 2 push the ENT key the same time you engage the PFD 2 circuit breaker.
1 Release the ENT key when INITIALIZING SYSTEM shows on PFD 2.
(e) Disengage the MFD circuit breaker found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
(f) On the MFD push the ENT key the same time you engage the MFD circuit breaker.
1 Release the ENT key when INITIALIZING SYSTEM shows on the MFD.
(3) For troubleshooting communications problems use the inner and outer FMS knobs navigate to
the applicable configuration page and refer to tables that follow:
(a) For GDU Page Group –“RS-232 / ARINC 429 CONFIG” page refer to Table 105
34-60-00 Page 112

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 105. GDU Page Group – “RS-232 / ARINC 429 CONFIG” Page
GDU Page Group –“RS-232 / ARINC 429 CONFIG” Page

Communication Channel Cause Possible Solution
Problem
PFD 1 - RS-232 CHNL 1 PFD 1/GMC 710 RS-232 1. Configure PFD 1. Refer to Garmin
data path not functioning G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
correctly. Adjustment/Test.
2. Configure GMC 710. Refer to Garmin
G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
Adjustment/Test.
3. Check PFD 1/ GMC 710 data bus
connections.
4. Replace PFD 1. Refer to Garmin
Display Unit- Removal/Installation.
5. Replace GMC 710.
PFD 1 - ARINC 429 IN 1 PFD 1/GRS 77/79 #1 1. Configure PFD 1. Refer to Garmin
ARINC 429 data path not G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
functioning correctly. Adjustment/Test.
2. Configure GRS 77/79 #1. Refer
to, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics
3. Check PFD 1/ GRS 77/79 #1 data
bus connections.
5. Replace GRS 77/79 #1. Refer
to Garmin G1000 Attitude Heading
Reference System - Maintenance
Practices.
PFD 1 - ARINC 429 IN 2 PFD 1/GDC ADC #1 1. Configure PFD 1. Refer to Garmin
functioning correctly Adjustment/Test.
. 2. Configure GDC ADC #1. Refer
to Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics
3. Check PFD 1/ GDC ADC #1 data bus
connections.
5. Replace GDC ADC #1. Garmin
G1000 Air Data Computer System -
MFD - RS-232 CHNL 1 MFD/GMC 710 RS-232 1. Configure MFD. Refer to Garmin
data path not functioning G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
correctly. Adjustment/Test.
2. Configure GMC 710. Refer to Garmin
Adjustment/Test.
3. Check MFD/GMC 710 data bus
connections.
4. Replace GMC 710.
5. Replace MFD. Refer to, Garmin
34-60-00 Page 113

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 105. GDU Page Group – “RS-232 / ARINC 429 CONFIG” Page (continued)
Problem
MFD - ARINC 429 IN 1 MFD/GRS 77/79 #1 1. Configure MFD. Refer to, Garmin
functioning correctly. Adjustment/Test
2. Configure GRS 77/79. Refer to
Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics
3. Check MFD/GRS 77/79 data bus
connections.
4. Replace MFD Refer to Garmin
5. Replace GRS 77/79. Refer to Garmin
G1000 Attitude Heading Reference
System - Maintenance Practices.
34-60-00 Page 114

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 105. GDU Page Group – “RS-232 / ARINC 429 CONFIG” Page (continued)
Problem
MFD - ARINC 429 IN 2 MFD/GDC ADC #1 1. Configure MFD Refer to Garmin
ARINC 429 data path G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
not functioning correctly. Adjustment/Test.
2. Configure GDC ADC. Refer to Garmin
Adjustment/Test.
3. Check MFD/GDC ADC data bus
connections.
4. Replace MFD. Refer to Garmin
5. Replace GDC ADC. Garmin
PFD 2 - ARINC 429 IN 1 PFD 2/GRS 77/79 #2 1. Configure PFD 2. Refer to Garmin
3. Check PFD 2/ GRS 77/79 #2 data
bus connections.
to, Garmin G1000 Attitude Heading
Practices.
PFD 2 - ARINC 429 IN 2 PFD 2/GDC ADC #2 1. Configure PFD 2. Refer to, Garmin
2. Configure GDC ADC #2. Refer
3. Check PFD 2/ GDC ADC #2 data bus
connections.
4. Replace PFD 2. Refer to, Garmin
(b) For the GIA Page Group – “RS-232/ARINC 429 CONFIG” page refer to Table 106.
34-60-00 Page 115

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 106. GIA Page Group – “RS-232/ARINC 429 CONFIG” Page
GIA Page Group –“RS-232/ARINC 429 CONFIG” Page

Communication Channel Possible Solution
Problem
GIA1 - RS-232 CHNL 1 GIA1/GDC ADC #1 1. Configure GIA 1. Refer to Garmin
RS-232 data path is not G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
3. Do check of GIA 1 and GDC ADC
#1 interface wiring and make sure that it
is serviceable. Refer to the Model 208
4. Replace GIA 1. Refer to Garmin
GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit -
GIA1 - RS-232 CHNL 2 GIA1/GRS 77/79 #2 1. Configure GIA 1. Refer to Garmin
Refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram
Manual.
Practices.
GIA1 - RS-232 CHNL 5 GIA1/GTX #1 RS-232 1. Configure GIA 1. Refer to Garmin
data path is not G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
. 2. Configure GTX XPDR #1. Refer
3. Do check of GIA 1 and GTX XPDR
Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit -
5. Replace GTX XPDR #1. Garmin
GTX Series Transponder System -
34-60-00 Page 116

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 106. GIA Page Group – “RS-232/ARINC 429 CONFIG” Page (continued)
Problem
GIA1 - RS-232 CHNL 6 GIA1/GRS 77/79 #1 1. Configure GIA 1. Refer to Garmin
functioning correctly. Adjustment/Test
3. Do check of GIA 1 and GRS 77/79
Practices.
GIA1 - RS-232 CHNL 7 GIA1/GMA 1347/1360D 1. Configure GIA 1. Refer to Garmin
2. Configure GMA 1347/1360D. Refer to
Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W Integrated
3. Do check of GIA 1 and GMA
interface wiring and make sure that it
GIA Integrated Avionics Unit -
5. Replace GMA 1347/1360D. Refer to
Chapter 23, Garmin GMA 1347/1360D
Audio System - Maintenance Practices.
GIA1 - ARINC 429 IN 1 GIA1/RAD ALT ARINC 1. Configure GIA 1. Refer to Garmin
429 data path is not G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
. 2. Make sure that the RAD ALT Option
is installed.
3. Do check of GIA 1 and RAD ALT
interface wiring and make sure that it
4. Replace RAD ALT.
34-60-00 Page 117

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Problem
GIA1 - ARINC 429 IN 5 GIA1/GDC ADC #1 1. Configure GIA 1. Refer to Garmin
ARINC 429 data path is G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
3. Do check of GIA 1 and GDC ADC
4. Replace GIA1. Refer to Garmin GIA
63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit -
5. Replace GDC ADC #1. Refer to
Garmin G1000 Air Data Computer
System - Removal/Installation.
GIA1 - ARINC 429 IN 6 GIA1/GRS 77/79 #1 1. Configure GIA 1. Refer to Garmin
ARINC 429 data path is G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
4. Do check of GIA 1 and GRS 77/79
Reference System - Removal/Installation
GIA1 - ARINC 429 OUT 1 (Low) GIA1/C406-N ARINC 1. If C406-N system is not installed,
429 data path is not configure GIA1 to turn OUT 1 bus OFF.
functioning correctly. 2. If C406-N is installed, configure it.
3. Make sure wiring interfaces are
serviceable. Refer to the Model 208
34-60-00 Page 118

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Problem
GIA2 - RS-232 CHNL 1 GIA2/GDC ADC #2 1. Configure GIA2. Refer to Garmin
3. Make sure that the GIA2/GDC ADC #2
wiring interfaces are serviceable. Refer
to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual.
Garmin G1000 Air Data Computer
GIA2 - RS-232 CHNL 2 GIA2/GRS 77/79 #1 1. Configure GIA2. Refer to Garmin
3. Make sure that the GIA2/GRS 77/79
#1 wiring interfaces are serviceable.
Manual.
4. Replace GIA2. Refer to, Garmin
G1000 GIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics
Unit - Removal/Installation.
Replace GRS 77/79 #1. Refer to Garmin
G1000 Attitude Heading Reference
GIA2 - RS-232 CHNL 3 GIA2/WX 500 RS-232 1. Configure GIA2. Refer to Garmin
data path is not G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
2. Make sure that the WX 500 option has
been installed.
3. Make sure that the GIA2/WX 500
4. Replace WX 500.
34-60-00 Page 119

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Problem
GIA2 - RS-232 CHNL 4 GIA2/GTX XPDR #2 1. Configure GIA2. Refer to, Garmin
2. Configure GTX XPDR #2. Refer
3. Make sure that the GIA2/GTX XPDR
Manual.
4. Replace GIA2. Refer to Garmin G1000
GIA2 - RS-232 CHNL 5 GIA2/GTX XPDR #1 1. Configure GIA2. Refer to Garmin
2. Configure GTX XPDR #1. Refer
3. Make sure that the GIA2/GTX XPDR
Manual.
GIA2 - RS-232 CHNL 6 GIA2/GRS 77/79 #2 1. Configure GIA2. Refer to Garmin
Manual.
4.Replace GIA2. Refer to Garmin GIA
5. Replace GRS 7779 #2. Refer
Reference System - Removal/Installation.
34-60-00 Page 120

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Problem
GIA2 - RS-232 CHNL 7 GIA2/GMA 1347/1360D 1. Configure GIA 2. Refer to Garmin
2. Configure GMA 1347/1360D. Refer
3. Make sure that the GIA2/GMA
1347/1360D wiring interfaces are
serviceable. Refer to the Model 208
5. Replace GMA 1347/1360D. Refer to
Chapter 23, Garmin GMA 1347/1360D
Audio System - Maintenance Practices.
GIA2 - RS-232 CHNL 8 GIA1/GSR 56 data path is 1. Configure GIA 2. Refer to Garmin
not functioning correctly. G1000 Integrated Avionics System -
Adjustment/Test.
2. Configure GSR 56. Refer to Garmin
Adjustment/Test.
3. Remove GIA 2 and replace with GIA
1. Put GIA 2 in the GIA 1 spot. Refer to
Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W Integrated
Avionics Unit - Removal/Installation.
Configure GIAs to their new location.
Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
4. Check the GIA2/GSR 56 interconnect
wiring for faults.
5. Replace the GSR 56. Refer to
Garmin GSR 56 Iridium Satellite Radio -
GIA2 - ARINC 429 IN 4 GIA2/KTA 870 ARINC 1. If KTA 870 system is not installed,
429 data path is not configure GIA 2. to turn the IN 4 OFF.
functioning correctly. 2. If KTA 870 is installed, configuration it.
34-60-00 Page 121

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Problem
GIA2/GDC ADC #2 IN 5 1. Configure GIA 2. Refer to Garmin
is not functioning Adjustment/Test.
correctly. 2. Configure GDC ADC #2. Refer
3. Make sure that the GIA2/GDC ADC #2
Garmin G1000 GDC-74A Air Data
Computer System - Removal/Installation.
GIA2/GRS 77/79 #2 IN 6 1. Configure GIA 2. Refer to Garmin
is not functioning Adjustment/Test.
correctly. 2. Configure GRS 77/79 #2. Refer
Manual.
IGIA 63W/64W Integrated Avionics Unit -
to, Garmin G1000 Attitude Heading
Reference System - Removal/Installation
GIA2/KTA 870 OUT 1 (Low) 1. If KTA 870 system is not installed,
ARINC 429 data path configure GIA 2. to turn the OUT 1 bus
is not functioning OFF.
correctly. 2. If KTA 870 is installed, configure it.
GIA2/KTA 870 OUT 3 (High) 1. If KTA 870 system is not installed,
ARINC 429 data path configure GIA 2. to turn the OUT 2 bus
is not functioning OFF.
correctly. 2. If KTA 870 is installed, configure it.
(c) For GIA Page Group – “CAN / RS-485 CONFIGURATION” page refer to Table 107.
34-60-00 Page 122

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 107. GIA Page Group – “CAN / RS-485 CONFIGURATION” Page
GIA Page Group –“CAN / RS-485 CONFIGURATION” Page

Communication Problem Channel Possible Solution
GIA1/GEA RS-485 data path is CHNL 1 1. Configure GIA 1. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
not functioning correctly. Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
2. Configure the GEA. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
3. Make sure that the GIA1 and GEA wiring interfaces are
serviceable. Refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual.
4. Replace GIA 1. Refer to Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W
Integrated Avionics Unit - Removal/Installation.
5. Replace GEA. Refer to Chapter 77, Garmin GEA 71/71B
Engine/Airframe Unit - Maintenance Practices
GIA1/GFC 700 RS-485 data path CHNL 4 1. Configure GIA 1. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
is not functioning correctly. Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
2. Configure GFC 700. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
3. Make sure that the GIA 1 and Servo wiring interfaces are
4. Replace GIA 1. Refer to, Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W
5. Replace Servo Unit(s). Note 1.
GIA2/GEA RS-485 data path is CHNL 1 1. Configure GIA 2. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
not functioning correctly. Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
2. Configure GEA. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
3. Make sure that the GIA2 and GEA wiring interfaces are
4. Replace GIA 1. refer to, Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W
5. Replace GEA. Refer to Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W
GIA2/GFC 700 RS-485 data path CHNL 4 1. Configure GIA 2. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
is not functioning correctly. Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
2. Configure GFC 700. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
3. Make sure that the GIA 2 and Servo wiring interfaces are
5. Replace Servo Unit(s). Note 1.
NOTE 1: Refer to the applicable maintenance manual section:

• Chapter 22 Garmin Roll Servo Unit - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 22 Garmin Pitch Servo Unit - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 22 Garmin Yaw Servo Unit - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 22 Garmin Pitch Trim Servo Unit - Removal/Installation.
(d) For GIA Page Group – “CLOCKED DATA INTERFACE CONFIGURATION” page refer to
Table 108.
34-60-00 Page 123

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 108. GIA Page Group – “CLOCKED DATA INTERFACE CONFIGURATION” Page
GIA Page Group – “CLOCKED DATA INTERFACE CONFIGURATION” Page

Communication Problem Channel Possible Solution
GIA2/DME 1 data path is not CHNL 1 1. Configure GIA 2. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated
working correctly: Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
2. Do a check of the GIA2/DME interface. Refer to the
Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual.
3. Replace the KN 63 DME receiver.
3. Replace the KN 63 DME receiver. Refer to Bendix/King
KN 63 DME Receiver - Removal/Installation.
(e) Flight Stream 510 (FS 510) System Messages, refer to Table 109, for G1000 NXi System
Software versions (v.2499.08 and On).
Table 109. Flight Stream 510 System Messages
Message Comments
MFD CARD2 ERR - MFD1 card 2 is The FS 510 is missing from the bottom slot of the MFD. Re-insert
invalid the card.
MFD CARD2 REM - MFD1 card 2 was The FS 510 is missing from the bottom slot of the MFD. Re-insert
removed card.
FS510 CARD ERROR - FS510 not The FS 510 is missing from the bottom slot of the MFD. Re-insert
detected in MFD bottom slot card.
34-60-00 Page 124

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GARMIN G1000 INTEGRATED AVIONICS SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
1. General
A. This section gives software and configuration load instructions for the Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System. This software load is necessary for many of the line replaceable units (LRU)s
in the Garmin G1000 system. The G1000 Integrated Avionics System has four principle software
configurations, depending on your Aircraft Serial Number and/or Service Bulletins installed on your
Aircraft. Become familiar with the installed software configuration. Each software configuration uses
variants of Garmin LRU's which are NOT interchangeable between software configurations. Refer to
Chapter 34, Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation, Figure 1. For a
general description of each individual LRU in the G1000 system, refer to the applicable component
section in this chapter. LRU software configurations are typical for the G1000 v.767.XX Family and
the G1000 NXi System Software (v.2499.XX) configuration unless otherwise noted in this document.
B. Additional software/configuration procedural data can be found in the latest revision of the Garmin
G1000 Line Maintenance Manual (Cessna Caravan). Refer to the Introduction, Supplier Publication
List for G1000 System Software (V.767.XX) or the G1000 NXi Avionics System Line Maintenance
Manual P/N 190-02135-00 for G1000 System Software (v.2499.XX).
2. Software and Configuration Overview

A. Different airplane serials, depending on optional installed equipment and/or systems can have
different software/configuration load procedures. Make sure you use the procedures applicable to
your airplane.
B. The two GIA 63W/64W units, GMA 1347/1360D, and the three GDU's all have position-specific
configuration that must be loaded again if the units change sides in the airplane (pilot's to copilot's,
or copilot's to pilot's). The software does not have to be loaded again, only the configuration.
C. Make sure that you load currently installed options after the main configuration file is loaded in order
to re-enable the optional equipment. You can view the currently installed options for G1000 System
Software versions (v.767.XX) in the ‘Airframe’ window on the Airframe Configuration Page, in the
GDU configuration group of pages and for G1000 NXi System Software versions (v.2499.XX), the
configuration file is found in the Transaction Log under the System group in configuration mode.
(1) For G1000 NXi, use the Transaction Log under the System group in Configuration Mode ro view
installed options.
D. Here is a listing of the procedures for the G1000 Software Configuration in the order of appearance
in this section:
NOTE: Some procedures are software version specific, make sure to follow each title with care
for desired configuration.
(1) G1000 Baseline Software/Configuration Load.

(2) G1000 Architecture Verification Check.
(3) G1000 Option Software Load.
NOTE: The G1000 Option Software Load procedure can be used to load other options
not included in this list.
(4) GTX-33 Transponder Configuration (Software v.767.XX).

(5) GTX-33ES Transponder Configuration (Software v.767.23 only).
(6) GTX-33ES ADS-B OUT Enable Configuration (Software v.767.23 only).
(7) GTS 825 TAS Configuration .
(8) Flight Stream 510 Software Option Configuration (G1000 System Software v.2499.XX)
(9) Dual GMA 1347 Configuration Load.
(10) G1000 TAWS Enable Configuration.
(11) G1000 NXi TAWS-A Configuration (G1000 System Software v.2499.08)
(12) GSR 56 Software Configuration, G1000 System Software (v.2499.08 and On)
(13) E-AFCS Software Configuration, G1000 System Software (v.2499.08 and On)
34-60-00 Page 501

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(14) G1000 Chartview Database Load and Enable Configuration.

(15) G1000 Search and Rescue (SAR) Enable Configuration.
(16) G1000 Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) Enable Configuration.
(17) G1000 NXi LRU Replacement Procedure.
NOTE: This feature will not function if more than one LRU is replaced at a time.
(18) G1000 NXi GTX-3X5R Transponder Configuration.
3. Primary Flight Display (PFD), Multi-Function Display (MFD), GMA Audio Panel (GMA) 1347/1360D
Circuit Breaker Operation (CB) Operational Test
A. PFD 1 CB Operational Test, do the following:
(1) Pull the PFD 1 CB on the Avionics #1 Bus.
(2) Make sure that the PFD 1 and cooling fan power off.
NOTE: When the PFD 1 CB has been pulled, PFD 1 should go dark, and PFD 2 and the
MFD should go into reversionary mode. Additionally, there should be Red X's
through NAV 1 and COM 1 on the MFD and NAV1, NAV 2, COM 1, and COM
2 on PFD 2.
(3) Reset the PFD 1 CB on the Avionics #2 Bus.

(4) Make sure PFD 1 and the cooling fan power on.
B. PFD 2 CB Operational Test, do the following:
(1) Pull the PFD 2CB on the Avionics #2 Bus.
(2) Make sure that the PFD 2 and cooling fan power off.
NOTE: When the PFD 2 CB has been pulled, the PFD 2 should go dark, but there should
be no affect on either PFD 1 or the MFD.
(3) Reset the PFD 2 CB on the Avionics #2 Bus.

C. MFD CB Operational Test, do the following:
(1) Pull the MFD CB on the Avionics #2 Bus.
(2) Make sure that the MFD and cooling fan power off.
NOTE: When the MFD CB has been pulled, the MFD should go dark. The PFD 1 and
PFD 2 should enter Reversionary Mode.
(3) Reset the MFD CB on the Avionics #2 Bus.

D. GMA 1347/1360D Audio Panel CB Operational Test, do the following:
(1) Pull the AUDIO 1 CB on the Avionics #1 Bus.
(2) Navigate to the AUX Systems Status Page on the MFD and make sure that there is a Red X
next to the GMA 1 and GMA 1 Aux in the LRU Status window..
(3) Make sure that all of the annunciator lights on the face of the GMA 1 have extinguished.
(4) Reset the AUDIO 1 CB on the Avionics #1 Bus.
(5) GMA 1360D, or if second GMA 1347 is installed, pull the AUDIO 2 CB on the Avionic #2 Bus.
(6) Navigate to the AUX System Status Page on the MFD and make sure that there is a Red X listed
next to the GMA2 and GMA2 Aux in the LRU Status window.
(7) Make sure that all of the annunciator lights on the face of the GMA 2 have extinguished.
34-60-00 Page 502

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4. G1000 Baseline Software/Configuration Load

NOTE: The Unlock Cards are not required for G1000 NXi Options Software from the
baseline loader card .
• ADS-B OUT Unlock Card (p/n 3910328-28)

• Baseline SD Loader Card (supplied with Airplane)
NOTE: The Baseline SD Loader Card contains the G1000 Software that was originally
delivered with the Airplane.
• TAWS Unlock Card (p/n 3910328-16)

• SAR Unlock Card (p/n 3910328-27)
• Chartview Unlock Card (p/n 3910328-18)
• SVT Unlock Card (p/n 3910328-20)
• PC Laptop Computer with a SD card reader slot.
• Surface Watch Enable Card (p/n 010-00330-KA).
• Turbulence Detection (TD) and Ground Clutter suppression (GCS) Enable Card (p/n 010-
00330-D1).
• None.
• Chapter 28, Fuel Quantity (Can Bus) - Adjustment/Test
• Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Description and Operation.
(1) Put the EXTERNAL POWER switch to the OFF position.
(3) Put the AVIONICS switches to the the OFF position.
(4) For G1000 Software Version v.767.XX only, remove the SD database cards from the lower slots
from each of the two primary flight displays (PFD) and the multifunction display (MFD).
(a) For each SD card, record the GDU position from which it was removed.
(5) Disengage the PFD 1 and MFD circuit breakers, found on the avionics circuit breaker panel.
C. Do the Baseline Software Load (Refer to Figure 501).
NOTE: When new system software and configuration files are loaded onto a PFD/MFD, all
optional systems must be unlocked again for that PFD/MFD.
NOTE: When the airframe configuration file is loaded onto the Garmin G1000 system, all optional
systems for the PFD and MFD must be unlocked again.
NOTE: For FMS knob operation: Turn the outer knob to select fields and move between page
groups. Use the inner knob to change characters and move between pages. Push the
knob to activate cursor.
(1) Make sure that the pilot's and copilot's pitot probes and static ports do not have covers on them.
(2) Insert the G1000 software baseline SD loader card into top slot of PFD 2.
(4) Put the EXTERNAL POWER switch to the BUS position.
(5) Put the BATTERY switch to the ON position.
34-60-00 Page 503

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Baseline Software Load Page

34-60-00 Page 504

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Put the AVIONICS switches to the ON position.

(7) Push and hold the ENT button down on the PFD 2 while the G1000 powers on.
(a) Release the ENT button when INITIALIZING SYSTEM shows on the PFD.
(b) Select YES to UPDATE USER SETTINGS? and observe update loading process.
(8) After loading is completed, remove the SD card from the PFD 2 and insert it in the top slot of the
MFD.
(9) Push and hold the number ENT button down on the MFD while engaging the MFD circuit breaker.
(a) Release the button when INITIALIZING SYSTEM shows on the MFD.
(10) After loading is completed, remove the so card from the MFD and insert it in the top slot of the
PFD 1.
(11) Push and hold the ENT button down on the PFD 1 while engaging the PFD 1 circuit breaker.
(a) Release the button when INITIALIZING SYSTEM shows on the PFD.
(12) For Airplanes 20800500 thru 20800564 and Airplanes 208B2000 thru 208B04999 do the step
that follows:
(a) With the G1000 SD loader card in PFD 1, use the FMS knob and ENT button, scroll to the
SYSTEM UPLOAD PAGE.
(b) Select the applicable Airframe and Baseline Configuration file to load. Refer to Table 501.
Table 501. Airframe Files (Airplanes 20800500 thru 20800564 and Airplanes 208B2000 thru 208B04999 not
incorporating CAB-34-03)
AIRFRAME FILE
208 Cessna 208 - Baseline Configuration
208B Cessna 208B - BaseIine Configuration
(13) For Airplanes 20800565 and On and Airplanes 208B5000 and On do the step that follows:
(a) With the G1000 SD loader card in PFD 1, use the FMS knob and ENT button, scroll to the
SYSTEM UPLOAD PAGE on the GROUP field select CARAVAN BASELINE LOADS.
(b) Select the applicable Baseline Configuration file to load. Refer to Table 502.
Table 502. Airframe Files ((Airplanes 20800500 thru 20800564 and Airplanes 208B2000 thru 208B04999
incorporating CAB-34-03, Airplanes 20800565 and On and Airplanes 208B5000 and On)
AIRFRAME FILE
Cessna 208 Cessna 208 - Baseline Configuration
PT6A-114A
Cessna 208B Cessna 208B - BaseIine Configuration (See NOTE 1)
PT6A-114A
Cessna 208B Cessna 208B - BaseIine Configuration
PT6A-140
NOTE 1: Airplanes 208-0601 and On and Airplanes 208B-005401 and On will not see this option.
(14) Push the LOAD softkey and observe the upload process until complete.
(a) Push the ENT button to acknowledge the completion of the installation.
34-60-00 Page 505

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(15) If not already previously loaded, do the 'FUEL CALIBRATION CONFIG LOAD before you
complete the configuration load. Refer to Chapter 28 Fuel Quantity (Can Bus) - Adjustment/Test,
Fuel Calibration Configuration Load.
NOTE: Do not do the calibration configuration load unless the master configuration module
is replaced and the fuel calibration configuration load file cannot be loaded from
the PFD 1. If you do the calibration configuration load it is necessary to drain the
airplane of fuel and do the Fuel Quantity System Calibration.
(a) It is necessary when you do the FUEL CALIBRATION CONFIG LOAD procedures to do the fuel
system calibration. Refer to Chapter 28 Fuel Quantity (Can Bus) - Adjustment/Test, Fuel
Quantity System Calibration (Airplanes with CAN Bus type fuel level sensors).
(16) Push the UPDT CFG softkey and ENT button to update the PFD 1 configuration module.
(a) Observe the update process and push the ENT button to acknowledge when it is complete.
(17) For G1000 Software Version v.767.XX, do the GTX-33 Transponder Configuration (v.767.XX) or
the GTX-33ES Transponder Configuration (v.767.23 only), as applicable.
NOTE: GTX configuration is only required when installing a new transponder. This step
is not required for typical Baseline Software Loading.
(18) For G1000 NXi Software, do the GTX-3X5R Transponder Configuration.
NOTE: GTX configuration is only required when installing a new transponder. This step
is not required for typical Baseline Software Loading.
(19) Load the airplanes options before you power down G1000 system. To load the options refer to
the Do the G1000 Option Software/Configuration Load.
NOTE: You can view the currently installed options in the Airframe window on the Airframe
Configuration Page in the GDU configuration group of pages.
NOTE: For G1000 NXi Software, the transaction log page will show options installed.
NOTE: For G1000 NXi Software, once the baseline software has been installed, the
information is stored in the internal memory of the GDU using the card copy feature
of NXi . This includes any options installed, unlock cards, LRU Software and LRU
configurations.
NOTE: The G1000 NXi System can store up to 32 cards on the GDU internal memory.

(23) Remove the G1000 SD loader card from PFD 1.
(24) For G1000 Software Version v.767.XX only, install the SD database cards in the lower slots in
each of the two PFD's and the MFD.
(a) Make sure that you install each SD card in the GDU from which you recorded earlier.
(26) Put the BATTERY switch, found on the circuit breaker switch panel to the ON position.
(27) Put the AVIONICS switches found on the circuit breaker switch panel to the ON position.
(28) When the GDU's have initialized in Normal mode, disengage the PFD 1, PFD 2 and MFD circuit
breakers found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
(29) Push and hold the CLR button on the PFD 2 display while engaging the PFD 2 circuit breaker.
(b) Select YES to clear the user settings.
(30) Push and hold the CLR button on the MFD display while engaging the MFD circuit breaker.
34-60-00 Page 506

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(31) Push and hold the CLR button on the PFD 1 display while engaging the PFD 1 circuit breaker.
(32) With each of the displays in normal mode, navigate to the AUX > SYSTEM SETUP on the MFD.
(33) Use the FMS knobs and ENT button to change the date/time format to UTC.
(34) The baseline software load is complete.
(35) Use the Optional Feature Unlock cards and do the applicable procedures to unlock optional
features as follows:
(a) GTX-33ES ADS-B OUT Enable Configuration (v.767.23 only)
(b) G1000 TAWS Enable Configuration.
(c) G1000 Chartview Database Load and Enable Configuration.
(d) G1000 Search and Rescue (SAR) Enable Configuration.
(e) G1000 Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) Enable Configuration.
(f) Surface Watch Enable Configuration.
(g) Turbulence Detection (TD) and Ground Clutter Suppression (GCS) Enable configuration.
(36) Load the Jeppesen Aviation Database. Refer to G1000 Chartview Database Load.
(37) Do a check of the system status. Refer to G1000 Architecture Verification Check.
5. G1000 Architecture Verification Check
NOTE: For FMS knob operation: Turn the outer knob to select fields and move between page groups.Use
the inner knob to change characters and move between pages. Push the knob to activatecursor.
A. Do the G1000 Architecture Verification Check (Refer to Figure 502).
(3) Put the BATTERY switch, found on the circuit breaker switch panel to the ON position.
(4) Put the AVIONICS switches found on the circuit breaker switch panel to the ON position.
(5) Push the ENT button.
(6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
(7) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Status Page.
(8) Push the LRU softkey to select the LRU window.
(9) Use the inner FMS knob to scroll up and down the list.
(10) Make sure that the correct software version and part number are shown.
(11) On the system status list monitor the data that follows:
GS2, GTX1, GTX 2 (OPT), NAV1, NAV2, AND WX500. Serial Numbers for GTX1
NOTE: The components that follow are not listed on the System Status List page: KR 87
ADF, KN 63 DME, KTA 870 TAS, KRA 405B, KHF 1050 HR Radio System, ME406
ELT, and the C406-N ELT.
(a) The line replaceable unit (LRU) status is acceptable when the data that follows is shown:
• Status column shows check (green).
• The LRU serial number.
• The LRU version number.
34-60-00 Page 507

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
System Status Page

34-60-00 Page 508

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
6. G1000 Option Software Load
NOTE: The G1000 Option Software Load procedure can be used to load other optional procedures
not listed in this chapter.
A. Prepare for the G1000 option software/configuration load.

(4) For G1000 Software Version v.767.XX, remove the SD database cards from the lower slots from
each of the two Primary Flight Displays (PFD)'s and the Multi Function Display (MFD).
(5) Disengage the PFD 1 and MFD circuit breakers on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
(a) Release the ENT button when initializing system shows on the PFD.
(11) Push and hold the number ENT button down on the MFD while you engage the MFD circuit
breaker.
(a) Release when INITIALIZING SYSTEM shows on the MFD.
(12) Insert the SD loader card in the top slot of the PFD 1.
(13) Push and hold the ENT button down on the PFD 1 while you engage the PFD 1 circuit breaker.
(b) Select NO to update user settings and observe update loading process.
B. Do the G1000 Option Software Load (Refer to Figure 503).
(1) With the SD loader card in PFD 1, use the FMS knob and ENT button scroll to the SYSTEM
UPLOAD page.
(2) Use the FMS knob and ENT button to scroll to select INSTALLATION OPTIONS in the
AIRFRAME field.
NOTE: With some loader cards, the text INSTALLATION OPTIONS can show as
INSTALLATIONS OPTIONS - GENERAL.
(3) Use the FMS knob to scroll on the OPTION LIST in the ITEM field and select Cessna Caravan
- (option to be loaded ) Installation Options or Configuration Option as applicable.
(a) For the FDR/CVR option do as follows: If the FDR/CVR option is not found in the
INSTALLATIONS OPTIONS - GENERAL group, select the PT6A-114A ONLY group.
NOTE: The FDR/CVR option in the PT6A-114A group is also valid for the PT6A-140
engine.
(4) Push the LOAD softkey and monitor the the load process until it is complete.
(5) If there are more options to load, do the above steps again until all options are loaded.
34-60-00 Page 509

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
System Upload Installation Option Page

34-60-00 Page 510

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Push the UPDT CFG and ENT buttons to update the PFD 1 configuration module.
(10) Remove the SD data loader card from the PFD 1.
NOTE: Keep the SD data loader card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.
(11) For G1000 Software Version v.767.XX, install the SD database cards in the lower slots of each
of the two PFD's and the MFD.
(a) Make sure that you install each SD card in the GDU from which it was removed as recorded
earlier.
(12) Put the EXTERNAL POWER switch in the BUS position.
(15) Make sure that the GDU's start in normal mode.
(16) The G1000 Garmin options software/configuration load is complete.
7. GTX-33 Transponder Configuration v.767.XX Family

A. Do the GTX-33 Transponder 1 Configuration (Refer to Figure 504).
(1) If the configuration procedures that follow are not done after loading baseline software or other
options, prepare for the configuration load. Refer to Prepare for the G1000 option software/
configuration load.
(2) Use the inner and outer FMS knobs on the PFD 1 navigate to the TRANSPONDER
CONFIGURATION page in the GTX GROUP pages.
(3) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select XPDR1 or XPDR 2 in the SELECT
TRANSPONDER field.
(a) Configure the SET column values in the CONFIGURATION field.
(4) Push the ENT button to acknowledge the completion of the transponder configuration when you
have entered all the values.
(5) If there are more options to load return to the applicable page and select the options to load.
(6) If no more options are to be loaded, remove the G1000 SD loader card from PFD 1.
(7) Insert each database card in the GDU it was removed from.
(11) Option load is complete.
8. GTX-33ES Transponder Configuration (v.767.23 only)

A. Do the GTX-33ES Transponder 1 and 2 Configuration (Refer to Figure 505).
configuration load.
(2) Use the inner and outer FMS knobs on the PFD 1 to navigate to the SYSTEM GROUP pages
then to the AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION page.
34-60-00 Page 511

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GTX-33 Transponder Configuration Pages

34-60-00 Page 512

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GTX-33ES Transponder Configuration Pages

34-60-00 Page 513

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GTX-33ES Transponder Configuration Pages

34-60-00 Page 514

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Use the inner and outer FMS knobs on the PFD 1 to configure the AIRCRAFT REGISTRATION
number in the AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION field.
(4) Use the inner and outer FMS knobs on the PFD 1 to configure the ICAO ADDRESS in the
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION field, if not automatically populated.
(5) Push the SET GTX1 softkey after final value is entered.
(a) Select OK.
(b) Make sure that the the box next to GTX1 now has a check mark (green).
(6) If you are configuring a dual GTX installation push the SET GTX 2 softkey.
(a) Select OK.
(b) Make sure that the the box next to GTX2 now has a check mark (green).
(7) Use the inner and outer FMS knobs on the PFD 1 to navigate to the TRANSPONDER
TRANSPONDER field.
(a) Configure the SET column values in the AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION field.
(12) Insert each database card in the GDU it was removed from.
9. GTX-33ES ADS-B OUT Enable Configuration (v.767.23 only)

A. Do the GTX-33ES ADS-B OUT Enable Configuration (Refer to Figure 505).

(4) Remove the SD database cards from the lower slots from each of the two primary flight displays
(PFD)'s and the multifunction display (MFD).
(5) Disengage the PFD 1 and MFD circuit breakers on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
(11) Push and hold the number ENT button down on the MFD while you engage the MFD circuit
breaker.
(a) Release when INITIALIZING SYSTEM shows on the MFD.
(12) Insert the ADS-B unlock card in the top slot of the PFD 1.
(14) Use the FMS knob and the ENT button to navigate to the SYSTEM UPLOAD page.
(15) Use the FMS knob and the ENT button to ADS-B in the GROUP field.
(16) Use the FMS knob and the ENT button to select from the OPTION LIST in the ITEM field, the
Enable ADS-B OUT option.
(17) Push the LOAD softkey and monitor until the upload is complete.
(a) Push the ENT button to acknowledge the upload completion.
34-60-00 Page 515

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(21) Remove the ADS-B OUT unlock card from PFD 1.
NOTE: Keep the ADS-B OUT unlock card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.
(22) Insert each database card in the GDU it was originally removed from.
10. GTS 825 TAS Configuration

A. Do the GTS 825 TAS Configuration (Refer to Figure 506).
configuration load.
(2) Use the FMS knobs on the PFD 1 to navigate to the SYSTEM GROUP pages then to the
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION page.
(3) Push the SET GTS softkey and then select OK.
(a) Make sure that the box next to GTS now has a check (green).
(4) Use the FMS knobs on the PFD 1 to navigate to the SYSTEM UPLOAD page.
(a) Push the UPDT CFG softkey.
(b) Push the ENT button.
NOTE: Keep the G1000 SD loader card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.
(10) For G1000 Software Version v.767.XX, insert each database card in the GDU it was removed
from.
11. Dual GMA 1347 Configuration Load
A. Do the Dual GMA 1347 Software and Configuration Load (Refer to Figure 507).
configuration load.
34-60-00 Page 516

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GTS 825 TAS Installation Option Page

34-60-00 Page 517

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Dual GMA 1347 Audio Installation Page

34-60-00 Page 518

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Use the FMS knob and ENT button to scroll to select INSTALLATION OPTIONS in the
AIRFRAME field.
NOTE: With some loader cards, the text INSTALLATION OPTIONS can show as
INSTALLATIONS OPTIONS - GENERAL.
(3) Use the FMS knob and ENT button to scroll to select Cessna Caravan - Dual GMA 1347 Audio
Installation Option.
(4) Push the LOAD softkey and monitor the the load process until it is complete.
(5) If the following are installed, select them in the Airframe field and do the load procedures again:
(a) CESSNA CARAVAN - KR87 ADF W/2ND AUDIO INSTALLATION OPTION.
(b) CESSNA CARAVAN - COM3 W/2ND AUDIO INSTALLATION OPTION.
(6) Push the UPDT CFG and ENT buttons to update the PFD 1 configuration module.
(10) Remove the SD data loader card from the PFD 1.
NOTE: Keep the SD data loader card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.
(11) For G1000 Software Version v.767.XX, install the SD database cards in the lower slots of each
of the two PFD's and the MFD.
(a) Make sure that you install each SD card in the GDU from which it was removed earlier.
(15) The GDU's start in normal mode.
12. G1000 TAWS Enable Configuration
NOTE: Do the TAWS enable configuration only when the baseline/configuration software has been
loaded and the G1000 system power has been cycled at least 1 time.
A. Do the TAWS Enable Configuration (Refer to Figure 508).
from each of the two primary flight displays (PFD)'s and the multifunction display (MFD).
(a) For each SD database card, record the GDU position from which it was removed.
(5) Disengage the PFD 1 and MFD circuit breakers, found on the Avionics circuit breaker panel.
(11) Push and hold the ENT button down on the MFD while you engage the MFD circuit breaker.
(12) Insert the TAWS unlock card (p/n 3910328-16) in the top slot of PFD 1.
(b) When UPDATE USER SETTINGS shows, select NO.
34-60-00 Page 519

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Enable TAWS Page

34-60-00 Page 520

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(14) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to scroll to the SYSTEM UPLOAD page.
(15) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select Configuration File in the Airframe field.
(16) From the FILE field use the FMS knobs and the ENT button select Enable TAWS.
(17) Push the LOAD softkey and monitor software load.
(a) The PASS message shows when the upload is complete.
(b) Push the ENT button to acknowledge the installation completion.
(18) Push the UPDT CONFIG softkey and ENT button to update the master configuration module
and monitor the upload.
(22) Remove the TAWS unlock card from the PFD 1 top slot.
NOTE: Keep the TAWS unlock card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.
(23) For G1000 Software Version v.767.XX only, install the SD database cards in the lower slots of
each of the two primary flight displays (PFD)'s and the multifunction display (MFD).
(a) Make sure that each SD database card, is installed in the GDU from which it was removed.
(27) On the MFD navigate to the MAP-TAWS page and make sure that the MAP-TAWS page shows
on the MFD display.
(30) Put the EXTERNAL POWER switch in the OFF position.
13. G1000 Chartview Database Load and Enable Configuration
A. Do the G1000 Chartview Database Load (Refer to Figure 509).
(1) For G1000 Software Version v.767.XX only, remove the database card from the bottom slot of
the MFD.
(2) Insert the SD card in the laptop SD card reader slot.
(3) Log on to Jeppesen Services Update Manager site.
(4) Select G1000 Electronic Chart from the list of services.
(a) Click Start.
(b) Monitor the the update procedure.
NOTE: The initial download takes approximately 30 minutes. Subsequent downloads

take approximately 10 minutes.
(5) Insert the database back in the MFD bottom slot.

(6) The G1000 Chartview Database Load is complete.
(7) Do this procedure every 14 days to update the Chartview database.
B. Do the G1000 Chartview Enable Configuration.
(4) Remove the SD database cards from the lower slots from each of the two primary flight displays
(PFD)'s and the multifunction display (MFD).
(5) Disengage the PFD 1 and MFD circuit breakers, found on the avionics circuit breaker panel.
34-60-00 Page 521

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Enable Chartview page

34-60-00 Page 522

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(12) Insert the Chartview unlock card (p/n 3910328-18) in the top slot of PFD 1.
(15) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select Configuration File in the Airframe field.
(16) From the FILE field use the FMS knobs and the ENT button select Enable Chartview.
(17) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button the FILE field select Enable Chartview.
(23) Remove the Chartview unlock card from the PFD 1 top slot.
NOTE: Keep the Chartview unlock card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.
each of the two primary flight displays (PFD)'s and the multifunction display (MFD) from which
they were removed.
(28) The G1000 powers on in normal mode.
(29) On the MFD startup page make sure that the Chart Data expiration date is shown on the right
side of the display.
(30) Put the BATTERY switch found to the OFF position.
14. G1000 Search and Rescue (SAR) Enable Configuration
A. Do the G1000 SAR Enable Configuration (Refer to Figure 510).
34-60-00 Page 523

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Enhanced Search and Rescue Page

34-60-00 Page 524

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(12) Insert the SAR unlock card (p/n 3910328-27) in the top slot of PFD 1.
(15) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select Enhanced SAR in the Group field.
(16) From the ITEM field use the FMS knobs and the ENT button select ENHANCED SEARCH AND
RESCUE.
(22) Remove the SAR unlock card from the PFD 1 top slot.
NOTE: Keep the SAR unlock card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.
(a) Make sure that each of the SD database card is installed in the GDU from which it was
removed as recorded earlier.
(28) Push the FPL key to show the active flight plan menu on the MFD.
(29) Push the Menu key to show the Page menu option.
(30) Use the FMS knobs to scroll through the choices and make sure that the Search and Rescue
option is shown.
15. G1000 Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT)

A. Do the G1000 SVT Enable Configuration (Refer to Figure 511

34-60-00 Page 525

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Synthetic Vision Technology Page

34-60-00 Page 526

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) Insert the SVT unlock card (p/n 3910328-20) in the top slot of PFD 1.
(15) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select the Configuration Page in the Airframe field.
(16) In the Field file use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select Enable SVT.
(a) Push the ENT button to acknowledge the installation completion.
(22) Remove the SAVT unlock card from the PFD 1 top slot.
NOTE: Keep the SVT unlock card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.
(a) Make sure that each of the SD database card is installed in the GDU from which it was
removed as recorded earlier.
(28) Push the PFD softkey on the PFD 1 or PFD 2.
(a) Make sure that the SYN VIS softkey shows on the display you pushed the PFD softkey on.
(29) Push the SYN VIS softkey and make sure the softkeys that follow are activated:
• SYN TERR
• HRZN HDG
• APTSIGNS.
(30) Push the Menu key to show the Page menu option.
(31) Use the FMS knobs to highlight Map Setup then push the ENT key.
(32) Use the FMS knobs to highlight Map group then push the ENT key.
(33) Use the FMS knobs to scroll through the Aviation Group Options to the Field Of View Option.
(34) Use the FMS knob to select the option ON to activate the Field Of View Option.
(35) Push the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map page on the MFD.
34-60-00 Page 527

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
16. Surface Watch Enable Configuration (G1000 NXi Only)

A. Do the Surface Watch Enable Configuration as follows:

(11) Insert the Surface Watch Enable Card (p/n 010-00330-KA) in the top slot of PFD 1.
NOTE: This step is only applicable if the option has not already been loaded in the Card
Copy feature of the GDU internal memory, or the GDU is being replaced.
(14) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select "ENABLE SURFACE WATCH" in the group
field.
(15) In the Field file use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select the "SurfaceWatch Feature
Enable".
(21) Remove the SurfaceWatch Enable Card from the PFD 1 top slot.
NOTE: This step is only applicable if the option was not loaded from the Card Copy feature
of the GDU internal memory, or the GDU is being replaced.
NOTE: Keep the Surface Watch Enable Card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.

(a) Make sure that the FPL-SurfaceWatch displays on the MFD in the FPL page group.
34-60-00 Page 528

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
17. Turbulence Detection (TD) and Ground Clutter Suppression (GCS) Enable configuration
A. Do the Turbulence Detection (TD) and Ground Clutter suppression (GCS) Enable configuration as
follows:

(11) Insert the TD GCS Enable Card (p/n 010-00330-D1) in the top slot of PFD 1.
(14) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select "ENABLE TD GCS" in the group field.
(15) In the Field file use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select the "Doppler, TD, GCS
Enablement".
(21) Remove the TD GCS Enable Card from the PFD 1 top slot.
NOTE: Keep the TD GCS Enable with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.

(a) Access the MFD Radar Map press the mode soft key, make sure the Turb and GCS softkey
shows on the display.
34-60-00 Page 529

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
18. G1000 NXi LRU Replacement Procedure

A. Do the LRU Replacement Procedure (Refer to Figure 512).
NOTE: The following replacement procedures are not required if swapping LRU positions, the
configuration in saved within the GDU.
NOTE: The card copy feature keeps track of all enable cards. If using the LRU Replacement
Procedure, the enable cards will automatically update the LRU from the memory of the
GDU, except for TAWS, Chartview, SVT and SAR.
NOTE: NXi LRU replacement will only work if replacing one LRU at a time. If multiple LRU's are
changed, the baseline software load is required.
NOTE: For ease of Maintenance, it is recommended to change one LRU at a time to take
advantage of the LRU replacement feature, then move to the next LRU replacement as
required.
34-60-00 Page 530

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
G1000 NXi LRU Replacement Reference Screens

34-60-00 Page 531

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
34-60-00 Page 532

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(6) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select the Configuration Page in the Airframe field.
NOTE: Figure 512 Sheet 1 shows the Alerts display when the system is Booted in Normal
Mode.
(7) Select the LRU REPLACEMENT page.

(8) Select the LRU that is highlighted by the system Refer to Figure 512 Sheet 3.
NOTE: If the system has not highlighted the LRU replaced, do the baseline software
configuration.
NOTE: The system will provide a "LRU REPLACEMENT DETECTED" message based off
of stored serial number information. LRU's without serial numbers will not allow
the system to display the message but are still available for the LRU replacement
procedure.
(9) Follow the prompt to initiate the software and configuration of the LRU.
NOTE: The LRU REPLACEMENT page will report status similar to the SYSTEM UPLOAD
page.
(10) After the software/configuration update is complete, make sure the information displays correctly.
Refer to Figure 512 Sheet 3.
(11) Make sure the LRU shows "Synchronized" on the Configuration Manager page. Refer to Figure
512 Sheet 2
(12) As necessary, do the correct return to service steps associated with the LRU being replaced as
referenced in the removal/installation sections.
19. G1000 NXi GTX-335/GTX-345R Transponder Configuration

A. Do the GTX-3X5R Transponder Configuration (Refer to Figure 513).
NOTE: If installing dual transponders, configuration is typical unless otherwise noted.
configuration load.
(2) Use the inner and outer FMS knobs on the PFD 1 navigate to the TRANSPONDER
TRANSPONDER field.
(a) Configure the SET column values in the CONFIGURATION field.
(b) For the GTX-345R Transponder, make sure the 1090ES IN Capable "ALWAYS ENABLED"
Fields have a checkmark.
34-60-00 Page 533

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

34-60-00 Page 534

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GTX-3X5R Transponder Reference Configuration

34-60-00 Page 535

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20. GSR 56 Software Configuration, G1000 System Software (v.2499.08 and On)
NOTE: If doing this procedure after removing/installing LRUs it may not be necessary to do the
software configuration if the same LRU serial number is installed.
A. Do the GSR 56 Option configuration as follows:

(11) Insert the G1000 Software SD Loader Card in the top slot of PFD 1.
(14) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select "ENABLE GSR-56" in the group field.
(15) In the Field file use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select the "GSR-56 Installation Option".
(17) Push the UPDT CFG softkey and ENT button to update the PFD configuration module and
monitor the upload.
(21) Remove the G1000 Software SD Loader Card from the PFD 1 top slot.
NOTE: Keep the G1000 Software SD Loader Card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.

34-60-00 Page 536

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21. G1000 NXi TAWS-A Configuration (G1000 System Software v.2499.08)

A. Do the TAWS-A Option configuration as follows:

(11) Insert the TAWS-A Enable Card in the top slot of PFD 1.
(14) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select "ENABLE TAWS-A" in the group field.
(15) In the Field file use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select the "TAWS-A Installation Option".
monitor the upload.
(21) Remove the TAWS-A Enable Card from the PFD 1 top slot.
NOTE: Keep the TAWS-A Enable Card with the Pilot's Operating Handbook.

34-60-00 Page 537

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
22. Flight Stream 510 Software Option Configuration (G1000 System Software v.2499.XX)

(14) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select "Installation Options - General" in the group
field.
(15) In the Field file use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select the "Flight Stream 510
Enablement Option".
monitor the upload.

34-60-00 Page 538

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
23. E-AFCS Software Configuration, G1000 System Software (v.2499.08 and On)
NOTE: E-AFCS Enable Card to be loaded only after the baseline software has been completely loaded.

(14) Use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select "Options - General" in the group field.
(15) For 208 Airplanes, in the Field file use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select the "E-AFCS-
CESSNA 208 PT6A-114A".
(16) For 208B Airplanes, in the Field file use the FMS knobs and the ENT button to select the "E-
AFCS- CESSNA 208B PT6A-140".
monitor the upload.

34-60-00 Page 539

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE INDICATING - GENERAL
1. Scope
A. This chapter contains information on the systems and components used to monitor and indicate engine
conditions.
2. Tools, Equipment and Materials
NOTE: Equivalent substitutes may be used for the following items:

Tachometer AG34 (MIL-G- Task Corporation Used during functional
Generator 26611) 1009 E. Vermont Ave. check of percent RPM
Anaheim, CA 92803 indicator.
Frequency Counter Model 5326 Hewlett Packard Used during functional

1601 California Ave. check of percent RPM
Palo Alto, CA 94304 indicator.
Torque System 5790011-1 Cessna Aircraft Company Used during functional

Calibration Tester Cessna Parts Distribution check of percent torque
Department 701, CPD 2 indicator.
5800 East Pawnee Road
Wichita, KS 67218-5590
(P.O. Box 7704
Wichita , KS 67277-7704)
Pressure Tester 2311F Barfield Instrument Corp. To troubleshoot the torque

1478 Central Ave. indicating system.
East Point, GA 30344
Pressure Gage 304-00101 Barfield Instrument Corp. To troubleshoot the torque

indicating system.
Dry Nitrogen Bottle Regulated to 100 Commercially available To leak check system.
(Alternate Shop PSI
Air with Regulator
Capable of 40.0
PSI, Pressure and
Shutoff Valve)
Pressure Gages (0 Commercially available To monitor pressures.
to 100 PSI)
Container (1 quart Commercially available To bleed system.
capacity)
Air Data Test Set 6520-10 Laverslab, Inc. To check for torque
10435 Greenbough, indicator vacuum leak.
Suite 300
Stafford, TX 77477
TT1000A Test Set 2312G-8 Barfield Instrument Corp. To test ITT system.
TT1200 101-00920 Barfield Instrument Corp. To test ITT system.
Thermo Gun Model 500A Raychem Corp.
77-00-00 Page 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
00 Constitution Drive Menlo To heat probes.
Park, CA 94825-1111
77-00-00 Page 2
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Precision Millivolt MV116 Electronic Development Corp. Measure millivolts.
Source 11 Hamlin Street
Boston, MA 02127-4112
Test Harness 5790005-11 Cessna Aircraft Company To test ITT indicator.

Test Harness 5790005-13 Cessna Aircraft Company To calibrate ITT indicator.
Thermos Container Commercially available To test ITT system.
(1 quart)
28.0 VDC Power Commercially available To supply voltage.
Supply (with less
than 0.25 VDC
peak-to-peak ripple)
Deadweight Tester Model 61-10 Chandler Engineering Co. To calibrate torque

(See Note 1) 7707 E. 38th St. indicating system.
Tulsa, OK 74145
Digital Volt Meter 8100A John Fluke Manufacturing Co. To measure voltage.
6920 Seaway Boulevard
Everett, WA 98206
NOTE 1: A deadweight tester, capable of 80.0 PSI with a minimum of 0.1 PSI resolution, must be used. The
following precautions need to be taken when using a deadweight tester: (1) The deadweight tester
must be level to within one-quarter bubble. Device being tested must be at the same height as the
deadweight tester with no dips in the connecting hoses. (2) The cylinder must be kept smooth and
dust free. (3) The weights must be recalibrated at six-month intervals. (4) The tester must be filled
with the type and brand of oil with which the engine has been serviced.
3. Definition
A. This chapter is divided into sections to aid maintenance personnel in locating information. Consulting
the Table of Contents will further assist in locating a particular subject. A brief definition of the sections
incorporated in this chapter is as follows:
(1) Airplanes 20800500 and On and Airplanes 208B2000 and On have the Garmin G1000 system
installed that includes the GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe unit. The GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe
unit is a microprocessor Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) that converts received signals to digital
data used by the G1000 System to deliver CAS message outputs for the airframe and engine
systems.
(2) The section on indicating provides description, operation, troubleshooting and removal/
installation instructions for the torque and propeller RPM indicator systems.
(3) The section on temperature indicating provides description, operation, troubleshooting, removal/
installation and test instructions for the inter turbine temperature indicator systems.
77-00-00 Page 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GEA 71/71B ENGINE/AIRFRAME UNIT - TROUBLESHOOTING
1. General
A. This section gives the troubleshooting for the Garmin GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit. For GEA
71/71B maintenance procedures, refer to Garmin GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit - Maintenance
Practices.
B. The GEA 71 is installed for G1000 System Software versions up to (v.2499.03). The GEA71B is
installed on G1000 System Software versions (v.2499.08 and On)
2. Garmin GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit Troubleshooting


• Multimeter.
• None.
• Chapter 30, TKS Anti-Ice Fluid Tank Components - Maintenance Practices
• Chapter 30, TKS Anti-Ice System - Maintenance Practices
• Chapter 31, Signal Conditioner - Removal/Installation
• Chapter 34,Garmin G1000 GIA 63W/64W G1000 Integrated Avionics Unit - Removal/
Installation
• Chapter 77, Garmin GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit - Maintenance Practices
B. Do the Garmin GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit Troubleshooting.
(2) Make sure that the circuit breaker given in Table 101 are engaged.
Component Location Circuit Breaker Name Circuit Breaker Location

GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit ENG INTFC Avionics Circuit Breaker Panel
(3) Make sure that all the Garmin system line replaceable unit (LRU) circuit breakers found on the
Avionics circuit breaker panel, are all engaged.
(5) Make sure that the GEA1 has a check mark (green) next to its nomenclature on the list.
(6) If the GEA1 does not show a green check on the Avionics Status page, make sure that the
electrical power and ground connections to the GIA is serviceable. Refer to the Model 208
Wiring Diagram Manual, Chapter 20, Wiring - Maintenance Practices.
(a) Do a check for 28Vdc at the GEA electrical connector (PI001) pin 35.
(b) Do a check for airplane ground at GEA electrical connector (PI001) pin 20.
(7) If the GEA1 serial number or a version number is dashed, carefully examine the electrical wiring
and components. Refer to the Model 208 Wiring Diagram Manual, Chapter 20, Wiring
- Maintenance Practices.
77-40-00 Page 102

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) For G1000 System Software versions up to (v.2499.03) only, if the fuel flow, Ng tachometer,
and/or Np tachometer indication(s) are not correct do a continuity check of the wiring between
the GEA electrical connector ((PI002) and the signal conditioner electrical connector (JI024).
(a) If the wiring is serviceable, replace the applicable signal sensor(s).
(b) If the sensor does not correct the indication problem, replace the signal conditioner. Refer
to, Chapter 31 Signal Conditioner - Removal/Installation.
(9) Do a general wiring check as follows:
(a) Do a visual check of the electrical connectors and airplane electrical connectors for bent
pins and pushed back pins.

(d) Use a multimeter to do a continuity check of the bus wires.
(e) Do a visual check of the wiring components and make sure that all applicable strapping is
(f) Do a visual check of the wiring bundles for damage.
(g) Do a check of the applicable system wiring for continuity, ground faults, or other
C. GEA 71/71B CAS Message Troubleshooting
(1) Check the primary flight display crew alert system (CAS) window for messages to aid in
troubleshooting the anomaly.
(2) For CAS messages related to other Garmin LRU's, refer to the applicable LRU section for CAS
message troubleshooting.
(3) Push the right most softkey on the PFD and make sure that no Alert messages show in the Alerts
window.
(a) For troubleshooting GEA 71/71B CAS Alert messages refer to Table 102
Table 102. GEA 71/71B CAS Alert Messages
GEA 71 CAS Alert Messages Cause Corrective Action

GEA 1 CONFIG – GEA The system has detected an 1. Load correct configuration in
configuration error. Configuration incorrect software version loaded the GEA. Refer to Garmin G1000
service necessary. in the GEA. Integrated Avionics System -
Adjustment/Test.
to, Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System - Adjustment/Test
MANIFEST – GEA software The system has detected an 1. Load correct configuration in
mismatch. Communication halted. incorrect software version loaded the GEA. Refer to Garmin G1000
in the GEA. Integrated Avionics System -
Adjustment/Test.
77-40-00 Page 101

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GEA 71/71B ENGINE/AIRFRAME UNIT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General
A. The GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit is a microprocessor line replaceable unit (LRU). It is used to
monitor sensor inputs and operate annunciator outputs for the airframe and engine systems.
B. The GEA 71 is installed for G1000 System Software versions up to (v.2499.03). The GEA71B is
installed on G1000 System Software versions (v.2499.08 and On).
C. The GEA 71/71B sensor inputs are the engine oil pressure, engine oil temperature, engine torque
transducer, ITT probes, engine thermocouple, chip detectors, and inertial separator switch. The fuel
flow transducer, Ng tachometer sensor, and Np tachometer sensor supply inputs to the GEA 71
through a signal conditioner. The GEA 71B does not utilize the signal conditioner.
2. GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit Removal/Installation
CAUTION: Be careful when you remove and install electronic components. Electronic
components are extremely sensitive to electrostatic discharge damage.
Such damage cannot be seen by visual inspection and can make the
component unserviceable. Refer to Chapter 20, Electrostatic Discharge
Components - Maintenance Practices and the Model 208 Wiring Diagram
Manual Chapter 20, Electrical Safety Precautions - Description and
Operation for procedures to correctly work with electronic components.
A. Remove the Engine/Airframe Unit (Refer to Figure 201).
(1) Disconnect electrical power from the airplane.
(a) Disengage the ENG INTFC circuit breaker.
(2) Remove the Multi Function Display (MFD) from the instrument panel. Refer to Garmin Display
Unit - Removal/Installation.
(3) Loosen the lock lever screw, but do not remove from the lock lever.
NOTE: The lock lever screw is captive.
(4) Lift the lock lever to release the unit from the avionics rack.
(5) Remove the unit from the airplane.
B. Install the Engine/Airframe Unit (Refer to Figure 201).
CAUTION: Do not use excessive force when inserting the GEA 71/71B in the
rack. This can cause damage to occur to the connectors, unit,
and/or unit rack. If strong resistance is felt during installation, stop!
Remove the GEA 71/71B and identify the source of resistance. The
unit is designed with a key and the back plate is designed to float in
the unit rack. Check to make sure that the rear plate is not blocked
by the connector harness.
(1) With the lock lever in the up position, carefully install the data link in the avionics rack.
(2) Lower the lock lever.
CAUTION: Carefully use your fingers to start the screw in the screw hole to
prevent damage to the screw or the screw hole threads. Do not
apply more than 14 inch-pounds (1.6 N-m) to the screw. More than
14 inch-pounds (1.6 N-m) of torque to the screw will cause damage
to the screw and the GSD 41.
(3) Tighten the screw in the lock lever and torque to no more than 14 inch-pounds (1.6 N-m).
77-40-00 Page 201

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GEA 71/71B Engine/Airframe Unit Installation

77-40-00 Page 202

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Install the MFD. Refer to Garmin Display Unit - Removal/Installation.

(5) Engage the ENG INTFC circuit breaker.
(7) If a new GEA 71/71B is installed do the G1000 Baseline Software/Configuration Load or LRU
replacement feature. Refer to Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System - Adjustment/Test.
NOTE: The above software and configuration procedure must be completed successfully
before doing the High-Side Current Monitor Calibration.
(8) If a new GEA 71 unit is installed, perform the High - Side Current Monitor Calibration. Refer to
Table 201 and Garmin G1000 Line Maintenance Manual.
Table 201. High-Side Current Monitor Calibration
SHUNT ISOLATION PROCEDURE FOR HIGH-SIDE CURRENT MONITOR CALIBRATION
NOTE: Engine Start/Run is not required. The procedures below ensure the 208/208B current shunts
are conditioned to be energized at normal bus voltage, but with no current flowing through the
shunts, as required per the Caravan Line Maintenance Manual, Section 2.7.1, 'In the Aircraft:'
paragraph, Step 1.
INITIAL CONFIGURATION OUTSIDE COCKPIT
LINE CONT SENSE Circuit Breaker (HZ001 in Main J-Box) -
NOTE: Perform Battery SHUNT Pull
ISOLATION procedure ETM POWER Circuit Breaker (HZ008 in Main J-Box, if
immediately after INITIAL installed) - Pull
CONFIGURATION. EXTERNAL POWER - Power cart connected and external
GENERATOR, ALTERNATOR and power available
PROP HEAT SHUNT ISOLATION MAIN BATTERY - Battery connected and charged* (> 26.0
procedures may be performed in VDC)
any order thereafter. * Charged battery is required for GENERATOR SHUNT
ISOLATION test.
INSIDE COCKPIT
STBY ALT PWR Switch - OFF
BATTERY Switch - OFF
EXTERNAL POWER Switch - BUS
AVIONICS 1 & 2 Switches - ON
G1000 Displays - Configuration mode as required for
High-Side Current Monitor Calibration, Reference Caravan
G1000 LMM, Section 2.7.1
Perform Steps in Consecutive Order:
BATTERY SHUNT ISOLATION 1. EXTERNAL POWER Switch - BUS
GEA HSCM CHANNEL 3A 2. BATTERY Switch - OFF (should already be OFF at
BATT AMPS 1 start of BATTERY SHUNT ISOLATION procedure).
3. G1000 Displays - Configuration mode as required
(Bus Bar HZ014 Unloaded)
for High-Side Current Monitor Calibration, Reference
Caravan G1000 LMM, Section 2.7.1
77-40-00 Page 203

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 201. High-Side Current Monitor Calibration (continued)

SHUNT ISOLATION PROCEDURE FOR HIGH-SIDE CURRENT MONITOR CALIBRATION
NOTE: Engine Start/Run is not required. The procedures below ensure the 208/208B current shunts
are conditioned to be energized at normal bus voltage, but with no current flowing through the
shunts, as required per the Caravan Line Maintenance Manual, Section 2.7.1, 'In the Aircraft:'
paragraph, Step 1.
Perform Steps in Consecutive Order:
GENERATOR SHUNT ISOLATION 1. BATTERY Switch - ON
GEA HSCM CHANNEL 1A 2. EXTERNAL POWER Switch - OFF
ALTERNATOR AMPS ENG1 3. G1000 Displays - Configuration mode as required
(Bus Bar HZ012 Unloaded) for High-Side Current Monitor Calibration, Reference
1. EXTERNAL POWER Switch - BUS
ALTERNATOR SHUNT ISOLATION
2. BATTERY Switch - ON
GEA HSCM CHANNEL 2A
3. G1000 Displays - Configuration mode as required
ALTERNATOR AMPS ENG2
for High-Side Current Monitor Calibration, Reference
(Bus Bar HZ017 Unloaded)
1. AVIONICS 1 & 2 Switches - OFF
2. BATTERY Switch - OFF
3. EXTERNAL POWER Switch - OFF
4. LINE CONT SENSE Circuit Breaker (HZ001 in Main
AIRCRAFT SHUTDOWN
J-Box) - Engage
5. ETM POWER Circuit Breaker (HZ008 in Main J-Box,
if installed) - Engage
6. Power Cart and Battery - As Required
77-40-00 Page 204

ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
TEXTRON AVIATION INC.
MODEL 208
AIRCRAFT DIVISION
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WICHITA, KANSAS 67277

APPENDIX A: ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG
Nomenclature Part Number Quantity Applicability

Garmin Integrated 011-03711-00 2
Avionics Unit 64W
Garmin GMA 1360D 011-03568-20 2
Garmin Engine and 011-03682-02 1
Airframe Interface
Adapter
Garmin Satellite Receiver 001-02268-01 1
(GSR 56)
Iridium Antenna CI401-490 1
Flight Stream 510 010-01322-01 1 See NOTE 1
(Enable Card)
TAWS-A Enable Card 010-00330-56 1 Optional, see NOTE 1
E-AFCS Enable Card 010-00330-5A 1 Optional, see NOTE 1
NOTE 1: Feature enable SD cards are supplied with the Aircraft as loose equipment.
© TEXTRON AVIATION INC. 77-40-00 Page 205

Form 2261 Rev 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Form 2261 Rev 1
AIRCRAFT DIVISION

APPENDIX B: WIRING DIAGRAM MANUAL
© TEXTRON AVIATION INC.

Form 2261 Rev 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
WIRING DIAGRAM MANUAL
FIG UNITS
KHF 1050 HF TRANSCEIVER

Figure 02 (Sheet 1)
- ITEM NOT ILLUSTRATED Figure 02

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
© TEXTRON AVIATION INC. 23-10-01 Jan 31/2019
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
REF PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE EFFECTIVITY PER

DES 1234567 FROM TO ASSY
02 KHF 1050 HF TRANSCEIVER 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
GT903 6318104-2 . GROUND STUD INSTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI515 MS3476L24-61SZ . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
M85049/52-1-24N . . STRAIN RELIEF 01 R
PI524 S2350-4 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S2351-3 . . CLAMP 01 R
S2353-5 . . CONTACT AR R
PI525 LMD-3004-P . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
LMD-4008-36L . . CONTACT AR R
PT1005 155-02988-0217 . COAX CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PT1017 050-03628-0002 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PT500 050-03628-0002 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
Figure 02
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
KHF 1050 HF TRANSCEIVER

Figure 02 (Sheet 2)

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 3
CESSNA®
MODEL 208

02 KHF 1050 HF TRANSCEIVER 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
GA901 204814-1 . GROUND BLOCK ........................................................................................... 00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JI005 205843-1 . CONNECTOR AVN/ELE DISC ..................................................................... 00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
JI524 S2349-3 . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S2351-3 . . CLAMP 01 R
JI525 LMD-3004-S . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
LMD-4108-36L . . CONTACT AR R
JI901 206613-1 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
P3471 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P604 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI501 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI505 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI531 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0651 & ON RF R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
Figure 02
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 2
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
GDL69 XM DATA LINK

Figure 04 (Sheet 1)

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208

04 GDL69 XM DATA LINK 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JI901 206613-1 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
P10001 . P10001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P691 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
PC1002 500-12659-02 . COAX CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI1013 500-12659-02 . COAX CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI304 011-00997-01 . CONNECTOR KIT .......................................................................................... 0TRC3 01
PI402 011-00820-01 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 0TRC3 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
PI522 S3556-6 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 71379 01
- S3556-24 . . CONTACT V71379 01 R
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
GARMIN SATELLITE RADIO (GSR 56)

Figure 01 (Sheet 1)

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208

01 GARMIN SATELLITE RADIO (GSR 56) 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
GT901 S2526-4 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JI901 206613-1 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
JT506 S3556-21 . PIN ..................................................................................................................... 71379 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
P3471 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P561 . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P603 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P604 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
P605 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI501 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI502 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI504 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI506 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
PT1029 225555-6 . COAX CONN ................................................................................................... 00779 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
PT1030 225554-6 . RF CONNECTOR ........................................................................................... 77342 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
PT504 011-01732-00 . GSR 56 CONNECTOR KIT ........................................................................... 0TRC3 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
PT506 S3556-24 . SOCKET ........................................................................................................... 71379 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
Figure 01
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
DUAL AUDIO
Figure 01 (Sheet 1)

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208

01 DUAL AUDIO 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
GA902 204814-1 . GROUND BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JF509 S1635-1 . PIN ..................................................................................................................... 71379 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
JI900 S2350-8 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
JI901 206613-1 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
P10001 . P10001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P3472 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P605 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PF1027 S3284-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
PF1028 S3284-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
PF1029 S3284-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
PF302 DDMA50S . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
205980-1 . . RETAINER ASSY 01 R
DD20964 . . BACKSHELL 01 R
PF501 S1638-1 . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PF502 S1638-1 . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B2000 & ON
B2000 & ON
B2000 & ON
B2000 & ON
PI507 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI530 336-00044-00 . #18 PIN HI-DENSE DSUB ............................................................................. 0TRC3 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
Figure 01
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
DUAL AUDIO
Figure 01 (Sheet 2)
Figure 01
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 2
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
P3472 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P601 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P602 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P603 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
B2000 & ON
PI502 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI503 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI508 336-00044-00 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI509 336-00044-00 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI510 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI511 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI530 336-00044-00 . #18 PIN HI-DENSE DSUB ............................................................................. 0TRC3 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 3
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
DUAL AUDIO
Figure 01 (Sheet 3)
Figure 01
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 4
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JC500 S1102-1 . JACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JI005 205843-1 . CONNECTOR AVN/ELE DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
JI518 S1102-3 . MIC JACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JI519 S1102-1 . JACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JI520 S1102-3 . MIC JACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JI521 S1102-1 . JACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JI522 S3556-13 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
P3471 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
PF302 DDMA50S . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
205980-1 . . RETAINER ASSY 01 R
DD20964 . . BACKSHELL 01 R
PI501 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI516 S2349-1 . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
S2351-1 . . BACKSHELL V71379 01 R
PI517 S2349-1 . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
S2351-1 . . BACKSHELL V71379 01 R
PI522 S3556-6 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V71379 01
- S3556-24 . . CONTACT V71379 01 R
PI523 35RAPC4BH3 . JACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 5
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
DUAL AUDIO
Figure 01 (Sheet 4)
Figure 01
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 6
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
P3471 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P601 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P604 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI501 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI504 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI505 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI508 336-00044-00 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI509 336-00044-00 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 7
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
DUAL AUDIO
Figure 01 (Sheet 5)
Figure 01
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 8
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
J1 S2035-2 . CONNECTOR (ZONE 224). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 R
ALSO AIRPLANES INCORPORATING CAB07-4
JF501 S1638-2 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PC501 S2035-2 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PF500 S2035-2 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PF509 S1638-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
- S1636-1 . . SOCKET V71379 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 9
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIRE DETECTION
Figure 03 (Sheet 1)
Figure 03
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
03 FIRE DETECTION 0651 & ON

AB001 M81824/1-2 . SPLICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
GB001 . GROUND STUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
- MS35207-262 . . SCREW V80205 AR R
- NAS1149F0332P . . WASHER V80205 AR R
GC001 204814-1 . GROUND BLOCK ........................................................................................... 00779 01
- S2099-3 . . CONTACT V71379 AR
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR
JB005 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
JB006 S2373-2 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JC005 200277-2 . CONNECTOR LH CB PNL ............................................................................ 00779 01
- S2099-12 . . CONTACT V71379 01 R
- S2099-3 . . CONTACT V71379 01 R
JC017 S2526-1 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S2099-3 . . PIN AR R
JC043 S2350-3 . RECEPTACLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S2351-1 . . BACKSHELL 01 R
JC067 S1638-2 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S1635-1 . . PIN AR R
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
P3471 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P702 . GARMIN ENGINE/ AIRFRAME UNIT (GEA 71) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
PB005 S1638-5 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S1636-1 . . PIN AR R
PC005 200276-2 . CONNECTOR LH CB PNL ............................................................................ 00779 01
- S2353-3 . . PIN V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 01 R
PC017 S3238-4 . CONNECTOR KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S2353-4 . . PIN AR R
PC043 S2349-1 . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PC067 S1638-1 . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B2000 & ON
PI005 205842-1 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 00779 01 R
- M39029/63-368 . . SOCKET CONTACT V81349 AR R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 AR R
PI501 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
SI031 MS27407-6 . SWITCH FIRE WARN/FUEL WARN TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
TN001 . SENSOR FIRE DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
UB001 2670019-5 . ALARM ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UB002 477-90008 . CONTROL BOX FIRE DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UI005 011-00797-03 . GEA71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIRE DETECTION
Figure 05 (Sheet 1)
Figure 05 Page 0
ICA-208-34-00003
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
05 FIRE DETECTION B5501 & ON

AB001 M81824/1-2 . SPLICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
GB001 . GROUND STUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
- MS35207-262 . . SCREW V80205 AR R
- NAS1149F0332P . . WASHER V80205 AR R
GC001 204814-1 . GROUND BLOCK ........................................................................................... 00779 01
- S2099-3 . . CONTACT V71379 AR
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR
JB005 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
JB006 S2373-2 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JC005 200277-2 . CONNECTOR LH CB PNL ............................................................................ 00779 01
- S2099-12 . . CONTACT V71379 01 R
- S2099-3 . . CONTACT V71379 01 R
JC017 S2526-1 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S2099-3 . . PIN AR R
JC067 S1638-2 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S1635-1 . . PIN AR R
JC090 206152-1 . RECEPTACLE ................................................................................................. 00779 B5000 & ON 01 R
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 AR R
- S2351-1 . . BACKSHELL V71379 AR R
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
P1 S1635-1 . PIN (ZONE 224) .............................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01 R
B2000 & ON
- S1638-2 . . CAP V71379 01 R
- S1640-6 . . HOUSING PIN V71379 01 R
P3471 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
PB005 S1638-5 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S1636-1 . . PIN AR R
PC005 200276-2 . CONNECTOR LH CB PNL ............................................................................ 00779 01
- S2353-3 . . PIN V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 01 R
PC017 S3238-4 . CONNECTOR KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S2353-4 . . PIN AR R
PC067 S1638-1 . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PC090 205839-3 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 00779 01 R
- S2351-1 . . BACKSHELL V71379 AR R
B2000 & ON
PI005 205842-1 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 00779 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 AR R
PI501 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
SI031 MS27407-6 . SWITCH FIRE WARN/FUEL WARN TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
TN003 . CABLE FIRE DETECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
UB001 2670019-5 . ALARM ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UB002 477-90008 . CONTROL BOX FIRE DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UI005 011-00797-03 . GEA71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FA2100 COCKPIT VOICE/DATA RECORDER SYSTEM

Figure 04 (Sheet 1)
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
04 FA2100 COCKPIT VOICE/DATA RECORDER SYSTEM 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
EI008 S056-0048-00 . MICROPHONE CVR ...................................................................................... 06141 0524 & ON 01 R
GC900 . GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
GT907 6318104-2 . GROUND STUD INSTL ................................................................................. 71379 01 R
JC011 S2096-1 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S2099-3 . . CONTACT 01 R
S2099-4 . . CONTACT 01 R
JI527 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
- S1635-1 . . PIN V71379 AR R
- S1638-2 . . CAP V71379 AR R
JT306 S1637-1 . HOUSING PLUG/CAP ................................................................................... 71379 01 R
- S1635-1 . . PIN V71379 AR R
JT311 LMD4003P . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 49367 01 R
- LMD4022-36LJ . . PIN V49367 AR R
- LMS-01T-TL . . SPLICE CONNECTOR V49367 AR R
JT312 S1635-1 . PIN ..................................................................................................................... 71379 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
- S1638-2 . . CAP V71379 01 R
P3471 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P604 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
P605 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PC011 201359-1 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
S2353-4 . . PIN 01 R
PC302 MS3476L12-10S . PLUG................................................................................................................. 96906 01 R
- S3744-12-90 . . BACKSHELL V71379 AR R
PI001 336-00044-00 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 0TRC3 01
PI501 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI503 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI505 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI507 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI527 S1638-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 01 R
- S1636-1 . . SOCKET V71379 01 R
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
PT304 M81659/65A2-0026 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 81349 01 R
PT305 AE776L8-3S . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 59976 01 R
- M85049/31-8N . . BACKSHELL V81349 AR R
PT306 S1637-2 . HOUSING PLUG/CAP ................................................................................... 71379 01 R
- S1636-1 . . SOCKET V71379 AR R
PT311 LMD4003S . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 49367 0543 & ON 01 R
B2400 & ON
- LMD4122-96LD . . SOCKET V49367 0543 & ON AR R
B2400 & ON
PT312 S1638-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
- S1636-1 . . SOCKET V71379 01 R

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
ADC/ AHRS #1
Figure 04 (Sheet 1)
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
04 ADC/ AHRS #1 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JC300 S3556-11 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S3556-21 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JF309 S2350-6 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 71379 01
M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V71379 01 R
S2351-2 . . BACKSHELL V71379 01 R
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
JI900 S2350-8 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
P603 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
PF309 S2349-4 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
M39029/63-368 . . SOCKET CONTACT 01 R
PF314 330-00776-78 . CONNECTOR 78PIN ..................................................................................... 0TRC3 01 R
- 011-01855-04 . . BACKSHELL W/JACKSCREW V0TRC3 01 R
PF316 011-00979-20 . CONFIG MODULE KIT .................................................................................. 0TRC3 01 R
PI307 330-00776-78 . CONNECTOR 78PIN ..................................................................................... 0TRC3 01 R
PI310 011-00979-20 . CONFIG MODULE KIT .................................................................................. 0TRC3 01 R
PI502 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI503 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
ADC/ AHRS #2
Figure 05 (Sheet 1)
Figure 05
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
05 ADC/ AHRS #2 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JF306 S3556-11 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- S3556-21 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JF308 S2350-6 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT V81349 AR R
- S2351-2 . . BACKSHELL V71379 01 R
JI901 206613-1 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
P603 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
PF317 011-00979-20 . CONFIG MODULE KIT .................................................................................. 0TRC3 01 R
PI311 011-00979-20 . CONFIG MODULE KIT .................................................................................. 0TRC3 01 R
PI502 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI503 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
KR87 ADF
Figure 02 (Sheet 1)
Figure 02
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
02 KR87 ADF 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
JI900 S2350-8 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
P3471 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P605 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
P606 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P872 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
PC1005 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI1022 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI501 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI506 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI512 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
PI601 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
KN63 DME
Figure 04 (Sheet 1)
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
04 KN63 DME 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JI901 206613-1 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
P3471 . AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P606 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P631 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
PF305 M24308/2-290 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V81349 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
204351-1 . . PINS V00779 AR R
205980-1 . . RETAINER ASSY V00779 01 R
DD20964 . . SHELL V71468 01 R
PF800 050-01766-0001 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI501 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PI512 050-01756-0004 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
GTX33 TRANSPONDER #1
Figure 03 (Sheet 1)
Figure 03
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
03 GTX33 TRANSPONDER #1 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JI900 S2350-8 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
P10001 . P10001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P3251 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P3252 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P603 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
PC1003 CCS122 . COAX CONNECTOR ..................................................................................... 66197 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
PF305 M24308/2-290 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 81349 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
204351-1 . . PINS V00779 AR R
205980-1 . . RETAINER ASSY V00779 01 R
DD20964 . . SHELL V71468 01 R
PI1029 CBR122 . COAX CONNECTOR ..................................................................................... 66197 0520 & ON 01 R
B2175 & ON
B2000 & ON
PI502 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI503 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI516 S2349-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
S2351-1 . . BACKSHELL V71379 01 R
PI517 S2349-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
S2351-1 . . BACKSHELL V71379 01 R
PI802 330-00185-62 . DSUB CONNECTOR ..................................................................................... 0TRC3 01 R
- 011-00950-03 . . BACKSHELL ASSEMBLY V0TRC3 01 R
- 011-01169-01 . . CONNECTOR V0TRC3 01 R
- 211-63234-08 . . SCREWS V0TRC3 AR R
PI804 330-00185-15 . DSUB CONNECTOR ..................................................................................... 0TRC3 01 R
- 011-00950-00 . . BACKSHELL ASSEMBLY V0TRC3 01 R
- 011-01169-00 . . GRND ADAPTR, SHELL 1-3 V0TRC3 01 R
- 211-63234-08 . . SCREWS V0TRC3 AR R

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
GARMIN INTEGRATED AVIONICS SYSTEM

Figure 04 (Sheet 1)
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
04 GARMIN INTEGRATED AVIONICS SYSTEM 0651 & ON

GIA/GIA HSDB ASSY B5501 & ON
P603 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
PI502 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI503 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
PFD #1, PFD #2, & MFD

Figure 04 (Sheet 1)
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
04 PFD #1, PFD #2, & MFD 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
P10001 . P10001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P603 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
B2000 & ON
B2000 & ON
B2000 & ON
PI502 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI503 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
PFD #1, PFD #2, & MFD

Figure 04 (Sheet 2)
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 2
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
04 PFD #1, PFD #2, & MFD 0651 & ON

B5501 & ON
B2197 B2197
B2000 & ON
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
JI404 S1638-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S1636-1 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JI405 S1638-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S1636-1 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JI406 S1638-1 . PLUG................................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S1636-1 . . CONTACT V71379 AR R
JI900 S2350-8 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
JI901 206613-1 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 00779 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
P10001 . P10001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
P1 205869-2 . CONNECTOR .................................................................................................. 00779 01 R
- S1635-1 . . PIN V71379 01 R
- S1638-2 . . CAP V71379 01 R
B2000 & ON
B2000 & ON
B2000 & ON
PI408 011-00979-03 . CONFIGURATION MODULE ........................................................................ 0TRC3 0601 & ON 01 R
RI009 RN55C1002F . RESISTOR ....................................................................................................... 81349 01
D436-33 . . SEALING SLEEVE V06090 01 R
M23053/5-104-9 . . SLEEVING V81343 01 R

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 3
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
ENGINE AIRFRAME MONITOR

Figure 04 (Sheet 1)
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
04 ENGINE AIRFRAME MONITOR 0651 & ON

GC001 204814-1 . GROUND BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 01
- S2099-3 . . CONTACT V71379 AR
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR
GI002 . GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
GN009 . GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
GN010 . GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
JC005 200277-2 . CONNECTOR LH CB PNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 01
- S2099-12 . . CONTACT V71379 01 R
- S2099-3 . . CONTACT V71379 01 R
JC303 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
- S1635-1 . . PIN V71379 AR R
- S1638-2 . . CAP V71379 AR R
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
B2000 & ON
S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
JN005 S280-277 . CONNECTOR KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
JN006 S2654-3 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V71379 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
JN008 S2654-3 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JN010 S2654-3 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JN012 M83723/86R1005N . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
M85049/52-1-10N . . STRAIN RELIEF 01 R
JN021 S2654-28 . CONNECTOR ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JN022 S2654-3 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
JN046 MS3116F8-4S . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V96906 0651 & ON 01 R
PC005 200276-2 . CONNECTOR LH CB PNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 01
- S2353-3 . . PIN V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 01 R
PC303 S1636-1 . SOCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V71379 01 R
- S1636-1 . . SOCKET V71379 AR R
PI001 336-00044-00 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V0TRC3 01
PI002 336-00021-00 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V0TRC3 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
PI005 205842-1 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 AR R
PI502 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI503 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
RC300 V200639 . POTENTIOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V16509 01 R
SN007 431-0101-01 . MAGNETIC REED SWITCH INERTIAL SEPARATOR . . . . . . . . . . V0TMJ9 01
TI001 011-00981-00 . THERMOCOUPLE ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UI005 011-00797-03 . GEA71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UI006 . GIA 63W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
UI007 . GIA 63W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
UI009 011-00979-03 . CONFIGURATION MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V0TRC3 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
UI019 S1856-1 . SENSOR EPL POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UN005 P165-5281 . TRANSDUCER OIL PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UN006 MS28034-3 . SENSOR OIL TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UN007 9910338-6 . FUEL FLOW TRANSMITTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UN008 9910378-1 . SENSOR NP TACH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UN010 9910378-1 . SENSOR NG TACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UN012 APTE51C1-75D . TRANSDUCER TORQUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UN015 1-321897-0 . TERMINAL-CHROMEL ITT- CHROMEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
1-321898-0 ITT- ALUMEL 01 R
UN021 3407691 . CHIP DETECTOR ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 1
CESSNA®
MODEL 208

Figure 04 (Sheet 1)
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 0
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
UN022 3407691 . CHIP DETECTOR RED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 3
CESSNA®
MODEL 208

Figure 04 (Sheet 2)
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 4
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
04 ENGINE AIRFRAME MONITOR B5501 & ON

GC001 204814-1 . GROUND BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 01
- S2099-3 . . CONTACT V71379 AR
- S2099-4 . . CONTACT V71379 AR
GI002 . GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
GN011 . GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
GN012 . GROUND TERMINAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
JC005 200277-2 . CONNECTOR LH CB PNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 01
- S2099-12 . . CONTACT V71379 01 R
- S2099-3 . . CONTACT V71379 01 R
JC303 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
- S1635-1 . . PIN V71379 AR R
- S1638-2 . . CAP V71379 AR R
B2000 & ON
- M39029/64-369 . . CONTACT PIN V81349 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
B2000 & ON
S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 01 R
S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 AR R
PC005 200276-2 . CONNECTOR LH CB PNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 01
- S2353-3 . . PIN V71379 01 R
- S2353-5 . . PIN V71379 01 R
PC303 S1636-1 . SOCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V71379 01 R
- S1636-1 . . SOCKET V71379 AR R
PI001 336-00044-00 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V0TRC3 01
PI002 336-00021-00 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V0TRC3 0500 & ON 01
B2000 & ON
PI005 205842-1 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 01 R
- S2351-4 . . CLAMP V71379 AR R
PI502 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI503 011-01000-01 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF
PI900 S2349-5 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
PN030 D38999/26FB98SN . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V81349 01 R
- S3627-11 . . BACKSHELL V71379 01 R
PN031 M83723/95G1005N . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V81349 01 R
- M85049/52-1-10N . . STRAIN RELIEF V81349 01 R
PN033 MS3459L12S3S . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V96906 01 R
- S3744-12 . . BACKSHELL V71379 01 R
PN034 MS3459L12S3S . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V96906 01 R
- S3744-12-90 . . BACKSHELL V71379 01 R
PN035 M83723/95G10056 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V81349 01 R
PN036 M83723/95G10056 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V81349 01 R
PN038 M83723/95R1006N . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V81349 01 R
PN045 MS3116F8-4S . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V96906 B5501 & ON 01 R
B2197 B2197
PN051 MS3459L12S3S . PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V96906 01 R
- S3744-12-90 . . BACKSHELL V71379 01 R
RC300 V200639 . POTENTIOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V16509 01 R
SN009 431-0101-01 . MAGNETIC REED SWITCH INERTIAL SEPARATOR . . . . . . . . . . V0TMJ9 01 R
TI001 011-00981-00 . THERMOCOUPLE ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UI005 011-00797-03 . GEA71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UI009 011-00979-03 . CONFIGURATION MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V0TRC3 0651 & ON 01 R
B5501 & ON
UI019 S1856-1 . SENSOR EPL POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01
UN029 1-321897-0 . TERMINAL-CHROMEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V00779 01 R
- 1-321898-0 . . TERMINAL-ALUMEL V00779 01 R
UN030 . OIL PRESS TRANSDUCER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 5
CESSNA®
MODEL 208

Figure 04 (Sheet 2)
Figure 04
ICA-208-34-00003 Page 6
CESSNA®
MODEL 208
FIG UNITS
UN031 . OIL TEMP PROBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R

UN032 9910338-6 . FUEL FLOW TRANSMITTER ....................................................................... 71379 01 R
UN033 9912034-1 . TACH GEN ....................................................................................................... 71379 01 R
UN034 9912034-1 . TACH GEN ....................................................................................................... 71379 01 R
UN035 . RGB CHIP DET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
UN036 . AGB CHIP DET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
UN038 . TORQUE TRANSDUCER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R
UN042 . CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF R

ICA-208-34-00003 Page 7
AIRCRAFT DIVISION

APPENDIX C: ELECTRICAL LOAD ANALYSIS
© TEXTRON AVIATION INC.

Form 2261 Rev 1
Appendix C
24-52-01 Model 208-208B G1000 Load Analysis Chart
Electrical Load Analysis
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TIME <---------------------------NORMAL GENERATOR OPERATION-------------------------------- > <-------STDBY ALT ONLY OPERATION ---- > CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT
ITEM INSTALLED NO. NO. ON CIRCUIT BREAKER TAXI NIGHT TAKEOFF/LAND CRUISE DAY CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT LANDING NIGHT CRUISE DAY (KNOWN ICING) (KNOWN ICING)
NO. EQUIPMENT UNITS ON AMPS MIN. NO. (INADVERT ICING) NIGHT (INADVERT ICING) (INADVERT ICING) (INADVERT ICING) (INADVERT ICING) NON-ICING BATT ONLY OPS BATT ONLY OPS
PER SAME PER SEE (DUTY TIMES BUS LH CB AVN CB PWR J (INADVERT ICING) AFTER LOAD SHED AFTER LOAD SHED FIRST 5 MINUTES AFTER LOADSHED
A/C TIME UNIT NOTE CYCLE) ON UTILIZATION PANEL PANEL BOX 30 MINUTES 10 MINUTES 60 MINUTES 60 MINUTES 60 MINUTES 10 MINUTES 60 MINUTES 5 MINUTES 25 MINUTES
PRI SEC CB NO CB NO CB NO AMPS AMP MIN AMPS AMP MIN AMPS AMP MIN AMPS AMP MIN AMPS AMP MIN AMPS AMP MIN AMPS AMP MIN AMPS AMP MIN AMPS AMP MIN
GENERATOR BUS (HZ013) 4.10 V 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.10 4.10 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
1 GEN CONTROL 1 1 0.10 HZ013 HC009 HZ032 0.10 3.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 LS LS LS LS 0.10 6.00 0.10 0.50 LS LS
2 GEN FIELD 1 1 4.00 HZ013 HC010 4.00 120.00 4.00 40.00 4.00 240.00 4.00 240.00 LS LS LS LS 4.00 240.00 -- -- LS LS
BATTERY BUS (HZ014) 5.38 V 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 0.38 0.38 5.38 5.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38
3 BATTERY CHARGE 1 1 5.00 G HZ014 5.00 150.00 5.00 50.00 5.00 300.00 5.00 300.00 5.00 300.00 -- -- 5.00 300.00 -- -- -- --
4 ETM POWER 1 1 0.20 HZ016 BATT HZ008 0.20 6.00 0.20 2.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 2.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 5.00
5 GEN SENSE 1 1 0.18 HZ012 HZ001 0.18 5.40 0.18 1.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 1.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 0.90 0.18 4.50
HOT BATTERY BUS (HZ016) 1.24 V 5.15 1.30 0.55 0.53 0.55 0.53 0.55 0.53 0.55 0.53 0.55 0.53 0.55 0.53 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
6 CABIN LIGHTS 7 7 0.66 5 1 HZ016 BATT HZ002 4.62 23.10 -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS -- -- -- -- LS LS
7 ARTEX ELT CONTROL 1 1 0.03 Z HZ016 BATT HZ003 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
8 BATTERY CONTROL 1 1 0.50 HZ016 BATT HZ004 0.50 15.00 0.50 5.00 0.50 30.00 0.50 30.00 0.50 30.00 0.50 5.00 0.50 30.00 0.50 2.50 0.50 12.50
9 ANTICYCLE 1 1 0.02 0.02 1 HZ016 BATT HZ005 -- -- 0.02 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.02 0.10 0.02 0.50
10 HOURMETER/ACU 1 1 0.01 HZ016 BATT HZ006 0.01 0.30 0.01 0.10 0.01 0.60 0.01 0.60 0.01 0.60 0.01 0.10 0.01 0.60 0.01 0.05 0.01 0.25
11 ETM CONTINUOUS POWER 1 1 0.02 HZ016 BATT HZ007 0.02 0.60 0.02 0.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 0.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 0.10 0.02 0.50
ALT. STBY BUS (HZ030) 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
12 ALTERNATOR CONTROL UNIT 1 1 2.00 HZ030 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2.00 120.00 2.00 20.00 -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 1 ELECT (TOTAL) 88.06 V 62.92 31.67 73.72 47.37 58.67 33.69 65.52 39.05 56.27 29.80 64.47 34.02 40.03 26.05 48.32 29.12 47.27 21.29
BUS 1 ELECT (HC101) 33.01 V 31.63 15.83 32.83 21.83 32.83 21.83 32.83 21.83 32.83 21.83 32.83 21.83 0.03 0.03 15.63 11.65 15.63 11.65
13 STBY PWR 1 1 HC101 HC103,HC105 HC002 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
14 L PITOT HEAT 1 1 9.60 B,AA HC101 HC103,HC105 HC003 9.60 144.00 9.60 96.00 9.60 576.00 9.60 576.00 9.60 576.00 9.60 96.00 -- -- 9.60 48.00 9.60 240.00
15 PROP ANTI-ICE (STD) 1 1 22.00 A,X 50% HC101 HC103,HC105 HC004 22.00 330.00 22.00 110.00 22.00 660.00 22.00 660.00 22.00 660.00 22.00 110.00 -- -- -- -- -- --
16 PRIMARY ANTI-ICE (normal mode) (FK22S) 2 2 2.40 H,X 17% HC101 HC103,HC105 HC005 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4.80 4.08 4.80 20.40
-- PRIMARY ANTI-ICE (high mode) (FK22S) 1 1 2.40 I,X HC101 HC103,HC105 HC005 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
17 TORQUE IND 1 1 0.03 HC101 HC103,HC105 HC006 0.03 0.90 0.03 0.30 0.03 1.80 0.03 1.80 0.03 1.80 0.03 0.30 0.03 1.80 0.03 0.15 0.03 0.75
18 IGNITION 1 1 1.20 HC101 HC104,HC106 HC007 -- -- 1.20 12.00 1.20 72.00 1.20 72.00 1.20 72.00 1.20 12.00 -- -- 1.20 6.00 1.20 30.00
19 START CONTROL 1 1 0.12 P HC101 HC104,HC106 HC008 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
20 FUEL SEL WARN 2 2 0.03 Q HC101 HC104,HC106 HC020 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 1 ELECT (HC103) 26.07 V 16.47 14.98 26.07 24.58 11.02 11.02 17.87 16.38 8.62 7.13 16.82 11.23 11.02 11.02 17.87 16.38 16.82 8.77
21 READING LIGHT 14 7 0.55 F, W HC103 HC101,HC105 HC022 3.85 115.50 3.85 38.50 -- -- 3.85 231.00 LS LS LS LS -- -- 3.85 19.25 LS LS
22 INSTRUMENT LIGHT 1 1 1.47 S HC103 HC101,HC105 HC023 1.47 44.10 1.47 14.70 -- -- 1.47 88.20 1.47 88.20 1.47 14.70 -- -- 1.47 7.35 1.47 36.75
23 L LANDING LIGHT 1 1 8.20 AD 5 HC103 HC101,HC105 HC024 -- -- 8.20 82.00 -- -- -- -- LS LS 8.20 41.00 -- -- -- -- 8.20 41.00
24 STROBE LIGHT 2 2 0.70 HC103 HC101,HC105 HC025 -- -- 1.40 14.00 1.40 84.00 1.40 84.00 1.4 84.00 1.4 14.00 1.40 84.00 1.40 7.00 1.40 35.00
25 BEACON LIGHT 1 1 5.40 HC103 HC101,HC105 HC026 5.40 162.00 5.40 54.00 5.40 324.00 5.40 324.00 LS LS LS LS 5.40 324.00 5.40 27.00 LS LS
26 WING ICE DET LIGHT 1 1 1.53 2.5% HC103 HC101,HC105 HC027 1.53 1.15 1.53 0.38 -- -- 1.53 2.30 1.53 2.30 1.53 0.38 -- -- 1.53 0.19 1.53 0.96
27 R FUEL QUANTITY 1 1 0.12 HC103 HC101,HC105 HC028 0.12 3.60 0.12 1.20 0.12 7.20 0.12 7.20 0.12 7.20 0.12 1.20 0.12 7.20 0.12 0.60 0.12 3.00
29 FUEL CONT HEATER 1 1 4.10 HC103 HC101,HC105 HC030 4.10 123.00 4.10 41.00 4.10 246.00 4.10 246.00 4.10 246.00 4.10 41.00 4.10 246.00 4.10 20.50 4.10 102.50
BUS 1 ELECT (HC105) 28.98 V 14.82 0.87 14.82 0.96 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.96 28.98 15.00 14.82 1.10 14.82 0.88
30 CVDR (FK635S) 1 1 0.52 HC105 HC101,HC103 HC046 0.52 15.60 0.52 5.20 0.52 31.20 0.52 31.20 0.52 31.20 0.52 5.20 0.52 31.20 0.52 2.60 0.52 13.00
31 FLAP MOTOR 1 1 14.00 E,O 0.1 1 HC105 HC101,HC103 HC047 14.00 1.40 14.00 1.40 14.00 1.40 14.00 1.40 14.00 1.40 14.00 1.40 14.00 1.40 14.00 1.40 14.00 1.40
32 AIR SPEED WARN 1 1 0.30 HC105 HC101,HC103 HC048 0.30 9.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 1.50 0.30 7.50
33 AFT EVAPORATOR ASSY (FK02B) 1 1 6.53 AB HC105 HC101,HC103 HC049 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS 6.53 391.80 -- -- LS LS
34 L EVAPORATOR ASSY (FK02B) 1 1 7.63 AB HC105 HC101,HC103 HC050 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS 7.63 457.80 -- -- LS LS
BUS 2 ELECT (TOTAL) 71.21 V 45.78 34.25 43.98 37.25 35.78 29.05 35.78 29.05 22.32 22.31 22.32 22.31 34.91 28.18 36.59 29.17 13.55 12.85
BUS 2 ELECT (HC102) 27.61 V 23.21 11.68 23.21 16.48 23.21 16.48 23.21 16.48 9.77 9.76 9.77 9.76 13.61 6.88 24.02 16.60 0.98 0.28
36 STBY POWER 1 1 HC102 HC104,HC106 HC012 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
37 R PITOT HEAT 1 1 9.60 B,AA HC102 HC104,HC106 HC013 9.60 144.00 9.60 96.00 9.60 576.00 9.60 576.00 9.6 576.00 9.6 96.00 -- -- 9.60 48.00 LS LS
38 PROP ANTI-ICE CONTROL (STD) 1 1 0.03 A,X 50% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC014 0.03 0.45 0.03 0.15 0.03 0.90 0.03 0.90 0.03 0.90 0.03 0.15 0.03 0.90 -- -- -- --
39 BACKUP ANTI-ICE (FK22S) 1 1 2.40 J,X HC102 HC104,HC106 HC015 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
40 W/S ANTI-ICE (FK22S) 1 1 0.84 X 17% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC016 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.84 0.71 0.84 3.57
41 COCKPIT AUX 12 VDC PWR (STD) 1 1 6.72 R 50% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC017 6.72 100.81 6.72 33.60 6.72 201.62 6.72 201.62 LS LS LS LS 6.72 201.62 6.72 16.80 LS LS
42 CABIN AUX 12 VDC PWR (STD) 1 1 6.72 R 50% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC017 6.72 100.81 6.72 33.60 6.72 201.62 6.72 201.62 LS LS LS LS 6.72 201.62 6.72 16.80 LS LS
43 L FUEL QUANTITY 1 1 0.14 HC102 HC104,HC106 HC018 0.14 4.20 0.14 1.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 1.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 0.70 0.14 3.50
44 AUX FUEL PUMP 1 1 4.40 C HC102 HC104,HC106 HC019 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 2 ELECT (HC104) 26.33 V 15.83 15.83 14.03 14.03 5.83 5.83 5.83 5.83 5.81 5.81 5.81 5.81 7.73 7.73 5.83 5.83 5.83 5.83
45 SEAT BELT SIGN 1 1 0.02 HC104 HC102,HC106 HC032 0.02 0.60 0.02 0.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 1.20 LS LS LS LS 0.02 1.20 0.02 0.10 0.02 0.50
46 AVN FLD LIGHT 1 1 1.70 HC104 HC102,HC106 HC033 1.70 51.00 1.70 17.00 1.70 102.00 1.70 102.00 1.70 102.00 1.70 17.00 1.70 102.00 1.70 8.50 1.70 42.50
47 R LANDING LIGHT 1 1 8.20 AD 5 HC104 HC102,HC106 HC034 -- -- 8.20 82.00 -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS -- -- -- -- LS LS
48 TAXI LIGHTS 2 2 5.00 HC104 HC102,HC106 HC035 10.00 300.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS -- -- -- -- LS LS
49 NAV LIGHTS 2 2 1.63 HC104 HC102,HC106 HC036 3.26 97.80 3.26 32.60 3.26 195.60 3.26 195.60 3.26 195.60 3.26 32.60 3.26 195.60 3.26 16.30 3.26 81.50
50 FIRE DETECT 1 1 0.04 T HC104 HC102,HC106 HC037 0.04 1.20 0.04 0.40 0.04 2.40 0.04 2.40 0.04 2.40 0.04 0.40 0.04 2.40 0.04 0.20 0.04 1.00
51 PROP O'SPEED TEST 1 1 0.40 D HC104 HC102,HC106 HC038 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
52 AIR COND CONTROL (FK02B) 1 1 1.90 HC104 HC102,HC106 HC039 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS 1.90 114.00 -- -- LS LS
53 DECK SKIN FANS 2 2 0.41 HC104 HC102,HC106 HC040 0.81 24.30 0.81 8.10 0.81 48.60 0.81 48.60 0.81 48.60 0.81 8.10 0.81 48.60 0.81 4.05 0.81 20.25
Highest Load Configuration

PAGE 1
ICA-208-34-00003 Figure 1, Sheet 1 Jan 31/2019
Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TIME <---------------------------NORMAL GENERATOR OPERATION ------------------------------- > <-------STDBY ALT ONLY OPERATION ----- > CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT
BUS 2 ELECT (HC106) 17.27 V 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 13.57 13.57 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74
54 STBY FLAP MOTOR 1 1 3.60 E,O HC106 HC102,HC104 HC057 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
55 STALL WARNING SYSTEM 1 1 6.50 HC106 HC102,HC104 HC058 6.50 195.00 6.50 65.00 6.50 390.00 6.50 390.00 6.50 390.00 6.50 65.00 6.50 390.00 6.50 32.50 6.50 162.50
-- (Warning Horn only) 1 1 0.10 M HC106 HC102,HC104 HC058 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
56 BLEED AIR HEAT 1 1 0.24 HC106 HC102,HC104 HC059 0.24 7.20 0.24 2.40 0.24 14.40 0.24 14.40 0.24 14.40 0.24 2.40 0.24 14.40 0.24 1.20 0.24 6.00
57 R EVAPORATOR ASSY (FK02B) 1 1 6.83 HC106 HC102,HC104 HC060 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS 6.83 409.80 -- -- LS LS
BUS 1 AVN (TOTAL) 16.44 V 11.22 6.82 15.57 11.28 15.57 10.48 15.57 10.48 13.84 8.75 13.84 9.55 15.57 10.48 15.57 10.48 13.84 8.75
BUS 1 AVN (HI010) 7.12 V 8.42 4.02 7.42 4.32 7.42 3.52 7.42 3.52 7.42 3.52 7.42 4.32 7.42 3.52 7.42 3.52 7.42 3.52
58 COM 1 (receive) 1 1 0.30 K HI010 HZ030 HI011 0.30 8.10 0.30 2.10 0.30 16.20 0.30 16.20 0.30 16.20 0.30 2.10 0.30 16.20 0.30 1.35 0.30 6.75
-- COM 1 (transmit) 1 1 4.30 K,L HI010 HZ030 HI011 4.30 12.90 4.30 12.90 4.30 25.80 4.30 25.80 4.30 25.80 4.30 12.90 4.30 25.80 4.30 2.15 4.30 10.75
59 NAV 1 (GIA 64W) 1 1 0.80 HI010 HZ030 HI012 0.80 24.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 4.00 0.80 20.00
60 ENG INTFC (GEA 71B Enhanced) 1 1 0.54 HI010 HZ030 HI013 0.54 16.20 0.54 5.40 0.54 32.40 0.54 32.40 0.54 32.40 0.54 5.40 0.54 32.40 0.54 2.70 0.54 13.50
61 ADC 1 (GDC 72) 1 1 0.13 HI010 HZ030 HI014 0.13 3.90 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 0.65 0.13 3.25
62 AHRS 1 (GRS 79) 1 1 0.15 HI010 HZ030 HI015 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 0.15 3.75
63 PFD 1 (GDU 1050A) (+cool fan) 1 1 0.62 HI010 HZ030 HI016 0.62 18.60 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 3.10 0.62 15.50
64 PFD 1 INTERNAL HEATER (GDU 1050A) 1 1 1.00 AC 15 1 HI010 HZ030 HI016 1.00 15.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
65 XPDR 1 (GTX 335R OR GTX 345R (FK624E)) (ident) 1 1 0.30 N HI010 HZ030 HI017 0.30 9.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 1.50 0.30 7.50
66 ADF 1 (KR-87) (FK668N) 1 1 0.28 HI010 HZ030 HI018 0.28 8.40 0.28 2.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 2.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 1.40 0.28 7.00
BUS 1 AVN (HI020) 9.32 V 2.80 2.80 8.15 6.96 8.15 6.96 8.15 6.96 6.42 5.23 6.42 5.23 8.15 6.96 8.15 6.96 6.42 5.23
67 AUDIO 1 1 1.00 HI020 HZ030 HI021 1.00 30.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 25.00
68 A/P SERVOS 1 1 4.78 U 75% HI020 HZ030 HI022 -- -- 4.78 35.85 4.78 215.10 4.78 215.10 4.78 215.10 4.78 35.85 4.78 215.10 4.78 17.93 4.78 89.63
69 A/P CONT 1 1 0.11 HI020 HZ030 HI023 0.11 3.30 0.11 1.10 0.11 6.60 0.11 6.60 0.11 6.60 0.11 1.10 0.11 6.60 0.11 0.55 0.11 2.75
70 ELT NAV INTERFACE (FK175H) 1 1 0.01 HI020 HZ030 HI024 -- -- 0.01 0.10 0.01 0.60 0.01 0.60 0.01 0.60 0.01 0.10 0.01 0.60 0.01 0.05 0.01 0.25
71 RADIO ALT (KRA-405B) (FK673A) 1 1 0.52 HI020 HZ030 HI025 0.52 15.60 0.52 5.20 0.52 31.20 0.52 31.20 0.52 31.20 0.52 5.20 0.52 31.20 0.52 2.60 0.52 13.00
72 RADAR Receive (GWX 70) (FK629V) (Stby) 1 1 1.17 HI020 HZ030 HI026 1.17 35.10 -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS -- -- -- -- LS LS
-- RADAR (GWX 70) (weather mode) 1 1 1.73 HI020 HZ030 HI026 -- -- 1.73 17.30 1.73 103.80 1.73 103.80 LS LS LS LS 1.73 103.80 1.73 8.65 LS LS
BUS 2 AVN (TOTAL) 19.99 V 21.99 11.63 19.99 12.31 19.99 10.63 19.99 10.63 6.13 6.13 6.13 6.13 19.99 10.63 19.99 12.31 1.00 1.00
BUS 2 AVN (HI030) 3.77 V 5.77 4.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 1.00 1.00
74 COM 2 (receive) 1 1 0.30 K HI030 HZ030 HI031 0.30 9.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 1.50 LS LS
-- COM 2 (transmit) 1 1 4.30 K,L HI030 HZ030 HI031 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
75 NAV 2 1 1 0.80 HI030 HZ030 HI032 0.80 24.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 4.00 LS LS
76 MFD (GDU 1050A) (+cool fan) 1 1 0.62 HI030 HZ030 HI033 0.62 18.60 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 3.10 LS LS
-- MFD INTERNAL HEATER (GDU 1050A) 1 1 1.00 AC 15 1 HI030 HZ030 HI033 1.00 15.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
77 ADC 2 (GDC 72) 1 1 0.13 HI030 HZ030 HI034 0.13 3.90 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 0.65 LS LS
78 AHRS 2 (GRS 79) 1 1 0.15 HI030 HZ030 HI035 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 LS LS
79 PFD 2 (GDU 1050A) (+cool fan) 1 1 0.62 HI030 HZ030 HI036 0.62 18.60 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 3.10 LS LS
-- PFD2 INTERNAL HEATER (GDU 1050A) 1 1 1.00 AC 15 1 HI030 HZ030 HI036 1.00 15.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
80 XPDR 2 (GTX 335R) (FK624B) (stby) 1 1 0.15 N HI030 HZ030 HI037 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 LS LS
81 Audio 2 1 1 1.00 HI030 HZ030 HI038 1.00 30.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 25.00
BUS 2 AVN (HI040) 16.22 V 16.22 6.86 16.22 8.54 16.22 6.86 16.22 6.86 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 16.22 6.86 16.22 8.54 0.00 0.00
82 DME 1 1 0.40 HI040 HZ030 HI041 0.40 12.00 0.40 4.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 4.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 2.00 LS LS
83 TAS (GTS 825) (FK635M) 1 1 1.65 HI040 HZ030 HI042 1.65 49.50 1.65 16.50 1.65 99.00 1.65 99.00 1.65 99.00 1.65 16.50 1.65 99.00 1.65 8.25 LS LS
84 XM-DATA LINK (GDL 69ASMX) (FKXXXX) 1 1 0.14 HI040 HZ030 HI043 0.14 4.20 0.14 1.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 1.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 0.70 LS LS
85 STORMSCOPE (FK629R) 1 1 0.17 HI040 HZ030 HI044 0.17 5.10 0.17 1.70 0.17 10.20 0.17 10.20 0.17 10.20 0.17 1.70 0.17 10.20 0.17 0.85 LS LS
86 HF RECEIVER (KHF-1050) (FK632B) 1 1 1.80 K HI040 HZ030 HI045 1.80 48.60 1.80 12.60 1.80 97.20 1.80 97.20 LS LS LS LS 1.80 97.20 1.80 6.30 LS LS
87 HF AMPLIFIER (KHF-1050) (FK632B) 1 1 10.20 K HI040 HZ030 HI046 10.20 30.60 10.20 30.60 10.20 61.20 10.20 61.20 LS LS LS LS 10.20 61.20 10.20 15.30 LS LS
88 IRIDIUM DATA 1 1 1.86 HI040 HZ030 HI048 1.86 55.80 1.86 18.60 1.86 111.60 1.86 111.60 LS LS LS LS 1.86 111.60 1.86 9.30 LS LS
TOTAL DEMAND 156.54 163.29 140.04 146.89 106.49 109.69 120.53 121.50 76.59
TOTAL AMPERE MINUTES 2731.5 1141.1 5385.2 5706.7 4247.5 708.1 4874.6 390.1 1018.0
TOTAL AVERAGE DEMAND 95.15 118.21 93.85 99.21 74.89 74.91 85.34 82.11 44.82
BATTERY ENDURANCE BEYOND 25 MINUTES AFTER LOADSHED 5.21 MINUTES

PAGE 2
Figure 1, Sheet 2
ICA-208-34-00003 Jan 31/2019
Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TIME <---------------------------NORMAL GENERATOR OPERATION-------------------------------- > <-------STDBY ALT ONLY OPERATION ---- > CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT
NOTES
A. IN AUTO MODE DUTY CYCLE IS 90 SEC ON, 90 SEC OFF.
B. ON DURING ICING CONDITIONS.
C. IN NORMAL MODE, ONLY DRAWS CURRENT IN FUEL LOW PRESSURE CONDITION.
D. USED FOR PERIODIC MAINTENANCE TESTING ONLY.
E. PRIMARY AND STANDBY FLAP MOTOR WILL NOT BE ON AT THE SAME TIME. LARGER LOAD IS CONSIDERED.
F. FOR THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATIONS, HALF OF THE INTERIOR CABIN LIGHTS ARE ASSUMED ON.
G. AVERAGE BATTERY CHARGE. NOT REQUIRED FOR STANDBY ALTERNATOR ONLY OPERATION LANDINGS.
H. IN NORMAL ANTI-ICE MODE, 2 PUMPS RUN 20 SEC ON, 100 SEC OFF (DUTY CYCLE IS 17%). SELECTING MAX ANTI-ICE MODE RUNS BOTH PUMPS CONTINUOUSLY FOR 2 MINUTES EACH TIME MAX ANTI-ICE IS SELECTED.
I. IN HIGH ANTI-ICE MODE, ONE PUMP RUNS CONTINUOUSLY. SELECTING MAX ANTI-ICE MODE RUNS BOTH PUMPS CONTINUOUSLY FOR 2 MINUTES EACH TIME MAX ANTI-ICE IS SELECTED.
J. BACKUP ANTI-ICE WILL BE ON ONLY IF PRIMARY ANTI-ICE IS NOT AVAILABLE.
K. FOR THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATIONS, 1 MINUTE OF TRANSMISSION FOR EVERY 10 MINUTES DURING TAXI AND FLIGHT, AND 3 MINUTES OF TRANSMISSION FOR EVERY 10 MINUTES DURING TAKEOFF, LANDING, AND IN BATTERY OPS ONLY (EMERGENCY).
L. BETWEEN COM 1, COM 2, ONLY ONE CAN TRANSMIT AT SAME TIME. THE LARGEST LOAD IS INCLUDED.
M. HORN DRAWS LOAD ONLY DURING IMPENDING STALL CONDITION.
N. ONLY ONE TRANSPONDER SELECTED AT A TIME, THE SECOND IS ASSUMED TO BE IN STANDBY MODE.
O. FOR PURPOSE OF CALCULATION ASSUME 1 EXTENSION OR ONE RETRACTION PER FLIGHT PHASE.
P. ON ONLY DURING ENGINE START.
Q. WARNING ON ONLY IN ABNORMAL SWITCH POSITION.
R. FOR THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATIONS, AUX 12 VDC OUTPUTS ARE ASSUMED OPERATING AT 50% CAPABILITY.
S. DIMMERS ON MAX.
T. STANDBY MODE. .20 AMPS WITH ALARM ON.
U. INTERMITTENT USE. FOR PURPOSE OF CALCULATION ASSUME 75% DUTY CYCLE PER FLIGHT PHASE.
V. AVERAGE DEMAND ON THE LISTED BUS IN ITALICS
W. THE MODEL 208 HAS 11 READING LIGHTS. THE MODEL 208B HAS 14, AND THE SUPER CARGOMASTER HAS NONE.
X. ELECTRIC PROP ANTI-ICE IS MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE WITH FK22S (TKS OPTION). LARGER LOAD (PROP ANTI-ICE) IS CONSIDERED.
Y. L&R VENT BLOWER LOAD NOT CONSIDERED, AS THAT TOTAL LOAD IS LOWER THAN AIR CONDTIONING TOTAL LOAD.
Z. ELT SWITCH LIGHT NOT USED DURING NORMAL OPERATION.
AA. FOR GROUND OPS , HEATERS ARE LIMITED TO 2 MINUTES ON, 2 MINUTES OFF.
AB. AIR CONDITIONING IS ASSUMED NOT TO BE ON IN ICING CONDITIONS.
AC. PFD AND MFD HEATERS ARE POWERED ONLY TO HEAT UP PFDs AND MFD TO OPERATING TEMPERATURES. THIS TAKES NO LONGER THAN 15 MINUTES.
AD. DURING LOAD SHED FLIGHT CONDITIONS, ONLY THE LEFT LANDING LIGHT IS NEEDED AND IS TURNED ON FOR THE 5 MINUTE TIME PERIOD BEFORE/DURING LANDING.
AE. (RESERVED)
AF. (RESERVED)
AG. XPDR 1 IS EQUIPPED WITH GTX 335R AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT AND GTX 345R AS OPTIONAL FACTORY KIT. WORST CASE LOADS FOR GTX 345R ARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS.
NOTE "LS" STANDS FOR LOADS THAT WERE LOADSHED IN STANDBY ALTERNATOR ONLY CONFIGURATION

PAGE 3
Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TIME <---------------------------NORMAL GENERATOR OPERATION --------------------------------> <-------STDBY ALT ONLY OPERATION ---- > CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT
NO. EQUIPMENT UNITS ON AMPS MIN. NO. (ICING) NIGHT (ICING) (ICING) (ICING) (ICING) AFTER (ICING) AFTER NON-ICING BATT ONLY OPS BATT ONLY OPS
PER SAME PER SEE (DUTY TIMES BUS LH CB AVN CB PWR J LOAD SHED LOAD SHED FIRST 5 MINUTES AFTER LOADSHED
2 GEN FIELD 1 1 4.00 HZ013 HC010 4.00 120.00 4.00 40.00 4.00 240.00 4.00 240.00 LS LS LS LS 4.00 240.00 -- -- LS LS
BATTERY BUS (HZ014) 5.38 V 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.38 0.38 0.38 5.38 5.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38
5 GEN SENSE 1 1 0.18 HZ012 HZ001 0.18 5.40 0.18 1.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 1.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 0.90 0.18 4.50
11 ETM CONTINUOUS POWER 1 1 0.02 HZ016 BATT HZ007 0.02 0.60 0.02 0.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 0.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 0.10 0.02 0.50
ALT. STBY BUS (HZ030) 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
12 ALTERNATOR CONTROL UNIT 1 1 2.00 HZ030 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2.00 120.00 2.00 20.00 -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 1 ELECT (TOTAL) 92.88 V 62.94 31.69 76.14 49.79 61.09 36.11 67.94 41.47 58.69 32.22 66.89 36.44 40.05 26.07 48.34 29.14 47.29 21.31
BUS 1 ELECT (HC101) 37.81 V 31.63 15.83 35.23 24.23 35.23 24.23 35.23 24.23 35.23 24.23 35.23 24.23 0.03 0.03 15.63 11.65 15.63 11.65
13 STBY PWR 1 1 HC101 HC103,HC105 HC002 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
15 PROP ANTI-ICE (STD) 1 1 22.00 A,X 50% HC101 HC103,HC105 HC004 22.00 330.00 22.00 110.00 22.00 660.00 22.00 660.00 22.00 660.00 22.00 110.00 -- -- -- -- -- --
16 PRIMARY ANTI-ICE (normal mode) (FK22S) 2 2 2.40 H,X 17% HC101 HC103,HC105 HC005 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4.80 4.08 4.80 20.40
-- PRIMARY ANTI-ICE (high mode) (FK22S) 1 1 2.40 I,X " " " -- -- 2.40 24.00 2.40 144.00 2.40 144.00 2.40 144.00 2.40 24.00 -- -- -- -- -- --
19 START CONTROL 1 1 0.12 P HC101 HC104,HC106 HC008 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 1 ELECT (HC103) 26.09 V 16.49 15.00 26.09 24.60 11.04 11.04 17.89 16.40 8.64 7.15 16.84 11.25 11.04 11.04 17.89 16.40 16.84 8.79
28 FUEL FLOW / NG & NP 1 1 0.02 HC103 HC101,HC105 HC029 0.02 0.60 0.02 0.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 0.20 0.02 1.20 0.02 0.10 0.02 0.50
29 FUEL CONT HEATER 1 1 4.10 HC103 HC101,HC105 HC030 4.10 123.00 4.10 41.00 4.10 246.00 4.10 246.00 4.10 246.00 4.10 41.00 4.10 246.00 4.10 20.50 4.10 102.50
BUS 1 ELECT (HC105) 28.98 V 14.82 0.87 14.82 0.96 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.96 28.98 15.00 14.82 1.10 14.82 0.88
35 L VENT FAN (STD) 0 0 10.50 Y HC105 HC101,HC103 HC050 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS 0.00 0.00 -- -- LS LS
All Available Loads

PAGE 4

Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TIME <---------------------------NORMAL GENERATOR OPERATION --------------------------------> <-------STDBY ALT ONLY OPERATION ---- > CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT
BUS 2 ELECT (TOTAL) 74.45 V 45.78 34.25 44.82 37.39 36.62 29.19 36.62 29.19 23.16 22.45 23.16 22.45 34.88 28.16 36.59 29.17 13.55 12.85
BUS 2 ELECT (HC102) 30.85 V 23.21 11.68 24.05 16.62 24.05 16.62 24.05 16.62 10.61 9.90 10.61 9.90 13.58 6.86 24.02 16.60 0.98 0.28
36 STBY POWER 1 1 HC102 HC104,HC106 HC012 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
38 PROP ANTI-ICE CONTROL (STD) 1 1 0.03 A,X 50% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC014 0.03 0.45 0.03 0.15 0.03 0.90 0.03 0.90 0.03 0.90 0.03 0.15 -- -- -- -- -- --
39 BACKUP ANTI-ICE (FK22S) 1 1 2.40 J,X HC102 HC104,HC106 HC015 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
40 W/S ANTI-ICE (FK22S) 1 1 0.84 X 17% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC016 -- -- 0.84 1.43 0.84 8.57 0.84 8.57 0.84 8.57 0.84 1.43 -- -- 0.84 0.71 0.84 3.57
41 COCKPIT AUX 12 VDC PWR (STD) 1 1 6.72 R 50% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC017 6.72 100.81 6.72 33.60 6.72 201.62 6.72 201.62 LS LS LS LS 6.72 201.62 6.72 16.80 LS LS
42 CABIN AUX 12 VDC PWR (STD) 1 1 6.72 R 50% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC017 6.72 100.81 6.72 33.60 6.72 201.62 6.72 201.62 LS LS LS LS 6.72 201.62 6.72 16.80 LS LS
BUS 2 ELECT (HC104) 26.33 V 15.83 15.83 14.03 14.03 5.83 5.83 5.83 5.83 5.81 5.81 5.81 5.81 7.73 7.73 5.83 5.83 5.83 5.83
46 AVN FLD LIGHT 1 1 1.70 HC104 HC102,HC106 HC033 1.70 51.00 1.70 17.00 1.70 102.00 1.70 102.00 1.70 102.00 1.70 17.00 1.70 102.00 1.70 8.50 1.70 42.50
BUS 2 ELECT (HC106) 17.27 V 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 13.57 13.57 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74
58 R VENT FAN (STD) 0 0 10.50 Y HC106 HC102,HC104 HC060 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS 0.00 0.00 -- -- LS LS
BUS 1 AVN (TOTAL) 13.88 V 19.17 12.41 22.67 16.99 22.67 15.84 22.67 15.84 19.44 12.61 19.44 13.76 22.67 15.84 22.67 15.84 18.64 11.81
BUS 1 AVN (HI010) 4.74 V 14.45 7.69 12.20 7.72 12.20 6.57 12.20 6.57 12.20 6.57 12.20 7.72 12.20 6.57 12.20 6.57 11.40 5.77
-- COM 1 (transmit) 1 1 1.91 K,L " " " 1.91 5.73 1.91 5.73 1.91 11.46 1.91 11.46 1.91 11.46 1.91 5.73 1.91 11.46 1.91 0.96 1.91 4.78
60 COM 1 (receive GIA 64W) 1 1 0.30 K HI010 HZ030 HI011 0.30 8.10 0.30 2.10 0.30 16.20 0.30 16.20 0.30 16.20 0.30 2.10 0.30 16.20 0.30 1.35 0.30 6.75
61 COM 1 (transmit GIA 64W) 1 1 4.30 K,L HI010 HZ030 HI011 4.30 12.90 4.30 12.90 4.30 25.80 4.30 25.80 4.30 25.80 4.30 12.90 4.30 25.80 4.30 2.15 4.30 10.75
62 NAV 1 1 1 0.59 HI010 HZ030 HI012 0.59 17.70 0.59 5.90 0.59 35.40 0.59 35.40 0.59 35.40 0.59 5.90 0.59 35.40 0.59 2.95 0.59 14.75
63 NAV 1 (GIA 64W) 1 1 0.80 HI030 HZ030 HI032 0.80 24.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 4.00 LS LS
64 ENG INTFC 1 1 0.10 HI010 HZ030 HI013 0.10 3.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 0.50 0.10 2.50
65A ADC 1 (GDC 74A) 1 1 0.10 HI010 HZ030 HI014 0.10 3.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 0.50 0.10 2.50
65B ADC 1 (GDC 72) 1 1 0.13 HI010 HZ030 HI014 0.13 3.90 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 0.65 0.13 3.25
66A AHRS 1 (GRS 77) 1 1 0.20 HI010 HZ030 HI015 0.20 6.00 0.20 2.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 2.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 5.00
66B AHRS 1 (GRS 79) 1 1 0.15 HI010 HZ030 HI015 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 0.15 3.75
67A PFD 1 (GDU 1040A) (+cool fan) 1 1 1.15 HI010 HZ030 HI016 1.15 34.50 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 5.75 1.15 28.75
67B PFD 1 INTERNAL HEATER (GDU 1040A) 1 1 1.25 AC 15 1 HI010 HZ030 HI016 1.25 18.75 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
69A XPDR 1 (GTX 33 or GTX 33ES (FK687A)) (ident) 1 1 0.41 N HI010 HZ030 HI017 0.41 12.30 0.41 4.10 0.41 24.60 0.41 24.60 0.41 24.60 0.41 4.10 0.41 24.60 0.41 2.05 0.41 10.25
69B XPDR 1 (GTX 335R) (ident) 1 1 0.16 N HI010 HZ030 HI017 0.16 4.80 0.16 1.60 0.16 9.60 0.16 9.60 0.16 9.60 0.16 1.60 0.16 9.60 0.16 0.80 0.16 4.00
69C XPDR 1 (GTX 345R (FK624E) (ident) 1 1 0.30 N HI010 HZ030 HI017 0.30 9.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 1.50 0.30 7.50
70 ADF 1 (KR-87) (FK668N) 1 1 0.28 HI010 HZ030 HI018 0.28 8.40 0.28 2.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 2.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 1.40 0.28 7.00
SPARE HI019 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 1 AVN (HI020) 9.14 V 4.72 4.72 10.47 9.28 10.47 9.28 10.47 9.28 7.24 6.05 7.24 6.05 10.47 9.28 10.47 9.28 7.24 6.05
71 AUDIO 1 1 0.37 HI020 HZ030 HI021 0.37 11.10 0.37 3.70 0.37 22.20 0.37 22.20 0.37 22.20 0.37 3.70 0.37 22.20 0.37 1.85 0.37 9.25
72 AUDIO 1 1 1 1.00 HI020 HZ030 HI021 1.00 30.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 25.00
74 A/P CONT 1 1 0.11 HI020 HZ030 HI023 0.11 3.30 0.11 1.10 0.11 6.60 0.11 6.60 0.11 6.60 0.11 1.10 0.11 6.60 0.11 0.55 0.11 2.75
76A RADAR (GWX 68) (FK629U) (stby) 1 1 1.10 HI020 HZ030 HI026 1.10 33.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS -- -- -- -- LS LS
-- RADAR (GWX 68) (transmit) 1 1 1.50 HI020 HZ030 HI026 -- -- 1.50 15.00 1.50 90.00 1.50 90.00 LS LS LS LS 1.50 90.00 1.50 7.50 LS LS
76B RADAR (GWX 70) (FK629V) (stby) 1 1 1.17 HI020 HZ030 HI026 1.17 35.10 -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS -- -- -- -- LS LS
-- RADAR (GWX 70) (weather mode) 1 1 1.73 HI020 HZ030 HI026 -- -- 1.73 17.30 1.73 103.80 1.73 103.80 LS LS LS LS 1.73 103.80 1.73 8.65 LS LS
77 DCU (FK635S) 1 1 0.45 HI020 HZ030 HI027 0.45 13.50 0.45 4.50 0.45 27.00 0.45 27.00 0.45 27.00 0.45 4.50 0.45 27.00 0.45 2.25 0.45 11.25
SPARE HI028 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
SPARE HI029 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
All Available Loads

PAGE 5

Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TIME <---------------------------NORMAL GENERATOR OPERATION -------------------------------- > <-------STDBY ALT ONLY OPERATION ---- > CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT
BUS 2 AVN (TOTAL) 19.77 V 33.70 15.90 29.20 20.11 29.20 13.65 29.20 13.65 17.03 12.70 17.03 12.64 29.20 15.51 29.20 17.19 5.60 1.27
BUS 2 AVN (HI030) 5.28 V 16.40 9.82 11.90 10.49 11.90 7.57 11.90 7.57 11.90 7.57 11.90 7.51 11.90 7.57 11.90 7.57 5.60 1.27
81 NAV 2 1 1 0.59 HI030 HZ030 HI032 0.59 17.70 0.59 5.90 0.59 35.40 0.59 35.40 0.59 35.40 0.59 5.90 0.59 35.40 0.59 2.95 LS LS
83A MFD (GDU 1040A) (+cool fan) 1 1 1.15 HI030 HZ030 HI033 1.15 34.50 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 5.75 LS LS
83B MFD (GDU 1050A) (+cool fan) 1 1 0.62 HI030 HZ030 HI033 0.62 18.60 0.62 23.06 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 3.10 LS LS
-- MFD INTERNAL HEATER (GDU 1050A) 1 1 1.00 15 HI030 HZ030 HI033 1.00 15.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
84A ADC 2 (GDC 74A) 1 1 0.12 HI030 HZ030 HI034 0.12 3.60 0.12 1.20 0.12 7.20 0.12 7.20 0.12 7.20 0.12 1.20 0.12 7.20 0.12 0.60 LS LS
84B ADC 2 (GDC 72) 1 1 0.13 HI030 HZ030 HI034 0.13 3.90 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 0.65 LS LS
85A AHRS 2 (GRS 77) 1 1 0.20 HI030 HZ030 HI035 0.20 6.00 0.20 2.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 2.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 1.00 LS LS
85B AHRS 2 (GRS 79) 1 1 0.15 HI030 HZ030 HI035 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 LS LS
86A PFD 2 (GDU 1040A) (+cool fan) 1 1 1.15 HI030 HZ030 HI036 1.15 34.50 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 5.75 LS LS
86B PFD 2 (GDU 1050A) (+cool fan) 1 1 0.62 HI030 HZ030 HI036 0.62 18.60 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 3.10 LS LS
87A XPDR 2 (GTX 33 (FK624H) or GTX 33ES (FK687B)) (stb 1 1 0.46 N HI030 HZ030 HI037 0.46 13.80 0.46 4.60 0.46 27.60 0.46 27.60 0.46 27.60 0.46 4.60 0.46 27.60 0.46 2.30 LS LS
87B XPDR 2 (GTX 335R) (FK624B) (stby) 1 1 0.15 N HI030 HZ030 HI037 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 LS LS
88 Audio 2 1 1 1.00 HI030 HZ030 HI038 1.00 30.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 25.00
BUS 2 AVN (HI040) 14.49 V 17.30 6.08 17.30 9.62 17.30 6.08 17.30 6.08 5.13 5.13 5.13 5.13 17.30 7.94 17.30 9.62 0.00 0.00
89 DME 1 1 0.40 HI040 HZ030 HI041 0.40 12.00 0.40 4.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 4.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 2.00 LS LS
90A TAS (KTA-870) (FK635Q) 1 1 0.81 HI040 HZ030 HI042 0.81 24.30 0.81 8.10 0.81 48.60 0.81 48.60 0.81 48.60 0.81 8.10 0.81 48.60 0.81 4.05 LS LS
90B TAS (GTS 825) (FK635M) 1 1 1.65 HI040 HZ030 HI042 1.65 49.50 1.65 16.50 1.65 99.00 1.65 99.00 1.65 99.00 1.65 16.50 1.65 99.00 1.65 8.25 LS LS
91A XM-DATA LINK (GDL 69A) (FK632K/L) 1 1 0.27 HI040 HZ030 HI043 0.27 8.10 0.27 2.70 0.27 16.20 0.27 16.20 0.27 16.20 0.27 2.70 0.27 16.20 0.27 1.35 LS LS
91B XM-DATA LINK (GDL 69ASXM) (FKXXXX) 1 1 0.14 HI040 HZ030 HI043 0.14 4.20 0.14 1.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 1.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 0.70 LS LS
92 STORMSCOPE (FK629R) 1 1 0.17 HI040 HZ030 HI044 0.17 5.10 0.17 1.70 0.17 10.20 0.17 10.20 LS LS LS LS 0.17 10.20 0.17 0.85 LS LS
95 IRIDIUM DATA 1 1 1.86 HI040 HZ030 HI048 1.86 0.00 1.86 18.60 1.86 0.00 1.86 0.00 1.86 111.60 1.86 18.60 1.86 111.60 1.86 9.30 LS LS
SPARE HI047 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
SPARE HI048 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
SPARE HI049 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
TOTAL DEMAND 176.22 182.86 159.61 166.46 126.25 129.45 136.83 137.83 86.01
BATTERY ENDURANCE BEYOND 25 MINUTES AFTER LOADSHED -0.51 MINUTES
NOTES Totals on this table (Table A4) are for template purposes only.
A. IN AUTO MODE DUTY CYCLE IS 90 SEC ON, 90 SEC OFF. They should not be used as real world totals as they can represent aircraft configurations that are not possible.
H. IN NORMAL ANTI-ICE MODE, 2 PUMPS RUN 20 SEC ON, 100 SEC OFF (DUTY CYCLE IS 17%). SELECTING MAX ANTI-ICE MODE RUNS BOTH PUMPS CONTINUOUSLY FOR 2 MINUTES EACH TIME MAX ANTI-ICE IS SELECTED.
I. IN HIGH ANTI-ICE MODE, ONE PUMP RUNS CONTINUOUSLY. SELECTING MAX ANTI-ICE MODE RUNS BOTH PUMPS CONTINUOUSLY FOR 2 MINUTES EACH TIME MAX ANTI-ICE IS SELECTED.
K. FOR THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATIONS, 1 MINUTE OF TRANSMISSION FOR EVERY 10 MINUTES DURING TAXI AND FLIGHT, AND 3 MINUTES OF TRANSMISSION FOR EVERY 10 MINUTES DURING TAKEOFF AND LANDING.
P. ON ONLY DURING ENGINE START.
R. FOR THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATIONS, AUX 12 VDC OUTPUTS ARE ASSUMED OPERATING AT 50% CAPABILITY.
S. DIMMERS ON MAX.
X. ELECTRIC PROP ANTI-ICE IS MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE WITH FK22S (TKS OPTION).
NOTE "LS" STANDS FOR LOADS THAT WERE LOADSHED IN STANDBY ALTERNATOR ONLY CONFIGURATION
All Available Loads

PAGE 6

Appendix C
24-52-01 Model 208B G1000 & PT6A-140 Load Analysis Chart
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TIME <---------------------------NORMAL GENERATOR OPERATION --------------------------------- > <-------STDBY ALT ONLY OPERATION ----- > CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT
ITEM INSTALLED NO. NO. ON CIRCUIT BREAKER TAXI NIGHT TAKEOFF/LAND CRUISE DAY CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT LANDING NIGHT CRUISE DAY (ICING) (ICING)
NO. EQUIPMENT UNITS ON AMPS MIN. NO. (ICING) NIGHT (ICING) (ICING) (ICING) (ICING) NON-ICING BATT ONLY OPS BATT ONLY OPS
PER SAME PER SEE (DUTY TIMES BUS LH CB AVN CB PWR J (ICING) AFTER LOAD SHED AFTER LOAD SHED FIRST 5 MINUTES AFTER LOADSHED
2 GEN FIELD 1 1 4.00 HZ013 HC010 4.00 120.00 4.00 40.00 4.00 240.00 4.00 240.00 LS LS LS LS 4.00 240.00 4.00 20 LS LS
3 ENGINE RESTART 1 1 338.20 P 0.5 1 HZ014 BATT -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 338.20 169.10 -- --
BATTERY BUS (HZ014) 5.19 V 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 0.19 0.19 5.19 5.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19
6 GEN SENSE 1 1 0.18 HZ012 HZ001 0.18 5.40 0.18 1.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 1.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 0.90 0.18 4.50
12 ETM CONTINUOUS POWER 1 1 0.25 AF HZ016 BATT HZ007 0.25 7.50 0.25 2.50 0.25 15.00 0.25 15.00 0.25 15.00 0.25 2.50 0.25 15.00 0.25 1.25 0.25 6.25
ALT. STBY BUS (HZ030) 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
13 ALTERNATOR CONTROL UNIT 1 1 2.00 AE HZ030 HZ018 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2.00 120.00 2.00 20.00 -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 1 ELECT (TOTAL) #REF! V 26.70 7.63 33.01 18.83 30.24 16.26 31.76 17.46 30.57 16.27 31.82 17.01 31.20 17.22 34.28 16.15 34.22 14.97
BUS 1 ELECT (HC101) 11.00 V 9.62 4.82 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 0.02 0.02 15.74 11.65 15.62 11.64
14 STBY PWR 1 HC101 HC103,HC105 HC002 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
16 PRIMARY ANTI-ICE (normal mode) (FK22S) 2 2 2.40 H 17% HC101 HC103,HC105 HC005 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4.80 4.08 4.80 20.40
-- PRIMARY ANTI-ICE (high mode) (FK22S) 1 1 2.40 I " " " -- -- 2.40 24.00 2.40 144.00 2.40 144.00 2.40 144.00 2.40 24.00 -- -- -- -- -- --
19 START CONTROL 1 1 0.12 P 0.5 HC101 HC104,HC106 HC008 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.12 0.06 -- --
BUS 1 ELECT (HC103) #REF! V 2.26 1.94 4.97 4.65 2.20 2.20 3.72 3.40 2.53 2.21 3.78 2.83 2.20 2.20 3.72 3.40 3.78 2.46
29 OIL PRESSURE 1 1 0.02 HC103 HC101,HC105 HC030 0.02 0.54 0.02 0.18 0.02 1.08 0.02 1.08 0.02 1.08 0.02 0.18 0.02 1.08 0.02 0.09 0.02 0.45
BUS 1 ELECT (HC105) 28.98 V 14.82 0.87 14.82 0.96 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.96 28.98 15.00 14.82 1.10 14.82 0.88
BUS 2 ELECT (TOTAL) 61.02 V 42.94 26.24 43.83 31.24 42.58 29.99 42.58 29.99 18.74 18.04 18.74 18.04 40.47 28.57 42.58 29.99 9.16 8.46
BUS 2 ELECT (HC102) 27.58 V 23.18 11.66 24.02 16.60 24.02 16.60 24.02 16.60 10.58 9.88 10.58 9.88 13.58 6.86 24.02 16.60 0.98 0.28
36 STBY POWER 1 1 HC102 HC104,HC106 HC012 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
SPARE HC014 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
38 BACKUP ANTI-ICE (FK22S) 1 1 2.40 J HC102 HC104,HC106 HC015 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
39 W/S ANTI-ICE (FK22S) 1 1 0.84 17% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC016 -- -- 0.84 1.43 0.84 8.57 0.84 8.57 0.84 8.57 0.84 1.43 -- -- 0.84 0.71 0.84 3.57
40 COCKPIT AUX 12 VDC PWR (STANDARD) 1 1 6.72 R 50% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC017 6.72 100.81 6.72 33.60 6.72 201.62 6.72 201.62 LS LS LS LS 6.72 201.62 6.72 16.80 LS LS
41 CABIN AUX 12 VDC PWR (STANDARD) 1 1 6.72 R 50% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC017 6.72 100.81 6.72 33.60 6.72 201.62 6.72 201.62 LS LS LS LS 6.72 201.62 6.72 16.80 LS LS
BUS 2 ELECT (HC104) 5.79 V 2.64 2.64 2.69 2.69 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 2.94 2.94 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44
45 COCKPIT FLOOD LIGHTS 1 1 0.11 HC104 HC102,HC106 HC033 0.11 3.27 0.11 1.09 0.11 6.54 0.11 6.54 0.11 6.54 0.11 1.09 0.11 6.54 0.11 0.55 0.11 2.73

PAGE 7

Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TIME <---------------------------NORMAL GENERATOR OPERATION ---------------------------------- > <-------STDBY ALT ONLY OPERATION ----- > CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT
BUS 2 ELECT (HC106) 27.65 V 17.12 11.95 17.12 11.95 17.12 11.95 17.12 11.95 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 23.95 18.78 17.12 11.95 6.74 6.74
53 115 VAC OUTLET CTRLR (FK161G) 1 1 0.03 HC106 HC102,HC104 HC055 0.03 0.90 0.03 0.30 0.03 1.80 0.03 1.80 LS LS LS LS 0.03 1.80 0.03 0.15 LS LS
54 115 VAC PWR INVTR (FK161G) 1 1 10.35 R 50% HC106 HC102,HC104 HC056 10.35 155.25 10.35 51.75 10.35 310.50 10.35 310.50 LS LS LS LS 10.35 310.50 10.35 25.88 LS LS
-- (Warning Horn only) 1 1 0.10 M " " " -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 1 AVN (TOTAL) 16.44 V 11.22 6.82 15.57 11.28 15.57 10.48 15.57 10.48 13.84 8.75 13.84 9.55 15.57 10.48 15.57 10.48 13.84 8.75
BUS 1 AVN (HI010) 7.12 V 8.42 4.02 7.42 4.32 7.42 3.52 7.42 3.52 7.42 3.52 7.42 4.32 7.42 3.52 7.42 3.52 7.42 3.52
-- COM 1 (transmit) 1 1 4.30 K,L " " " 4.30 12.90 4.30 12.90 4.30 25.80 4.30 25.80 4.30 25.80 4.30 12.90 4.30 25.80 4.30 2.15 4.30 10.75
61 NAV 1 1 1 0.80 HI010 HZ030 HI012 0.80 24.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 4.00 0.80 20.00
62 ENG INTFC 1 1 0.54 HI010 HZ030 HI013 0.54 16.20 0.54 5.40 0.54 32.40 0.54 32.40 0.54 32.40 0.54 5.40 0.54 32.40 0.54 2.70 0.54 13.50
63 ADC 1 (GDC 72) 1 1 0.13 HI010 HZ030 HI014 0.13 3.90 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 0.65 0.13 3.25
64 AHRS 1 (GRS 79) 1 1 0.15 HI010 HZ030 HI015 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 0.15 3.75
65 PFD 1 (GDU 1050A) (+cool fan) 1 1 0.62 HI010 HZ030 HI016 0.62 18.60 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 3.10 0.62 15.50
66 PFD 1 INTERNAL HEATER (GDU 1050A) 1 1 1.00 AC 15 1 " " " 1.00 15.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
67 XPDR 1 (GTX 335R or GTX 345R (FK624E))(ident) 1 1 0.30 N, AG HI010 HZ030 HI017 0.30 9.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 1.50 0.30 7.50
68 ADF 1 (KR-87) (FK668N) 1 1 0.28 HI010 HZ030 HI018 0.28 8.40 0.28 2.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 2.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 1.40 0.28 7.00
SPARE HI019 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 1 AVN (HI020) 9.32 V 2.80 2.80 8.15 6.96 8.15 6.96 8.15 6.96 6.42 5.23 6.42 5.23 8.15 6.96 8.15 6.96 6.42 5.23
69 AUDIO 1 1 1 1.00 HI020 HZ030 HI021 1.00 30.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 25.00
71 A/P CONT 1 1 0.11 HI020 HZ030 HI023 0.11 3.30 0.11 1.10 0.11 6.60 0.11 6.60 0.11 6.60 0.11 1.10 0.11 6.60 0.11 0.55 0.11 2.75
74 RADAR (GWX-70) (FK629V) (Stby) 1 1 1.17 HI020 HZ030 HI026 1.17 35.10 -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS -- -- -- -- LS LS
-- RADAR (GWX 70) (Operate) 1 1 1.73 " " " -- -- 1.73 17.30 1.73 103.80 1.73 103.80 LS LS LS LS 1.73 103.80 1.73 8.65 LS LS
BUS 2 AVN (TOTAL) 19.99 V 21.99 11.63 19.99 12.31 19.99 8.96 19.99 8.96 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 19.99 10.63 19.99 10.63 1.00 1.00
BUS 2 AVN (HI030) 3.77 V 5.77 4.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 1.00 1.00
-- COM 2 (transmit) 1 1 4.30 K,L " " " -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
77 NAV 2 1 1 0.80 HI030 HZ030 HI032 0.80 24.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 4.00 LS LS
78 MFD (GDU 1050A) (+cool fan) 1 1 0.62 HI030 HZ030 HI033 0.62 18.60 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 3.10 LS LS
-- MFD INTERNAL HEATER (GDU 1050A) 1 1 1.00 AC 15 1 " " " 1.00 15.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
79 ADC 2 (GDC 72) 1 1 0.13 HI030 HZ030 HI034 0.13 3.90 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 0.65 LS LS
80 AHRS 2 (GRS 79) 1 1 0.15 HI030 HZ030 HI035 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 LS LS
81 PFD 2 (GDU 1050A) (+cool fan) 1 1 0.62 HI030 HZ030 HI036 0.62 18.60 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 3.10 LS LS
-- PFD2 INTERNAL HEATER (GDU 1050A) 1 1 1.00 AC 15 1 " " " 1.00 15.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
82 XPDR 2 (GTX 335R) (FK624B) (stby) 1 1 0.15 N HI030 HZ030 HI037 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 LS LS
83 AUDIO 2 1 1 1.00 HI030 HZ030 HI038 1.00 30.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 25.00
SPARE HI039 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 2 AVN (HI040) 16.22 V 16.22 6.86 16.22 8.54 16.22 5.19 16.22 5.19 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 16.22 6.86 16.22 6.86 0.00 0.00
84 DME 1 1 0.40 HI040 HZ030 HI041 0.40 12.00 0.40 4.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 4.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 2.00 LS LS
85 TAS (GTS 825) (FK635M) 1 1 1.65 HI040 HZ030 HI042 1.65 49.50 1.65 16.50 1.65 99.00 1.65 99.00 1.65 99.00 1.65 16.50 1.65 99.00 1.65 8.25 LS LS
86 XM-DATA LINK (GDL 69ASMX) 1 1 0.14 HI040 HZ030 HI043 0.14 4.20 0.14 1.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 1.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 0.70 LS LS
87 STORMSCOPE (FK629R) 1 1 0.17 HI040 HZ030 HI044 0.17 5.10 0.17 1.70 0.17 10.20 0.17 10.20 0.17 10.20 0.17 1.70 0.17 10.20 0.17 0.85 LS LS
90 IRIDIUM DATA 1 1 1.86 HI040 HZ030 HI048 1.86 55.80 1.86 18.60 1.86 11.16 1.86 11.16 1.86 111.60 1.86 18.60 1.86 111.60 1.86 9.30 LS LS
SPARE HI049 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
TOTAL DEMAND 113.58 122.47 118.44 119.97 79.10 75.35 117.29 455.69 59.18

PAGE 8

Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TIME <---------------------------NORMAL GENERATOR OPERATION --------------------------------- > <-------STDBY ALT ONLY OPERATION ----- > CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT
NOTES
A. IN AUTO MODE DUTY CYCLE IS 90 SEC ON, 90 SEC OFF.
H. IN NORMAL ANTI-ICE MODE, 2 PUMPS RUN 20 SEC ON, 100 SEC OFF (DUTY CYCLE IS 17%). SELECTING MAX ANTI-ICE MODE RUNS THE SECOND PUMP CONTINUOUSLY FOR 2 MINUTES EACH TIME MAX ANTI-ICE IS SELECTED.
I. IN HIGH ANTI-ICE MODE, ONE PUMP RUNS CONTINUOUSLY. SELECTING MAX ANTI-ICE MODE RUNS THE SECOND PUMP RUNS CONTINUOUSLY FOR 2 MINUTES EACH TIME MAX ANTI-ICE IS SELECTED.
K. FOR THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATIONS, 1 MINUTE OF TRANSMISSION FOR EVERY 10 MINUTES DURING TAXI AND FLIGHT, AND 3 MINUTES OF TRANSMISSION FOR EVERY 10 MINUTES DURING TAKEOFF, LANDING, AND IN BATTERY OPS ONLY (EMERGENCY).
P. ON ONLY DURING ENGINE START (ONE ATTEMPT DURING EMER RECOGNITION PERIOD).
R. FOR THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATIONS, AUX 12 VDC AND 115 VAC OUTPUTS ARE ASSUMED OPERATING AT 50% CAPABILITY.
S. DIMMERS ON MAX.
W. THE MODEL 208B HAS 14 READING LIGHTS, AND THE SUPER CARGOMASTER HAS NONE.
X. NOTE DELETED.
AE. CIRCUIT BREAKER HZ018 IS LOCATED IN STANDBY ALTERNATOR JBOX.
AF. FAST ETM DRAWS 0.1 AMPS PER HOUR ((0.5 AMPS PER HOUR)•(1/5TH DUTY CYCLE)) MAXIMUM FROM HOT BATTERY BUS AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN FOR GMS DATA TRANSMISSION.
AG. XPDR 1 IS EQUIPPED WITH GTX 335R AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT AND GTX 345R AS OPTIONAL FACTORY KIT. WORST CASE LOADS FOR GTX 345 ARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS.
NOTE "LS" STANDS FOR LOADS THAT WERE LOADSHED IN STANDBY ALTERNATOR ONLY CONFIGURATION.

PAGE 9

Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 GEN FIELD 1 1 4.00 HZ013 HC010 4.00 120.00 4.00 40.00 4.00 240.00 4.00 240.00 LS LS LS LS 4.00 240.00 4.00 20 LS LS
3 ENGINE RESTART 1 1 338.20 P 0.5 1 HZ014 BATT -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 338.20 169.10 -- --
BATTERY BUS (HZ014) 5.19 V 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 5.19 0.19 0.19 5.19 5.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19
6 GEN SENSE 1 1 0.18 HZ012 HZ001 0.18 5.40 0.18 1.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 1.80 0.18 10.80 0.18 0.90 0.18 4.50
12 ETM CONTINUOUS POWER 1 1 0.25 AF HZ016 BATT HZ007 0.25 7.50 0.25 2.50 0.25 15.00 0.25 15.00 0.25 15.00 0.25 2.50 0.25 15.00 0.25 1.25 0.25 6.25
ALT. STBY BUS (HZ030) 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
13 ALTERNATOR CONTROL UNIT 1 1 2.00 AE HZ030 HZ018 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2.00 120.00 2.00 20.00 -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 1 ELECT (TOTAL) 49.78 V 26.73 7.65 33.04 18.86 30.26 16.29 31.79 17.49 30.59 16.29 31.84 17.04 31.22 17.25 34.31 16.17 34.24 14.99
BUS 1 ELECT (HC101) 15.80 V 9.62 4.82 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 13.22 0.02 0.02 15.74 11.65 15.62 11.64
14 STBY PWR 1 HC101 HC103,HC105 HC002 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
16 PRIMARY ANTI-ICE (normal mode) (FK22S) 2 2 2.40 H 17% HC101 HC103,HC105 HC005 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4.80 4.08 4.80 20.40
-- PRIMARY ANTI-ICE (high mode) (FK22S) 1 1 2.40 I " " " -- -- 2.40 24.00 2.40 144.00 2.40 144.00 2.40 144.00 2.40 24.00 -- -- -- -- -- --
19 START CONTROL 1 1 0.12 P 0.5 HC101 HC104,HC106 HC008 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.12 0.06 -- --
BUS 1 ELECT (HC103) 5.00 V 2.29 1.97 5.00 4.68 2.22 2.22 3.75 3.43 2.55 2.23 3.80 2.86 2.22 2.22 3.75 3.43 3.80 2.48
28 FUEL FLOW / NG & NP 1 1 0.03 HC103 HC101,HC105 HC029 0.03 0.75 0.03 0.25 0.03 1.50 0.03 1.50 0.03 1.50 0.03 0.25 0.03 1.50 0.03 0.13 0.03 0.63
29 OIL PRESSURE 1 1 0.02 HC103 HC101,HC105 HC030 0.02 0.54 0.02 0.18 0.02 1.08 0.02 1.08 0.02 1.08 0.02 0.18 0.02 1.08 0.02 0.09 0.02 0.45
BUS 1 ELECT (HC105) 28.98 V 14.82 0.87 14.82 0.96 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.84 14.82 0.96 28.98 15.00 14.82 1.10 14.82 0.88
35 L VENT FAN (STD) 0 0 10.50 Y HC105 HC101,HC103 HC050 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS 0.00 0.00 -- -- LS LS
All Available Loads

PAGE 10

Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
BUS 2 ELECT (TOTAL) 64.26 V 42.94 26.24 43.83 31.24 42.58 29.99 42.58 29.99 18.74 18.04 18.74 18.04 40.47 28.57 42.58 29.99 9.16 8.46
BUS 2 ELECT (HC102) 30.82 V 23.18 11.66 24.02 16.60 24.02 16.60 24.02 16.60 10.58 9.88 10.58 9.88 13.58 6.86 24.02 16.60 0.98 0.28
36 STBY POWER 1 HC102 HC104,HC106 HC012 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
38 BACKUP ANTI-ICE (FK22S) 1 1 2.40 J HC102 HC104,HC106 HC015 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
39 W/S ANTI-ICE (FK22S) 1 1 0.84 17% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC016 -- -- 0.84 1.43 0.84 8.57 0.84 8.57 0.84 8.57 0.84 1.43 -- -- 0.84 0.71 0.84 3.57
40 COCKPIT AUX 12 VDC PWR (STANDARD) 1 1 6.72 R 50% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC017 6.72 100.81 6.72 33.60 6.72 201.62 6.72 201.62 LS LS LS LS 6.72 201.62 6.72 16.80 LS LS
41 CABIN AUX 12 VDC PWR (STANDARD) 1 1 6.72 R 50% HC102 HC104,HC106 HC017 6.72 100.81 6.72 33.60 6.72 201.62 6.72 201.62 LS LS LS LS 6.72 201.62 6.72 16.80 LS LS
BUS 2 ELECT (HC104) 5.79 V 2.64 2.64 2.69 2.69 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 2.94 2.94 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44
45 COCKPIT FLOOD LIGHTS 1 1 0.11 HC104 HC102,HC106 HC033 0.11 3.27 0.11 1.09 0.11 6.54 0.11 6.54 0.11 6.54 0.11 1.09 0.11 6.54 0.11 0.55 0.11 2.73
BUS 2 ELECT (HC106) 27.65 V 17.12 11.95 17.12 11.95 17.12 11.95 17.12 11.95 6.74 6.74 6.74 6.74 23.95 18.78 17.12 11.95 6.74 6.74
SPARE HC052 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
SPARE HC053 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
SPARE HC054 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
53 115 VAC OUTLET CTRLR (FK161G) 1 1 0.03 HC106 HC102,HC104 HC055 0.03 0.90 0.03 0.30 0.03 1.80 0.03 1.80 LS LS LS LS 0.03 1.80 0.03 0.15 LS LS
54 115 VAC PWR INVTR (FK161G) 1 1 10.35 R 50% HC106 HC102,HC104 HC056 10.35 155.25 10.35 51.75 10.35 310.50 10.35 310.50 LS LS LS LS 10.35 310.50 10.35 25.88 LS LS
59 R VENT FAN (STD) 0 0 10.50 Y HC106 HC102,HC104 HC060 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS 0.00 0.00 -- -- LS LS
BUS 1 AVN (TOTAL) 13.05 V 19.17 11.98 22.67 16.99 22.67 15.41 22.67 15.41 19.44 12.18 19.44 12.47 22.67 15.41 22.67 15.41 18.64 11.38
BUS 1 AVN (HI010) 3.91 V 14.45 7.26 12.20 7.72 12.20 6.14 12.20 6.14 12.20 6.14 12.20 6.43 12.20 6.14 12.20 6.14 11.40 5.34
-- COM 1 (transmit) 1 1 1.91 K,L HI010 HZ030 HI011 1.91 5.73 1.91 5.73 1.91 11.46 1.91 11.46 1.91 11.46 1.91 5.73 1.91 11.46 1.91 0.96 1.91 4.78
63 NAV 1 1 1 0.59 HI010 HZ030 HI012 0.59 17.70 0.59 5.90 0.59 35.40 0.59 35.40 0.59 35.40 0.59 5.90 0.59 35.40 0.59 2.95 0.59 14.75
NAV 1 (GIA 64W) 1 1 0.80 HI030 HZ030 HI032 0.80 24.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 8.00 0.80 48.00 0.80 4.00 LS LS
64 ENG INTFC 1 1 0.10 HI010 HZ030 HI013 0.10 3.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 0.50 0.10 2.50
66A ADC 1 (GDC 74A) 1 1 0.10 HI010 HZ030 HI014 0.10 3.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 0.50 0.10 2.50
66B ADC 1 (GDC 72) 1 1 0.13 HI010 HZ030 HI014 0.13 3.90 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 0.65 0.13 3.25
67A AHRS 1 GRS 77) 1 1 0.20 HI010 HZ030 HI015 0.20 6.00 0.20 2.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 2.00 0.20 12.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 5.00
67B AHRS 1 (GRS 79) 1 1 0.15 HI010 HZ030 HI015 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 0.15 3.75
68A PDF1 (GDU 1040A) (+cool fan) 1 1 1.15 HI010 HZ030 HI016 1.15 34.50 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 5.75 1.15 28.75
70A XPDR 1 (GTX 33 or GTX 33ES (FK687A) (Ident) 1 1 0.41 N HI010 HZ030 HI017 0.41 12.30 0.41 4.10 0.41 24.60 0.41 24.60 0.41 24.60 0.41 4.10 0.41 24.60 0.41 2.05 0.41 10.25
70B XPDR 1 (GTX 335R) (Ident) 1 1 0.16 N HI010 HZ030 HI017 0.16 4.80 0.16 1.60 0.16 9.60 0.16 9.60 0.16 9.60 0.16 1.60 0.16 9.60 0.16 0.80 0.16 4.00
70C XPDR 1 (GTX 345R) (FK624E) (Ident) 1 1 0.30 N HI010 HZ030 HI017 0.30 9.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 3.00 0.30 18.00 0.30 1.50 0.30 7.50
70 ADF 1 (KR-87) (FK668N) 1 1 0.28 HI010 HZ030 HI018 0.28 8.40 0.28 2.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 2.80 0.28 16.80 0.28 1.40 0.28 7.00
SPARE HI019 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 1 AVN (HI020) 9.14 V 4.72 4.72 10.47 9.28 10.47 9.28 10.47 9.28 7.24 6.05 7.24 6.05 10.47 9.28 10.47 9.28 7.24 6.05
70 AUDIO 1 1 0.37 HI020 HZ030 HI021 0.37 11.10 0.37 3.70 0.37 22.20 0.37 22.20 0.37 22.20 0.37 3.70 0.37 22.20 0.37 1.85 0.37 9.25
71 AUDIO 1 1 1 1.00 HI020 HZ030 HI021 1.00 30.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 25.00
73 A/P CONT 1 1 0.11 HI020 HZ030 HI023 0.11 3.30 0.11 1.10 0.11 6.60 0.11 6.60 0.11 6.60 0.11 1.10 0.11 6.60 0.11 0.55 0.11 2.75
76 RADAR Standby (GWX-68) (FK629U) 0 0 1.10 HI020 HZ030 HI026 0.00 0.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS -- -- -- 0.00 LS LS
-- RADAR (GWX 68) Operate 0 0 1.50 " " " 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 LS LS LS LS 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 LS LS
76A RADAR Receive (GWX-68) (FK629U) 1 1 1.10 HI020 HZ030 HI026 1.10 33.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS -- -- -- -- LS LS
-- RADAR Transmit 1 1 1.50 HI020 HZ030 HI026 -- -- 1.50 15.00 1.50 90.00 1.50 90.00 LS LS LS LS 1.50 90.00 1.50 7.50 LS LS
All Available Loads

PAGE 11

Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TIME <---------------------------NORMAL GENERATOR OPERATION---------------------------------- > <-------STDBY ALT ONLY OPERATION ---- > CRUISE NIGHT CRUISE NIGHT
76B RADAR (GWX-70) (FK629V) (Stby) 1 1 1.17 HI020 HZ030 HI026 1.17 35.10 -- -- -- -- -- -- LS LS LS LS -- -- -- -- LS LS
-- RADAR (GWX 70) (Weather Mode) 1 1 1.73 HI020 HZ030 HI026 -- -- 1.73 17.30 1.73 103.80 1.73 103.80 LS LS LS LS 1.73 103.80 1.73 8.65 LS LS
77 DCU (FK635S) 1 1 0.45 HI020 HZ030 HI027 0.45 13.50 0.45 4.50 0.45 27.00 0.45 27.00 0.45 27.00 0.45 4.50 0.45 27.00 0.45 2.25 0.45 11.25
SPARE HI028 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
SPARE HI029 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 2 AVN (TOTAL) 17.99 V 33.81 16.61 29.31 18.53 29.31 13.79 29.31 13.79 15.28 10.95 15.28 11.05 29.31 14.27 29.31 15.62 5.60 1.29
BUS 2 AVN (HI030) 3.42 V 16.39 9.81 11.89 8.79 11.89 7.56 11.89 7.56 11.89 7.56 11.89 7.66 11.89 7.56 11.89 7.56 5.60 1.29
-- COM 2 (transmit GIA 64W) 1 1 4.30 K,L HI030 HZ030 HI031 4.30 0.00 4.30 12.90 4.30 0.00 4.30 0.00 4.30 0.00 4.30 1.61 4.30 0.00 4.30 0.00 4.30 0.54
80 NAV 2 1 1 0.59 HI030 HZ030 HI032 0.59 17.70 0.59 5.90 0.59 35.40 0.59 35.40 0.59 35.40 0.59 5.90 0.59 35.40 0.59 2.95 LS LS
82A MFD (GDU 1040A) (+cooling fan) 1 1 1.15 HI030 HZ030 HI033 1.15 34.50 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 5.75 LS LS
82B MFD (GDU 1050A) (+cooling fan) 1 1 0.62 HI030 HZ030 HI033 0.62 18.60 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 3.10 LS LS
83A ADC 2 (GDC 74A) 1 1 0.10 HI030 HZ030 HI034 0.10 3.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 1.00 0.10 6.00 0.10 0.50 LS LS
83B ADC 2 (GDC 72) 1 1 0.13 HI030 HZ030 HI034 0.13 3.90 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 7.80 0.13 1.30 0.13 7.80 0.13 0.65 LS LS
84A AHRS 2 (GRS 77) 1 1 0.21 HI030 HZ030 HI035 0.21 6.30 0.21 2.10 0.21 12.60 0.21 12.60 0.21 12.60 0.21 2.10 0.21 12.60 0.21 1.05 LS LS
84B AHRS 2 (GRS 79) 1 1 0.15 HI030 HZ030 HI035 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 LS LS
85A PFD 2 (GDU 1040A) (+cooling fan) 1 1 1.15 HI030 HZ030 HI036 1.15 34.50 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 69.00 1.15 11.50 1.15 69.00 1.15 5.75 LS LS
PFD2 INTERNAL HEATER (GDU 1040A) 1 1 1.25 AC 15 1 HI030 HZ030 HI036 1.25 18.75 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
85B PFD 2 (GDU 1050A) (+cooling fan) 1 1 0.62 HI030 HZ030 HI036 0.62 18.60 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 6.20 0.62 37.20 0.62 3.10 LS LS
86A XPDR 2 (GTX 33 (FK624H) or GTX 33ES (FK687B) (St 1 1 0.46 N HI030 HZ030 HI037 0.46 13.80 0.46 4.60 0.46 27.60 0.46 27.60 0.46 27.60 0.46 4.60 0.46 27.60 0.46 2.30 LS LS
86B XPDR 2 (GTX 335R) (FK624B) (Stby) 1 1 0.15 N HI030 HZ030 HI037 0.15 4.50 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 9.00 0.15 1.50 0.15 9.00 0.15 0.75 LS LS
87 Audio 2 1 1 1.00 HI030 HZ030 HI038 1.00 30.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 10.00 1.00 60.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 25.00
SPARE HI039 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
BUS 2 AVN (HI040) 14.57 V 17.42 6.80 17.42 9.74 17.42 6.23 17.42 6.23 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.39 17.42 6.71 17.42 8.06 0.00 0.00
88 DME 1 1 0.40 HI040 HZ030 HI041 0.40 12.00 0.40 4.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 4.00 0.40 24.00 0.40 2.00 LS LS
89 TAS (KTA-870) (FK635Q) 0 0 0.81 HI040 HZ030 HI042 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 LS LS
90A TAS (KTA-870) (FK635Q) 1 1 0.81 HI040 HZ030 HI042 0.81 24.30 0.81 8.10 0.81 48.60 0.81 48.60 0.81 48.60 0.81 8.10 0.81 48.60 0.81 4.05 LS LS
90B TAS (GTS 825) (FK635M) 1 1 1.65 HI040 HZ030 HI042 1.65 49.50 1.65 16.50 1.65 99.00 1.65 99.00 1.65 99.00 1.65 16.50 1.65 99.00 1.65 8.25 LS LS
91A XM-DATA LINK (GDL 69A) (FK632K/L) 1 1 0.39 HI040 HZ030 HI043 0.39 11.70 0.39 3.90 0.39 23.40 0.39 23.40 0.39 23.40 0.39 3.90 0.39 23.40 0.39 1.95 LS LS
91B XM-DATA LINK (GDL 69ASMX) (FKXXXX) 1 1 0.14 HI040 HZ030 HI043 0.14 4.20 0.14 1.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 1.40 0.14 8.40 0.14 0.70 LS LS
92 STORMSCOPE (FK629R) 1 1 0.17 HI040 HZ030 HI044 0.17 5.10 0.17 1.70 0.17 10.20 0.17 10.20 LS LS LS LS 0.17 10.20 0.17 0.85 LS LS
SPARE HI047 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
95 IRIDIUM DATA (GSR 56) (Unavailable) 0 0 0.67 AH HI040 HZ030 HI048 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 LS LS
-- IRIDIUM DATA (Heater) 0 0 1.19 AG " " " 0.00 0.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
96 IRIDIUM DATA 1 1 1.86 HI040 HZ030 HI048 1.86 17.86 1.86 18.60 1.86 1.79 1.86 1.79 LS LS LS LS 1.86 111.60 1.86 9.30 LS LS
TOTAL DEMAND 133.38 138.91 134.89 136.41 92.02 88.27 133.74 472.13 68.61
NOTES Totals on this table (Table A4) are for template purposes only.
A. IN AUTO MODE DUTY CYCLE IS 90 SEC ON, 90 SEC OFF. They should not be used as real world totals as they can represent aircraft configurations that are not possible (mutually exclusive loads).

H. IN NORMAL ANTI-ICE MODE, 2 PUMPS RUN 20 SEC ON, 100 SEC OFF (DUTY CYCLE IS 17%). SELECTING MAX ANTI-ICE MODE RUNS THE SECOND PUMP CONTINUOUSLY FOR 2 MINUTES EACH TIME MAX ANTI-ICE IS
SELECTED.
I. IN HIGH ANTI-ICE MODE, ONE PUMP RUNS CONTINUOUSLY. SELECTING MAX ANTI-ICE MODE RUNS THE SECOND PUMP RUNS CONTINUOUSLY FOR 2 MINUTES EACH TIME MAX ANTI-ICE IS SELECTED.
K. FOR THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATIONS, 1 MINUTE OF TRANSMISSION FOR EVERY 10 MINUTES DURING TAXI AND FLIGHT, AND 3 MINUTES OF TRANSMISSION FOR EVERY 10 MINUTES DURING TAKEOFF AND LANDING.
P. ON ONLY DURING ENGINE START (ONE ATTEMPT DURING EMER RECOGNITION PERIOD).
R. FOR THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATIONS, AUX 12 VDC AND AUX 115 VAC OUTPUTS ARE ASSUMED OPERATING AT 50% CAPABILITY.
S. DIMMERS ON MAX.
X. NOTE DELETED.
PAGE 12
ICA-208-34-00003 All Available
AE. CIRCUIT BREAKER HZ018 IS LOCATED IN STANDBY ALTERNATOR JBOX.
Loads
AF. FAST ETM DRAWS 0.1 AMPS PER HOUR ((0.5 AMPS PER HOUR)•(1/5TH DUTY CYCLE)) MAXIMUM FROM HOT BATTERY BUS AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN FOR GMS DATA TRANSMISSION.
Figure 4,
Appendix C
Sheet 3 Jan 31/2019

Appendix C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
NOTE "LS" STANDS FOR LOADS THAT WERE LOADSHED IN STANDBY ALTERNATOR ONLY CONFIGURATION.
All Available Loads

PAGE 13

TEXTRON CESSNA 208 - GARMIN G1000 NXI PHASE 2 UPDATE - Ourpdf

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TEXTRON CESSNA 208 - GARMIN G1000 NXI PHASE 2 UPDATE - Ourpdf

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GARMIN G1000 NXI PHASE 2 UPDATE

TEXTRON CARAVAN C208

ICA - Instructions for Continued Airworthiness

THIS MANUAL IS FOR TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY

THIS INFORMATION’S IT IS TO BE USED FOR

MODEL NO: 208

SUPPLEMENT NO: ICA-208-34-00003

ICA-208-34-00003 Rev: - Date: Jan 31/2019

5. ICA Incorporation into Applicable Manuals

Model Beginning Effectivity Ending Effectivity

3. Complete ICA Documents

1. Model 208/208B Maintenance Manual Revision

2. Model 208/208B Wiring Diagram Manual

1. Continuous Inspection Program

NOTE: The Airworthiness Limitations section is FAA-approved and specifies maintenance

SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST

1. List of Manufacturers Technical Publications Available Through Cessna

Table 1. Chapter 22 - Auto Flight

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

Table 2. Chapter 23 - Communications

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST Page 01

Table 3. Chapter 24 - Electrical Power

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

Table 4. Chapter 27 - Flight Controls

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

Rudder AT-RL- Rudder Gust Lock Kit Aero Twin Inc.

SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST Page 02

Table 5. Chapter 30 - Deice

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST Page 03

Table 6. Chapter 31 - Indicating/Recording Systems

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

Table 7. Chapter 32 - Landing Gear

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

Brake AWBCMM- Component Parker-Hannifin Corp.

SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST Page 04

Table 8. Chapter 34 - Navigation

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST Page 05

Table 8. Chapter 34 - Navigation (continued)

Table 9. Chapter 35 - Oxygen

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

Portable 5500AGW- AVOX Component AVOX Systems Inc.

Table 10. Chapter 36 - Pneumatic

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

Pressure 1H75-14 CM200-1 Airborne Component Parker-Hannifin Corp.

SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST Page 06

Table 11. Chapter 61 - Propellers

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

Table 12. Chapter 71 - Engine

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST Page 07

Table 12. Chapter 71 - Engine (continued)

Table 13. Chapter 77 - Engine Indicating

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST Page 08

Table 14. Chapter 80 - Starter/Generator

Item Cessna Manufact- Publica- Publication Title Manufacturer

Skurka Aerospace Inc.

2. Radio Manufacturer Manuals

UNITED STATES OPERATIONS

SUPPLIER PUBLICATION LIST Page 09